The
first
Chapter
.
The
properties
,
office
,
and
duetie
of
a
Gunner
.
A
Gunner
ought
to
be
a
sober
,
wakefull
,
lustie
,
hardie
,
patient
,
prudent
,
and
quick
sprited
man
,
he
ought
also
to
haue
a
good
eysight
,
a
good
iudgement
,
and
perfect
knowledge
to
select
a
conuenient
place
in
the
day
of
seruice
,
to
plant
his
Ordinance
where
he
may
doe
most
hurt
vnto
the
enemies
,
and
be
least
anoyed
by
them
,
and
where
his
Ordinance
may
not
be
surprised
by
the
enemie
.
A
Gunner
ought
to
be
skilfull
in
Arithmeticke
,
and
Geometrie
,
to
the
ende
he
may
be
able
by
his
knowledge
in
those
artes
to
measure
heights
,
depthes
,
breadthes
,
and
lengthes
,
and
to
drawe
the
plat
of
any
peece
of
ground
,
and
to
make
mines
,
countermines
,
artificiall
firewoorkes
,
rampiars
,
gabbions
or
baskets
of
earth
,
and
such
like
things
which
are
vsed
in
time
of
warre
to
be
made
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
.
A
Gunner
ought
also
to
procure
with
all
his
power
the
frendship
and
loue
of
euery
person
,
and
to
be
carefull
for
his
owne
safetie
,
and
for
the
preseruation
of
all
those
that
shal
be
about
him
.
Also
he
ought
to
be
no
surfeter
nor
a
great
or
sluggish
sleeper
,
but
he
must
gouerne
him selfe
in
al
times
as
a
wise
,
modest
,
sober
,
honest
,
and
skilfull
man
ought
to
doe
,
that
through
want
of
vnderstanding
he
may
neuer
leese
his
credite
,
nor
an
vniuersall
victorie
which
oftentimes
by
the
meanes
of
good
Gunners
well
managing
their
peeces
is
gotten
.
Also
a
Gunner
ought
at
the
receite
of
his
charge
to
make
an
Inuitorie
of
al
such
things
as
shall
be
committed
to
his
charge
as
well
to
render
an
account
,
as
to
consider
the
want
of
such
necessaries
as
to
the
Artillerie
apperteineth
.
And
when
a
Gunner
shall
be
appoynted
to
doe
an
exployte
,
he
ought
to
want
neither
a
fire
stone
,
nor
a
tyndar
box
with
a
good
steele
,
nor
flintstones
,
nor
tindar
,
nor
gunmatches
,
nor
a
flaske
full
of
good
touchpowder
to
kindle
his
gunmatch
and
fire
,
when
neede
shall
require
.
Also
when
a
Gunner
shall
be
appoynted
to
doe
an
exployte
,
he
must
lay
his
powder
twenty
paces
from
his
Peeces
in
such
a
place
where
no
fire
,
water
,
or
hurt
may
come
vnto
it
through
any
person
,
or
by
reason
of
any
winde
,
weather
,
or
otherwise
,
and
keeping
his
powder
alwayes
couered
,
he
must
not
be
vnmindfull
of
this
,
that
it
is
a
very
dangerous
thing
for
a
Gunner
to
trust
many
,
because
a
generall
hurt
and
death
may
thereuppon
followe
.
Also
a
Gunner
that
hath
a
charge
ought
to
haue
alwayes
in
a
readinesse
all
necessarie
things
for
his
artillerie
:
that
is
to
say
,
wheeles
,
axeltrees
,
ladles
,
rammers
,
spunges
,
gunpowder
,
pellettes
,
tampions
,
chaineshot
,
crossebarres
,
sustian
,
canuas
,
or
paper
for
cartredges
and
firewoorkes
,
fourmes
for
ladles
and
cartredges
,
needles
,
threed
to
sowe
and
binde
the
cartredges
and
firewoorkes
,
artificiall
torches
,
candles
,
lantornes
,
mattockes
,
shouels
,
crowes
of
yron
,
handaxes
,
leuers
,
enguines
for
the
mounting
and
imbasing
of
ordinance
,
ropes
,
little
handbaskets
,
glwe
or
payst
,
horsecollers
,
horses
or
oxen
to
drawe
his
peeces
,
all
manner
of
cartware
,
carters
to
guyde
and
keepe
his
horses
and
oxen
,
and
a
sufficient
number
of
Gunners
and
assistants
to
charge
,
discharge
,
mount
,
imbase
,
wadde
ramme
,
make
cleane
,
scoure
,
and
coole
his
peeces
when
they
are
ouer
heated
,
and
to
haue
for
this
purpose
vineger
and
faire
colde
water
.
Also
a
Gunner
ought
alwayes
to
haue
a
gunners
staffe
,
or
a
partisant
,
or
a
halbert
sticking
by
him
for
a
part
of
his
defence
,
and
he
ought
to
put
into
the
cocke
of
his
Gunners
staffe
a
gunmatch
,
or
wrappe
about
the
lower
end
of
his
staffe
,
partisant
and
halbert
a
good
gunmatch
,
which
may
geue
fire
vnto
his
peeces
of
artillerie
when
neede
shall
require
.
Also
a
Gunner
ought
not
to
sleepe
much
at
any
time
of
the
day
,
or
night
,
when
he
is
appoynted
to
serue
in
the
fielde
,
or
in
any
other
place
,
nor
to
eate
or
drinke
in
any
other
roome
than
where
his
peeces
of
artillerie
are
planted
,
because
in
his
absence
the
same
peeces
may
be
choked
,
poysoned
,
and
harmed
by
diuers
wayes
;
and
that
he
may
many
times
vppon
a
sudden
haue
good
occasion
to
discharge
all
his
peeces
,
And
it
is
requisite
for
a
Gunner
to
fixe
vppon
the
tayle
of
the
carriage
of
his
peece
a
chest
to
holde
his
necessary
things
,
and
to
defende
him
from
small
shot
when
he
shal
serue
in
a
place
where
no
baskets
of
earth
are
set
to
defend
him
.
Also
a
Gunner
ought
to
haue
a
ruler
and
a
payre
of
compasses
to
measure
the
heigth
&
length
of
euery
peece
his
concauitie
,
and
the
length
,
depth
,
and
widenesse
of
euery
ladle
,
whereby
he
may
know
whether
his
peece
is
laden
with
too
much
powder
,
or
is
charged
with
a
lesse
quantitie
of
powder
than
it
ought
to
haue
.
A
Gunner
ought
to
knowe
the
names
,
length
,
and
waight
of
all
manner
of
peeces
,
and
be
able
to
tell
readilie
how
much
gunpowder
is
a
due
charge
for
euery
peece
,
how
manie
times
in
one
day
euery
peece
may
without
harme
be
shot
of
,
how
many
Gunners
and
assistants
or
labourers
ought
to
attend
vppon
euery
peece
,
how
many
horses
,
or
oxen
will
drawe
euery
peece
,
what
sorte
of
peeces
doe
commonly
carry
pellettes
of
lead
,
what
sorte
of
peeces
doe
shoote
Pellettes
of
yron
,
what
sorte
of
peeces
are
vsually
laden
with
pellettes
of
stone
,
and
what
sorte
of
peeces
haue
chambers
,
and
how
euery
kinde
of
peece
should
be
charged
with
his
powder
,
tampion
,
pellet
,
and
wadde
.
Also
a
Gunner
must
be
skilfull
to
make
Saltpeeter
,
to
refine
and
sublime
Saltpeeter
,
to
make
diuers
sortes
of
gunpowder
,
to
make
coles
for
gunpowder
,
to
purifie
brimstone
for
Saltpeeter
,
to
make
cartredges
,
to
amend
and
make
good
agayne
euery
sorte
of
gunpowder
which
by
any
manner
of
meanes
hath
lost
his
vertue
and
force
,
and
tell
how
much
Saltpeter
ought
to
be
put
into
the
sayd
vnforceable
gunpowder
to
make
it
so
strong
as
it
was
before
,
and
how
many
times
the
saltpeeter
which
shall
be
put
into
the
sayde
gunpowder
ought
to
be
refined
.
Also
a
Gunner
in
time
of
seruice
ought
to
forbyd
with
meeke
and
courteous
speeches
all
manner
of
persons
other
than
his
appoynted
assistantes
,
to
come
neere
his
peeces
,
to
the
ende
that
none
of
his
peeces
may
be
choked
,
poysoned
,
or
hurt
,
and
he
ought
not
for
any
prayers
or
rewarde
to
lende
any
peece
of
his
gunmatch
to
another
person
,
because
it
may
be
very
hurtfull
to
him
in
time
of
seruice
to
lacke
the
same
.
Also
a
Gunner
before
he
goeth
to
doe
any
exployte
ought
to
consider
of
all
thinges
which
shal
be
needeful
for
him
to
haue
,
&
how
farre
the
place
is
to
which
he
must
goe
,
&
by
what
wayes
he
shall
passe
with
his
artillerie
,
that
he
may
carry
with
him
all
thinges
needefull
for
his
artillerie
and
for
him selfe
.
Also
a
Gunner
ought
not
at
any
time
to
beate
open
the
heads
of
his
gunpowder
barrels
with
any
yron
,
or
stone
,
but
with
a
woodden
mallet
which
will
neuer
fire
the
gunpowder
as
a
peece
of
yron
and
a
stone
may
doe
.
Also
if
a
Gunner
will
charge
his
peece
with
Cartredges
,
he
ought
to
set
them
vpright
in
a
tubbe
or
some
other
woodden
vessel
,
which
(
though
it
shall
seeme
to
stande
in
a
place
out
of
danger
for
fire
)
should
neuer
be
vncouered
for
any
longer
time
than
while
the
same
cartredges
are
taken
out
one
by
one
to
charge
the
peece
.
Also
a
Gunner
ought
to
wash
his
peece
within
before
he
doth
first
charge
it
,
and
(
after
he
hath
dryed
it
well
againe
by
the
helpe
of
2
or
3
cleane
and
dry
spunges
,
&
made
it
very
clean
within
)
he
ought
to
looke
by
such
meanes
as
are
declared
in
the
43.
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
whether
or
no
any
hony
combes
,
flawes
,
or
crackes
are
in
the
sayd
peece
.
Also
a
Gunner
before
he
doth
shoote
ought
to
consider
and
try
whether
the
trunnions
in
his
peece
are
set
in
their
due
places
,
and
finding
them
by
the
doctrine
taught
in
the
41.
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
to
be
wrong
set
,
preuent
the
harme
which
may
come
thereby
.
Also
a
Gunner
before
he
doth
shoote
ought
to
consider
whether
his
peece
is
charged
with
strong
and
dry
gunpowder
,
or
with
weake
and
moyst
gunpowder
,
to
the
end
he
may
alwayes
lade
his
peece
according
to
the
qualitie
of
the
gunpowder
:
For
as
strong
and
drie
gunpowder
may
driue
the
shot
farther
than
the
marke
,
so
weake
and
moyst
gunpowder
may
cause
the
peece
to
shoote
short
of
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
doth
shoote
must
consider
that
his
peece
ought
to
haue
a
due
charge
in
gunpowder
:
For
as
when
a
gunner
doth
geue
vnto
a
peece
more
than
his
duety
,
he
ouershootes
the
marke
,
and
puts
the
peece
after
it
is
made
hot
in
danger
of
breaking
,
so
when
he
geues
vnto
a
peece
lesse
than
his
duetie
he
shootes
shorte
of
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
must
charge
his
peece
with
a
fit
pellet
:
For
as
the
pellet
which
is
more
bigger
or
more
higher
than
it
should
be
putteth
the
peece
in
danger
of
breaking
,
so
the
pellet
which
is
loar
or
smauler
than
it
should
be
,
wil
fall
short
of
the
marke
,
and
neuer
working
his
expected
effect
,
swarue
sometimes
in
the
deliuerance
out
of
the
peece
and
strike
wide
of
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
ought
to
remember
that
a
long
wadde
of
haye
,
strawe
,
toe
,
or
of
vntwisted
ropes
lying
behinde
a
pellet
within
any
peece
will
cause
the
pellet
to
strike
wide
of
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
ought
to
know
that
a
peece
of
artillery
which
doth
not
lye
fast
vppon
his
carriage
wil
shoote
awry
from
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
ought
to
know
that
if
the
carriage
of
his
peece
doth
not
lie
right
,
the
peece
will
shoote
awry
from
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
ought
to
know
that
if
one
wheele
in
the
carriage
of
a
peece
be
more
greased
than
the
other
wheele
in
the
same
carriage
,
the
wheele
which
is
more
greased
will
turne
faster
about
than
the
other
wheele
,
and
cause
the
Peece
lying
vppon
the
sayd
carryage
to
shoote
awry
from
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
ought
to
remember
that
if
one
wheele
shall
recoyle
faster
than
the
other
wheele
,
or
if
anie
thing
shall
let
one
wheele
more
than
the
other
,
the
Peece
will
shoote
awrie
from
the
marke
.
Also
euerie
Gunner
before
he
shootes
must
aduisedly
looke
whether
or
no
both
wheeles
of
euerie
carriage
are
of
equall
heigth
:
For
when
one
wheele
of
a
carriage
is
higher
than
the
other
wheele
of
the
same
carriage
,
the
higher
wheele
turneth
more
faster
than
the
other
wheele
which
is
more
lower
,
&
causeth
the
Peece
laid
vpon
such
a
carriage
to
shoote
awrie
from
the
marke
.
Also
euerie
Gunner
before
he
shootes
must
aduisedly
looke
whether
or
no
both
endes
of
the
axeltree
in
euerie
carriage
are
of
equall
bignesse
:
For
when
one
end
of
the
axeltree
in
a
carriage
is
greater
than
the
other
ende
,
the
Peece
that
lyeth
vpon
such
a
carriage
will
shoote
awry
by
reason
the
wheele
which
turneth
vppon
the
lesser
end
of
the
axeltree
runneth
about
more
easilie
than
the
other
wheele
which
turneth
vppon
the
greater
ende
of
the
axeltree
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
must
aduisedly
looke
whether
or
no
the
rounde
holes
which
are
made
in
the
wheeles
of
euery
carriage
for
the
endes
of
an
axeltree
to
lie
in
,
are
of
equall
bignesse
:
For
if
the
hole
in
the
naue
of
one
wheele
of
a
carriage
shall
be
greater
or
wider
than
the
hole
in
the
naue
of
the
other
wheele
of
the
same
carriage
,
the
peece
that
lyeth
vppon
a
carriage
with
such
wheeles
will
shoote
awry
,
because
the
wheele
which
hath
in
his
naue
the
greater
hole
,
runneth
about
vppon
the
end
of
his
axeltree
more
easilie
than
the
other
wheele
which
hath
in
his
naue
the
lesser
hole
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
must
aduisedlie
looke
whether
or
no
the
holes
which
are
made
in
euery
carriage
for
the
trunnions
of
his
peece
to
lie
in
,
are
fit
for
the
same
trunnions
,
and
of
equall
bignesse
:
For
when
one
trunnion
hole
vppon
a
carriage
is
wide
,
and
the
other
trunnion
hole
vppon
the
same
carriage
is
narrowe
,
then
the
peece
that
hath
his
trunnions
layde
in
two
such
vnfit
and
vnequall
holes
will
shoote
awry
from
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
must
take
away
all
the
stones
which
shall
lie
vnder
the
tayle
of
any
carriage
:
For
when
a
stone
shall
happen
to
lie
vnder
the
tayle
of
a
carriage
,
then
the
peece
that
lyeth
vppon
the
same
carriage
will
in
the
deliuerance
of
his
shot
turne
aside
,
and
shoote
awry
from
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
must
take
away
all
the
stones
which
shall
lie
vnder
the
wheeles
of
a
carriage
:
For
when
a
stone
lyeth
vnder
any
one
wheele
of
a
carriage
,
then
the
peece
which
lyeth
vppon
the
same
carriage
wil
shoote
awry
from
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
doth
first
charge
his
peece
ought
to
trie
whether
or
no
his
peece
is
rightly
bored
in
the
middest
of
the
mettall
:
For
a
peece
which
is
not
rightly
bored
wil
shoote
alwayes
wide
from
the
marke
,
except
the
Gunner
to
remedie
that
fault
doe
vse
such
skill
as
is
taught
in
the
10.
Colloquie
of
Nich.
Tartaglia
,
his
first
booke
of
Colloquies
.
Also
euery
Gunner
ought
to
remember
before
he
shootes
that
if
both
or
one
of
the
leuel
sights
vppon
the
peece
shall
not
be
precisely
set
in
the
midst
of
the
outside
of
the
peece
,
the
sayd
peece
will
driue
his
pellet
wide
from
the
marke
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
must
consider
of
the
marke
at
which
he
wil
shoote
,
I
meane
euery
Gunner
must
looke
aduisedly
whether
the
marke
at
which
he
will
shoote
be
vppon
a
playne
ground
,
or
vppon
the
toppe
of
a
hill
,
or
downe
in
a
valley
,
or
farther
than
his
peece
will
shoote
,
that
he
may
plant
,
mount
,
and
imbase
his
peece
to
strike
the
marke
lying
within
the
reach
of
his
peece
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
ought
to
consider
whether
the
ayre
be
thinne
and
cleere
,
or
close
and
thick
,
because
a
pellet
wil
passe
more
easilie
thorow
a
thinne
and
cleere
ayre
,
than
thorow
a
close
and
thicke
ayre
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
ought
to
trie
whether
or
no
the
ground
vppon
which
the
peece
doth
lie
in
his
carriage
be
playne
and
leuell
:
For
as
when
the
grounde
is
lower
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
than
it
is
in
the
place
where
the
wheeles
stand
,
the
peece
recoyling
vnto
the
lower
ground
will
ouershoote
the
marke
,
because
in
the
deliuerance
of
the
shot
the
breech
goeth
downewards
,
and
the
mouth
vpwards
,
so
when
the
grounde
is
higher
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
than
it
is
before
in
the
place
where
the
wheeles
stand
,
the
peece
may
shoote
short
of
the
marke
,
although
it
is
not
so
apt
to
recoyle
agaynst
a
hill
as
it
wil
doe
downe
a
hill
.
Also
euery
Gunner
ought
to
weather
the
marke
according
to
the
hardnes
of
the
winde
,
and
the
distance
vnto
the
marke
:
For
as
the
winde
being
with
him
will
cause
a
pellet
to
flie
beyonde
the
marke
according
to
the
hardnesse
thereof
,
and
the
winde
being
against
him
will
cause
a
pellet
to
fal
short
of
the
marke
according
to
the
hardnesse
thereof
,
so
a
side
winde
driueth
a
pellet
wide
from
the
marke
.
Also
euerie
Gunner
before
he
shootes
ought
to
driue
the
wadde
and
shot
home
vnto
the
gunpowder
,
for
when
the
wadde
and
shot
do
lie
short
from
the
gunpowder
,
the
Peece
breaketh
manie
times
in
the
vacant
or
emptie
place
betweene
the
powder
and
the
shot
.
Also
euery
Gunner
before
he
shootes
must
trulie
disparte
his
Peece
,
or
giue
allowance
for
the
disparte
,
and
when
he
dispartes
a
Peece
he
ought
to
set
the
said
dispart
in
the
midst
and
vppermost
part
of
mettall
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
Peece
.
Also
euery
Gunner
ought
to
know
that
as
it
is
a
wholesome
thing
for
him
to
drinke
and
eate
a
little
meate
before
hee
doth
discharge
anie
Peece
of
artillerie
,
because
the
fume
of
saltpeter
and
brimstone
will
otherwise
bee
hurtfull
to
his
braines
,
so
it
is
verie
vnwholesome
for
him
to
shoote
in
anie
Peece
of
ordinance
while
his
stomake
is
full
.
Also
a
Gunner
which
shall
serue
vppon
the
sea
in
any
Galleon
,
or
other
Ship
,
or
in
any
great
or
small
Galley
,
ought
before
his
going
to
sea
to
consider
well
of
the
number
of
trunkes
,
pykes
,
dartes
,
earthen
pottes
halfe
baked
,
copper
cauldrons
,
morters
,
pestels
,
and
searces
that
will
be
needefull
for
him
in
his
sea
seruice
,
and
also
of
the
measure
of
seuerall
oyles
,
and
quantitie
of
gummes
,
camphire
,
and
all
other
materiall
and
needefull
things
for
firewoorkes
.
Also
a
Gunner
which
shall
serue
vppon
the
sea
in
any
Shippe
,
ought
before
his
going
to
sea
to
wryte
with
good
aduisement
in
a
paper
booke
for
the
owner
or
Captayne
of
the
vessell
in
which
he
shall
serue
,
the
number
and
price
of
trunkes
,
pykes
,
dartes
,
arrowes
,
and
earthen
pottes
halfe
baked
,
that
will
be
needefull
vppon
the
sea
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
,
and
also
the
number
and
price
of
yron
hoopes
,
and
the
length
and
price
of
yron
wiers
or
strong
cordes
that
wil
be
sufficient
to
binde
fast
all
the
sayd
trunkes
,
pykes
,
dartes
,
arrowes
,
and
pottes
of
fire
.
Also
euery
Gunner
which
shall
serue
vppon
the
sea
in
any
shippe
ought
before
his
going
to
sea
to
write
in
his
memoriall
or
paper
booke
for
the
owner
or
Captayne
of
the
vessell
in
which
he
shall
serue
,
the
waight
and
price
of
euery
simple
and
materiall
thing
that
is
requisite
to
make
firewoorkes
,
and
rokettes
for
many
seuerall
fightes
,
and
diuers
triumphes
vppon
the
Sea
,
&
also
the
number
and
price
of
the
cartredges
which
he
meaneth
to
make
for
his
ordinance
,
and
the
quantitie
and
price
of
fustian
,
canuas
,
or
paper
that
will
iustly
serue
without
waste
to
make
the
same
cartredges
,
Also
euery
Gunner
which
shal
serue
vppon
the
sea
&c.
ought
to
write
in
his
memorial
&c.
the
number
,
sortes
,
and
prises
of
great
and
small
needles
,
the
quantitie
and
price
of
packthreede
,
and
other
smaller
threede
that
wil
be
needeful
to
sowe
the
bagges
of
his
cartredges
,
and
to
binde
fast
his
fireworkes
and
rochets
in
their
cotes
or
couers
.
Also
euery
Gunner
which
shall
serue
vppon
the
sea
&c.
ought
to
write
in
his
sayd
memoriall
&c.
the
waight
and
price
of
so
much
gunpowder
,
and
of
so
many
fit
pellettes
as
wil
be
enough
for
to
charge
all
the
peeces
in
his
vessel
fourty
times
ouer
,
and
also
the
price
of
ten
barrels
of
more
gunpowder
,
which
he
ought
to
haue
for
the
onely
making
of
fire-workes
.
Also
euery
Gunner
which
shall
serue
vppon
the
sea
&c.
ought
to
write
in
his
sayde
memoriall
&c.
the
quantitie
and
price
of
saltpeeter
,
brimstone
,
and
cole
,
which
will
be
requisite
for
him
to
haue
in
store
to
amend
,
and
also
to
nwe
make
vppon
the
sea
gunpowder
,
if
his
prouision
thereof
should
happen
by
any
meanes
to
decay
or
consume
.
For
the
wante
of
any
one
of
these
things
cannot
without
a
marueylous
chaunce
be
supplied
vppon
the
sea
.
Also
euery
Gunner
which
shal
serue
vpon
the
sea
&c.
must
with
discreation
write
in
his
memoriall
&c.
the
number
and
sortes
of
faultlesse
peeces
that
will
be
needefull
for
his
vessell
and
the
places
of
the
shippe
or
vessel
where
they
ought
to
lie
,
and
appoynt
in
his
sayd
memoriall
three
chambers
for
euery
chamber
peece
.
Also
a
Gunner
seruing
vppon
the
sea
ought
alwayes
when
he
shall
be
forced
by
neede
to
nwe
make
or
amend
his
gunpowder
,
or
to
make
any
kinde
of
firewoorke
,
to
roe
in
a
shipboate
to
lande
,
or
otherwise
into
the
sea
farre
from
his
shippe
,
and
to
woorke
for
the
safetie
of
his
shippe
vnder
a
couer
or
tent
in
his
boate
,
or
vppon
the
land
in
an
old
desolate
house
standing
alone
from
other
houses
.
The
2.
Chapter
.
How
artificiall
Saltpeeter
which
is
a
mixture
of
many
substances
hath
(
as
some
suppose
)
greater
vertue
,
and
more
strength
than
mynerall
saltpeeter
:
how
artificiall
saltpeeter
is
made
of
fine
and
small
earth
by
two
sundry
wayes
:
how
the
earth
which
maketh
artificiall
saltpeeter
is
digged
out
of
sellers
,
vaultes
,
stables
,
oxstalles
,
gote
or
sheepecotes
,
pigen
houses
,
or
out
of
the
loermost
roomes
in
other
houses
:
how
blacke
earth
which
will
sparkle
in
a
fire
,
or
yeelde
a
sharpe
,
byting
,
and
meane
salt
taste
doth
make
good
saltpeeter
:
how
for
the
making
of
artificiall
saltpeeter
you
must
prouide
a
sufficient
number
of
cauldrons
,
furnaces
,
barrelles
,
halfe
tubbes
,
and
a
conuenient
quantitie
of
wood
,
whitelime
,
ashes
of
oke
,
earth
,
and
water
,
and
how
the
sayd
cauldrons
,
furnaces
,
barrels
,
and
halfe
tubbes
must
be
placed
.
ARtificiall
saltpeeter
is
a
mixture
of
many
substances
gotten
with
fire
and
water
out
of
drie
and
durtie
grounde
,
or
of
the
flower
that
groweth
out
of
walles
in
sellers
,
or
out
of
that
ground
which
is
found
loose
within
vaultes
,
tombes
,
or
desolate
caues
,
where
rayne
cannot
come
in
.
And
(
as
some
thinke
)
artificiall
saltpeeter
hath
greater
vertue
and
more
strength
than
mynerall
saltpeeter
.
But
the
best
artificiall
saltpeeter
is
made
of
beastes
dung
conuerted
into
earth
in
stables
,
or
in
dunghilles
of
a
long
time
not
vsed
,
&
aboue
all
other
of
the
same
dung
which
comes
of
gotes
and
hogges
:
And
it
is
requisite
what
dung
so
euer
it
be
,
that
by
continuance
of
time
it
be
well
resolued
into
earth
,
and
all
the
humiditie
thereof
being
dryed
,
that
the
same
earth
should
be
as
it
were
a
subtile
and
fine
powder
.
When
you
shall
haue
occasion
to
make
of
this
dung
or
earth
a
great
quantitie
of
artificiall
saltpeeter
,
The
first
way
to
make
artificiall
Saltpeter
of
earth
.
it
will
be
necessarie
for
you
to
prouide
many
cauldrons
,
furnaces
,
barrelles
or
tubbes
,
and
likewise
wood
,
white
lime
,
ashes
of
olde
oke
,
and
a
sufficient
quantitie
of
the
sayde
earth
,
and
a
great
barne
or
other
walled
house
neere
to
the
water
,
that
you
may
haue
enough
thereof
,
and
of
euery
other
material
thing
.
But
first
the
furnaces
must
be
made
for
the
cauldrons
,
&
they
must
be
placed
thereon
as
they
are
which
Diers
vse
:
Then
there
must
be
prepared
ioystes
so
long
as
the
house
,
and
so
broade
that
vppon
them
commodiously
aboue
ground
may
stand
buttes
with
their
heads
knocked
out
,
square
chestes
,
barrels
or
tubbes
to
the
number
of
50.
60.
or
100.
according
to
the
cauldrons
,
and
the
capacitie
of
the
place
,
and
betweene
euery
two
of
those
vessels
,
there
must
be
set
a
halfe
tubbe
to
receaue
the
water
that
shall
runne
out
:
Or
there
would
be
placed
a
gutter
or
canel
of
wood
along
vnder
the
holes
of
the
vessels
which
are
set
aboue
the
ground
,
so
that
it
may
conuey
all
the
water
which
commeth
from
them
into
one
or
two
great
tubbes
sufficient
to
holde
all
the
water
that
shall
be
full
of
the
substance
of
Saltpeeter
.
And
in
the
buttes
which
haue
their
heads
knocked
out
,
barrels
or
tubbes
:
I
say
in
the
bottome
of
euery
of
them
,
a
hole
must
be
made
on
the
one
side
with
an
Augar
,
or
els
three
or
foure
little
holes
may
be
made
with
a
good
big
perser
,
and
vppon
them
you
may
lay
a
little
thinne
linnen
cloath
,
or
els
the
sweeping
ende
of
a
broome
,
or
some
strawe
for
to
keepe
the
yerth
vp
,
and
to
strayne
the
water
that
shall
be
put
amongst
the
same
yerth
which
is
to
be
wrought
when
it
is
tasted
with
the
mouth
,
so
that
it
be
certaine
that
it
contayneth
Saltpeeter
.
Then
there
must
be
made
in
the
middest
of
the
house
where
the
sayd
Saltpeeter
is
to
be
wrought
a
great
hil
,
next
vnto
which
must
be
made
another
hil
halfe
so
big
which
must
be
made
with
two
partes
of
vnslaked
lime
,
and
three
partes
of
oke
ashes
,
or
other
ashes
which
in
taste
are
very
strong
and
sharpe
,
and
then
the
one
hill
must
be
wel
mingled
with
the
other
,
and
with
the
same
composition
the
tubbes
must
be
filled
which
are
set
aloft
vppon
the
ioystes
within
a
span
of
the
mouth
,
or
els
(
minding
not
to
mingle
with
the
yerth
the
ashes
and
the
lime
together
)
you
may
put
first
a
span
thicknesse
of
yerth
in
the
bottome
of
the
tubbe
,
and
then
three
fingers
thicknesse
of
the
aforesayde
lime
,
and
ashes
,
and
afterwardes
vppon
the
same
another
span
in
thicknesse
of
yerth
,
and
on
that
likewise
another
three
or
foure
fingers
thicknesse
of
lime
and
ashes
:
and
so
putting
into
the
sayd
tubbes
one
rew
of
one
thing
,
and
another
rew
of
another
thing
,
you
ought
to
fill
all
the
buttes
,
and
tubbes
,
or
other
vessels
that
you
haue
placed
(
euen
as
aboue
I
haue
sayd
)
within
a
span
of
the
mouthes
of
them
,
and
the
rest
which
is
then
left
empty
,
you
must
fill
with
water
,
the
which
running
through
all
the
yerth
by
a
little
and
a
little
,
must
drop
into
the
tubbes
that
stande
vnder
to
receaue
it
,
or
into
a
gutter
,
or
canel
,
or
where
you
list
,
so
that
it
be
conueyed
into
one
,
two
,
or
three
sundry
tubbes
,
or
where
you
thinke
good
:
and
so
you
must
wel
and
diligently
gather
all
the
water
which
was
powred
vppon
the
yerth
after
it
hath
passed
through
the
holes
in
the
bottome
of
the
tubbes
in
such
wise
that
it
may
bring
with
it
all
the
substance
and
vertue
of
the
saltpeeter
which
was
in
the
sayd
earth
,
whereof
by
putting
some
of
it
on
your
tongue
you
may
taste
,
and
finding
it
biting
and
very
salte
,
To
know
good
Saltpeter
water
.
it
is
a
token
that
it
is
good
,
and
that
you
haue
done
wel
:
if
not
,
powre
it
againe
vppon
the
very
same
earth
,
or
vppon
some
other
nwe
earth
.
But
finding
the
first
earth
full
of
substance
so
much
as
sufficeth
,
you
may
againe
powre
vppon
it
more
water
to
wash
better
the
remnant
of
the
earth
:
albeit
this
second
water
would
be
saued
in
another
vessel
,
and
after
this
the
earth
may
likewise
be
washed
the
thirde
time
,
to
the
intent
that
all
the
substance
thereof
may
be
perfectly
gotten
.
But
this
seconde
,
nor
the
thirde
,
ought
not
to
be
mingled
with
the
first
,
if
it
happen
not
to
come
of
the
very
same
taste
,
the
which
I
beleeue
that
it
wil
not
:
but
it
must
be
put
by
it selfe
in
other
vessels
for
that
it
is
good
to
powre
vppon
the
change
of
the
next
earth
,
and
so
you
may
proceede
gathering
a
good
quantitie
of
such
water
,
taking
heede
neuerthelesse
that
it
be
full
of
the
substance
of
saltpeeter
:
the
which
if
it
seeme
vnto
you
not
of
the
same
perfection
as
you
would
haue
it
,
you
may
powre
it
againe
vppon
the
very
same
earth
,
or
vppon
other
nwe
,
til
such
time
as
it
shal
satisfie
you
,
and
that
you
shal
knowe
it
to
be
ful
of
the
substance
of
saltpeeter
.
Besides
this
there
must
be
made
a
furnace
with
one
or
two
cauldrons
of
brasse
wauled
thereon
,
which
must
be
so
great
as
those
which
the
Dyers
vse
,
&
these
cauldrons
must
then
be
filled
with
the
sayd
saltpeter
water
:
the
which
(
as
alredy
I
haue
tolde
)
ought
to
be
so
ful
of
substance
as
may
be
,
so
that
it
haue
about
the
two
third
partes
,
and
make
it
faire
and
softly
to
boyle
so
much
till
it
come
to
one
thirde
part
or
there
aboutes
,
and
after
take
it
of
,
and
put
it
to
settle
in
a
great
vessel
couered
,
which
must
be
wel
bound
about
with
hoopes
of
yron
,
and
sure
,
and
close
in
the
ioyning
thereof
,
to
the
intent
it
spill
not
:
And
thus
when
the
same
water
is
setled
,
cleere
,
and
from
the
earth
and
grosse
matter
which
in
it
remayned
diligently
purged
,
it
must
be
taken
out
,
and
boyled
againe
of
nwe
in
the
same
cauldron
,
or
in
some
other
.
And
forasmuch
as
at
euery
time
that
it
boyleth
if
it
be
not
taken
heed
of
,
it
turneth
into
skumme
,
and
sometimes
swelleth
so
much
that
by
running
ouer
,
it
spilleth
and
carrieth
away
therwith
much
of
the
good
,
the
which
minding
to
remedy
,
you
must
take
three
partes
of
Oke
ashes
,
and
one
of
Lime
,
and
moreouer
in
euery
hundred
pounde
waight
of
water
,
there
must
be
dissolued
foure
poundes
of
Roch
Alume
,
and
when
the
Cauldron
boyleth
take
of
the
said
water
with
a
pot
,
and
power
into
it
once
or
twise
,
specially
when
you
see
the
Saltpeter
water
rise
in
skumme
,
and
so
doing
within
a
little
while
you
shall
see
it
alay
,
and
be
both
cleere
,
faire
,
an
of
an
azure
colour
:
and
it
must
be
boiled
so
long
till
all
the
thinne
watrinesse
be
vapoured
away
,
and
the
substance
of
the
Saltpeter
thickened
,
so
that
it
being
taken
out
,
and
put
in
chestes
,
or
tubbes
,
and
cooled
,
may
congeale
:
the
which
is
best
done
when
the
water
is
brought
to
a
small
quantitie
,
taking
it
out
and
putting
it
into
a
lesse
Cauldron
wherein
it
will
sooner
congeale
,
the
which
water
being
tasted
,
and
seen
to
be
readie
to
congeale
,
you
may
take
it
out
,
and
put
it
into
vessels
of
wood
,
or
of
earth
that
are
rough
within
,
with
certaine
stickes
of
wood
to
congeale
,
and
so
you
shal
let
it
coole
,
and
rest
three
or
foure
dayes
so
as
it
may
droppe
,
and
be
strained
through
some
little
hole
in
the
bottome
of
the
vessell
:
and
all
the
water
which
is
not
then
congealed
,
you
must
take
out
,
and
saue
for
to
seeth
againe
:
and
the
Saltpeter
which
is
in
any
quantitie
congealed
,
you
shall
finde
to
be
according
to
the
vertue
that
was
in
the
water
,
or
in
the
earth
:
but
the
cleerenesse
and
fairenesse
thereof
will
come
of
the
master
vertue
of
the
water
which
is
put
into
it
in
the
boyling
,
which
hath
strength
to
purge
it
,
and
to
make
it
come
as
it
were
refined
in
the
first
seething
.
Now
this
being
taken
from
the
sides
of
the
vessel
where
it
congealed
,
and
in
the
water
thereof
washed
,
you
must
lay
it
vpon
a
Table
to
drie
throughly
,
and
the
same
seeming
vnto
you
to
haue
neede
,
or
neuerthelesse
minding
to
haue
it
aboue
the
common
vse
for
some
purpose
more
refined
,
and
purified
from
all
maner
of
earthie
grossenesse
,
fatnesse
,
and
saltnesse
,
(
which
for
to
make
exceeding
fine
powder
or
aquam
fortem
,
is
most
requisite
so
to
be
)
I
counsell
you
to
refine
and
purifie
after
one
of
the
wayes
taught
in
this
Appendix
.
Saltpeter
may
also
be
made
of
earth
in
this
sort
folowing
,
The
second
way
to
make
artificiall
Saltpeter
of
earth
.
digge
such
earth
out
of
floores
in
sellers
,
vaultes
,
stables
,
oxestaules
,
gote
or
sheepe
coates
,
pigen
houses
,
or
out
of
the
loermost
roomes
in
other
houses
as
is
blacke
,
or
that
throwne
into
a
fire
will
sparkle
,
or
that
is
of
a
sharpe
,
biting
,
and
meane
salt
taste
.
But
digge
not
for
any
such
earth
more
deeper
than
the
length
of
3
ynches
vnder
the
face
and
vppermost
part
of
the
floore
or
ground
out
of
which
it
shal
be
taken
,
except
you
shall
see
in
the
earth
vnder
that
depth
such
white
things
or
veines
as
the
Italian
mameth
Fiocchi
.
To
know
whether
or
no
any
Saltpeter
is
in
earth
do
this
,
make
a
woodden
pin
of
a
foote
in
length
,
and
with
a
mallet
driue
it
vp
to
the
head
into
the
ground
where
you
meane
to
seeke
for
Saltpeter
:
Then
taking
the
pinne
out
of
his
hole
,
thrust
an
yron
naile
made
redde
hot
with
fire
,
and
equal
in
length
and
bignesse
to
the
saide
pin
,
into
the
said
hole
.
After
this
couer
the
same
hole
quickly
&
suffer
the
naile
to
stand
in
it
til
it
shal
be
thorow
cold
:
This
done
,
pull
the
naile
out
of
the
saide
hole
,
and
note
well
the
culler
of
the
naile
.
For
as
when
the
naile
so
taken
out
of
the
hole
shall
haue
a
pale
yelloe
culler
you
ought
to
thinke
that
the
earth
in
that
place
wil
yeeld
plentie
of
Saltpeter
,
so
when
the
naile
taken
out
of
the
hole
shal
haue
the
naturall
culler
of
yron
,
you
must
knowe
that
no
Saltpeter
will
bee
made
of
the
earth
in
that
place
.
Hauing
gotten
a
sufficient
quantitie
of
Saltpeter
earth
made
fine
and
small
,
and
a
competent
number
of
halfe
buttes
,
hogsheaddes
,
or
barrels
that
haue
one
hole
made
with
an
Augar
in
the
bottome
of
euery
of
them
you
must
first
couer
euery
of
the
said
holes
on
the
inside
,
with
an
earthen
porenger
,
and
stoppe
the
saide
holes
on
the
outside
of
the
vessels
with
tappes
and
spiggets
.
This
done
,
fill
vp
the
said
halfe
buttes
,
hogsheads
,
or
barrels
with
the
said
earth
within
a
spanne
of
their
brimmes
,
and
remember
that
although
the
earth
about
the
sides
of
euery
vessell
must
be
rammed
downe
,
yet
that
part
of
earth
which
lyeth
in
the
midst
of
the
vessell
must
lie
loose
,
and
vnpressed
.
After
this
powre
a
bucket
or
pale
of
cleane
water
by
little
&
litte
vppon
the
saide
earth
:
When
the
earth
hath
drunke
vp
this
water
,
powre
one
other
bucket
or
pale
of
cleane
water
in
the
same
sort
vpon
that
earth
,
and
continue
in
so
doing
till
all
the
earth
in
the
said
vessels
is
well
moistened
with
water
,
which
ought
to
lie
in
the
saide
vessels
for
the
space
of
a
day
and
a
night
one
handbreadth
in
heigth
aboue
the
earth
:
Then
pull
the
said
tappes
or
spiggets
out
of
the
holes
in
the
vessels
,
and
suffer
all
the
saide
water
to
droppe
out
into
other
tubbes
placed
directly
vnder
the
said
holes
:
when
you
shall
see
that
no
more
water
will
come
or
droppe
into
the
vndermost
tubbes
,
emptie
the
dropped
water
into
the
vessels
out
of
which
it
did
droppe
before
,
and
out
of
the
same
let
it
drop
againe
so
long
,
and
so
much
as
it
will
into
the
said
vndermost
tubbes
.
This
water
which
hath
so
soked
thorow
the
earth
in
the
said
vessells
,
&
hath
twise
dropped
out
of
the
higher
vessels
into
the
tubbes
that
are
placed
vnder
them
,
is
called
among
the
Italians
water
of
the
foote
,
&
also
the
washe
of
earth
,
which
ought
to
be
saued
by
it selfe
,
After
you
haue
done
all
this
,
powre
some
other
cleane
water
(
as
you
did
before
)
vppon
the
earth
in
the
vessels
,
and
when
the
same
water
hath
dropped
out
of
the
higher
vessels
into
the
tubbes
standing
vnder
them
,
take
all
the
said
earth
out
of
the
vessels
,
and
fill
them
againe
as
you
did
before
with
other
like
earth
and
then
powre
vppon
this
earth
in
the
vessels
the
first
water
called
water
of
the
foote
,
and
wash
of
earth
,
suffering
it
to
droppe
thorow
the
same
into
the
vndermost
tubbes
so
often
till
the
same
water
tasted
in
your
mouth
will
byte
your
tongue
,
Note
.
and
that
an
egge
put
into
this
water
will
swim
vppon
the
toppe
of
the
same
.
The
first
water
being
brought
by
this
meanes
to
this
perfection
,
and
strength
,
powre
the
second
water
vppon
the
same
earth
(
or
on
other
such
like
earth
if
neede
bee
)
that
it
may
by
often
dropping
thorow
the
same
bee
made
also
of
a
biting
taste
like
vnto
the
first
water
,
and
able
to
beare
vppe
an
egge
put
into
the
same
like
as
the
first
water
called
water
of
the
foote
,
and
wash
of
earth
did
before
.
Now
this
second
water
being
a
very
strong
water
must
be
boyled
in
a
Cauldron
and
after
it
hath
wel
boiled
abate
the
fire
vnder
the
Cauldron
,
till
you
haue
taken
of
from
it
all
the
scumme
which
must
be
saued
in
a
pot
or
other
vessell
.
When
you
haue
so
done
,
make
a
good
fire
vnder
the
Cauldron
to
cause
the
water
that
is
in
the
same
to
seeth
or
boyle
quickly
againe
,
and
as
the
water
shall
diminish
,
or
seethe
away
,
put
more
of
the
said
first
water
vnto
the
same
,
and
(
as
you
were
before
willed
to
do
)
scumme
the
said
water
and
keepe
the
scumme
.
when
the
scumme
shall
be
thicke
,
To
know
when
the
maister
water
of
Salt-peter
is
enough
boyled
.
and
hard
,
and
of
a
French
russet
colour
,
take
some
water
with
the
scummer
out
of
the
Cauldron
,
&
let
it
drop
vppon
a
peece
of
yron
,
for
if
the
water
be
well
and
enough
boyled
,
the
droppes
of
water
will
congeale
vppon
the
same
yron
,
and
if
the
said
droppes
doe
not
congeale
,
it
is
a
signe
that
the
water
in
the
Cauldron
is
not
boiled
enough
.
When
you
shall
perceiue
by
this
signe
that
the
water
is
well
and
enough
boiled
,
take
it
of
from
the
fire
and
preserue
it
,
because
it
is
the
master
water
.
So
soone
as
you
haue
made
an
end
of
boyling
the
second
water
,
you
ought
to
boile
and
scumme
the
first
water
called
water
of
the
foote
,
To
know
when
the
first
water
of
Saltpeter
called
water
of
the
foote
,
and
wash
of
earth
is
enough
boyled
.
How
water
of
the
foote
and
wash
of
earth
when
it
is
burned
,
may
be
made
good
againe
.
Salt
peter
water
must
be
suffered
to
congeale
in
a
dankish
,
close
,
and
darke
place
.
and
wash
of
earth
,
as
you
did
the
second
water
till
it
shall
cast
vp
a
scumme
of
a
French
russet
colour
,
vnto
which
(
if
it
shal
happen
to
cleaue
vnto
the
sides
of
the
Cauldron
)
you
must
put
of
the
other
French
russet
scumme
that
was
made
,
and
saued
by
you
before
,
to
boyle
with
it
,
vntill
the
droppes
of
this
water
falling
vppon
yron
wil
congeale
.
If
this
congealed
water
shall
be
very
soft
,
it
is
a
signe
that
the
water
in
the
Cauldron
is
not
boyled
enough
,
but
if
this
congealed
water
shall
be
very
hard
,
it
is
a
signe
that
it
is
burned
.
To
amend
this
fault
which
the
very
hard
congealed
water
hath
,
and
to
make
the
same
water
good
againe
,
put
some
freshe
and
cleare
water
thereunto
,
and
then
hauing
extinguished
all
the
fire
vnder
the
Cauldron
,
and
made
the
same
Cauldron
to
stand
a
slope
,
so
that
the
lies
and
dregges
(
which
being
congealed
are
the
very
salt
whereof
Saltpeter
is
made
)
may
not
with
any
water
runne
ouer
the
brimmes
of
the
vessell
,
you
must
(
if
you
will
make
good
Saltpeter
)
suffer
the
water
to
settle
in
the
same
vessell
,
and
to
congeale
in
a
dankish
,
close
,
and
darke
place
,
and
after
the
water
which
will
not
congeale
hath
for
the
space
of
two
or
three
dayes
dropped
out
of
the
vessell
into
some
other
tubbe
,
take
the
Saltpeter
out
of
the
saist
vessell
,
and
preserue
the
same
water
because
it
being
the
master
water
may
afterwardes
be
vsed
when
you
shall
haue
neede
of
the
master
water
.
The
3
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
an
excellent
kind
of
artificiall
Saltpeter
of
the
flowre
which
groeth
on
walles
:
how
Saltpeter
water
must
bee
boyled
:
howe
you
may
knowe
when
Saltpeter
water
hath
boyled
enough
:
how
Saltpeter
water
which
is
burned
may
bee
made
good
againe
:
and
how
Saltpeter
in
his
refining
doth
waste
.
TAke
of
flowre
which
groeth
on
walles
foure
partes
,
of
vnslaked
Lime
one
parte
:
This
one
part
of
lime
must
bee
well
boyled
in
water
ouer
a
fire
,
and
after
it
hath
boyled
enough
,
it
must
be
taken
from
the
fire
,
and
suffered
to
settle
,
and
then
it
must
be
strained
into
another
vessell
.
This
done
,
put
the
same
foure
parts
of
the
said
flowre
into
such
a
halfe
but
,
tubbe
,
hogshead
,
or
other
barrell
as
before
you
haue
been
willed
to
prepare
for
earth
whereof
Saltpeter
shal
be
made
,
&
powre
vppon
the
same
flowre
so
much
of
the
said
strained
water
which
is
named
Lie
,
or
Lime
water
,
as
will
dissolue
the
same
flowre
.
When
the
flower
is
dissolued
,
let
the
Lie
or
Lime
water
which
hath
dissolued
the
flower
,
droppe
out
at
the
bottome
of
the
sayd
vessell
into
another
tubbe
set
vnder
the
same
vessell
,
and
boyle
those
droppes
of
Lie
or
Lime
water
ouer
a
fire
,
till
they
being
put
vppon
yron
wil
congeale
,
and
be
of
a
temperate
hardnesse
,
that
is
to
say
,
neither
too
soft
,
nor
too
hard
.
It
is
a
signe
(
as
before
I
haue
told
you
)
that
the
water
hath
not
boyled
enough
,
when
the
congealed
droppes
are
too
soft
,
and
it
is
a
token
that
the
water
is
burned
when
the
congealed
drops
are
too
hard
.
But
(
as
you
haue
learned
)
the
water
which
is
burned
may
be
made
good
againe
with
a
little
fresh
and
cleare
water
put
vnto
it
.
After
this
Lie
or
Lime
water
is
well
and
enough
boyled
,
take
it
of
from
the
fire
,
scumme
it
with
a
scummer
,
and
doe
vnto
it
all
that
you
haue
been
taught
in
the
precedent
Chapter
to
doe
vnto
the
Saltpeter
water
that
first
droppeth
out
of
vessels
filled
with
earth
:
So
this
Saltpeter
will
bee
good
with
the
first
boyling
,
and
serue
for
some
vses
without
any
other
refining
:
But
for
to
make
gunpowder
it
ought
to
be
refined
againe
though
thereby
it
will
waste
a
little
.
The
4
Chapter
.
How
good
Saltpeter
may
be
knowne
.
PVT
a
handful
of
Saltpeter
vppon
an
oken
boord
,
or
vppon
a
drie
Walnut
tree
boord
,
lay
vppon
the
Saltpeter
a
quicke
cole
of
fire
,
and
when
the
Saltpeter
is
well
kindeled
,
take
the
cole
away
from
it
,
for
now
if
the
Saltpeter
be
good
,
it
will
burne
of
it selfe
,
and
ray
much
the
table
.
But
if
the
Saltpeter
shall
as
it
doth
burne
giue
any
crackes
,
it
is
a
token
that
the
same
Saltpeter
hath
in
it
Salt
,
and
that
it
was
refined
,
for
vnrefined
Saltpeter
will
neuer
cracke
,
and
when
many
dregges
do
remaine
vppon
the
table
after
the
Saltpeter
is
so
burned
,
they
shew
that
the
same
Saltpeter
had
much
grease
in
it
and
that
it
was
naught
.
The
5
Chapter
.
How
Saltpeter
may
be
made
to
groe
where
none
did
groe
before
:
and
how
earth
which
hath
made
Salt-peter
may
be
made
after
the
end
of
fiue
or
sixe
yeeres
to
yeelde
more
Saltpeter
than
it
did
yeelde
at
the
first
time
.
DIssolue
Saltpeter
in
water
,
and
wet
well
therewith
a
couered
peece
of
ground
where
you
will
haue
Saltpeter
to
groe
,
then
suffer
that
peece
of
ground
to
lie
still
for
a
certaine
space
of
time
,
and
by
so
doing
you
shall
see
that
the
Saltpeter
will
groe
and
multiplie
wonderfully
in
that
place
.
Also
it
is
truth
if
the
earth
which
hath
made
Saltpeter
be
heaped
vp
in
a
couered
place
where
no
raine
may
fall
vppon
the
same
,
that
after
the
end
of
fiue
or
sixe
yeres
,
you
may
labour
the
same
earth
againe
,
and
finde
in
it
more
Saltpeter
than
it
did
yeeld
at
the
first
time
.
The
6
Chapter
.
How
Saltpeter
meale
is
made
:
and
how
Saltpeter
meale
without
any
beating
will
serue
among
other
materiall
things
to
make
gunpowder
.
HAng
a
kettle
with
a
wide
bottome
ouer
a
good
fire
and
put
into
that
kettle
a
conuenient
quantitie
of
Saltpeter
:
when
the
Saltpeter
shall
begin
to
bloe
,
frie
,
and
smoke
,
stirre
it
about
the
kettle
with
a
woodden
ladle
,
pulling
backe
the
Saltpeter
which
shal
shew
white
,
and
putting
forward
the
other
Saltpeter
which
hath
not
had
so
much
fire
as
the
said
white
Saltpeter
,
and
cease
not
to
stirre
and
mingle
all
the
Saltpeter
well
together
,
so
as
it
may
not
melt
,
vntill
it
shall
waxe
drie
,
and
be
like
a
comfette
,
for
by
so
doing
you
shall
take
away
out
of
the
Saltpeter
all
the
grease
and
Salt
that
was
in
it
.
Then
powring
so
much
water
into
the
kettle
as
will
couer
all
the
Saltpeter
that
is
in
it
,
you
must
melt
the
same
Saltpeter
ouer
a
good
fire
,
and
sturre
it
well
about
the
kettle
with
a
bigge
and
rounde
staffe
,
vntill
it
shall
waxe
drie
againe
,
&
be
like
meale
,
which
without
any
beating
will
serue
among
other
materiall
things
to
make
gunpowder
.
The
7
Chapter
.
How
Saltpeter
may
be
refined
with
water
by
two
sundrie
wayes
:
and
how
Saltpeter
refined
with
water
ought
to
be
dried
.
The
first
waie
to
refine
Salt-peter
with
water
.
TAke
of
the
mixture
made
of
Lime
,
Ashes
,
and
Allum
dissolued
,
whereof
mention
hath
been
made
in
the
second
Chapter
of
this
booke
and
in
the
first
way
to
make
artificiall
Saltpeter
of
earth
,
and
into
euery
barrell
of
water
that
you
haue
put
into
the
Cauldron
for
to
dissolue
the
Saltpeter
,
powre
sixe
pots
full
of
the
strong
water
that
is
also
mentioned
in
the
said
first
way
to
make
artificiall
Saltpeter
,
and
in
the
same
quantitie
of
water
so
prepared
,
put
so
much
Saltpeter
as
you
thinke
may
well
be
dissolued
:
and
with
boyling
make
it
to
dissolue
very
well
.
Then
seeing
it
in
boyling
to
haue
cast
vp
scumme
,
you
shall
take
it
out
of
the
Cauldron
,
and
put
it
into
a
tubbe
,
in
the
bottome
whereof
you
must
first
put
fine
sand
foure
fingers
thicknesse
cleane
washed
,
couered
with
a
linnen
cloth
:
and
by
a
little
hole
made
into
the
bottome
of
the
tubbe
,
you
shall
suffer
it
to
droppe
by
little
and
little
in
some
other
vessell
set
vnder
to
receiue
it
:
and
so
this
water
thus
strained
,
you
must
afterwards
put
into
the
very
same
,
or
into
another
Cauldron
to
boyle
againe
,
and
to
make
the
greater
part
of
the
same
water
seethe
away
.
Finally
make
it
boyle
so
much
vntill
you
shall
see
it
readie
to
thicken
,
powring
now
and
then
into
the
same
water
a
little
of
the
aforesaid
strong
water
,
especially
when
it
swelleth
,
&
casteth
vp
scumme
.
This
done
,
powre
the
said
water
out
of
the
Cauldron
into
chestes
,
or
other
vessels
of
wood
to
congeale
,
which
(
though
it
shall
be
a
great
quantitie
)
within
three
or
foure
dayes
will
congeale
.
But
if
any
part
of
that
water
doe
not
within
that
time
congeale
,
then
taking
it
out
of
the
vessel
boile
it
againe
,
&
do
it
vnto
all
that
you
did
before
to
the
other
water
that
is
congealed
.
And
so
you
must
doe
from
time
to
time
as
it
gathereth
together
,
and
congealeth
:
and
by
this
meanes
you
shall
make
the
Saltpeter
most
white
,
and
faire
,
and
much
better
than
at
the
first
seething
.
The
second
way
to
refine
Saltpeter
with
water
.
Saltpeter
may
also
be
refined
with
water
in
this
manner
:
put
Saltpeter
with
Lime
well
slaked
into
a
cleane
Cauldron
,
and
powre
vppon
the
Saltpeter
and
slaked
Lime
so
much
faire
water
or
rather
so
much
of
the
aforesaide
Lie
or
Lime
water
,
as
will
couer
and
lie
foure
ynches
in
heigth
aboue
the
same
Saltpeter
,
and
slaked
Lime
.
Moreouer
make
a
good
fire
vnder
the
Cauldron
,
that
the
things
in
the
same
may
quickly
boile
,
and
bee
readie
as
scumme
shal
rise
to
take
it
away
with
a
scummer
.
When
you
shal
see
that
no
more
scumme
will
rise
,
then
take
the
Cauldron
from
the
fire
,
and
setting
it
somewhat
aslope
,
let
the
boiled
water
coole
,
settle
,
and
cleare
in
the
same
:
if
the
boiled
water
will
not
waxe
cleare
by
this
meanes
,
put
ashes
into
it
,
aad
boyle
the
same
water
againe
for
a
while
.
This
done
,
take
the
Cauldron
from
the
fire
,
&
setting
it
aslope
,
sprinkle
faire
water
vpon
the
boyled
water
,
for
by
so
doing
you
shall
make
the
same
water
cleare
.
This
water
being
cleare
,
must
by
little
and
little
be
powred
into
some
other
vessell
so
as
the
lies
,
dregges
,
or
grounds
may
not
goe
out
with
the
same
:
Saltpeter
refined
with
water
ought
to
be
dried
against
the
Sun
or
with
heate
of
fire
.
For
of
the
water
which
lyeth
aboue
in
the
vessell
,
Saltpeter
is
made
,
and
in
the
water
at
the
bottome
of
the
vessell
,
are
the
lies
or
dregges
of
Saltpeter
.
After
you
haue
in
this
sort
powred
out
the
saide
water
into
other
vessels
,
and
haue
suffered
the
same
for
two
dayes
space
(
and
more
if
need
be
)
to
congeale
in
the
same
vessels
,
you
must
take
the
same
congealed
water
(
which
is
Saltpeter
)
out
of
the
vessels
,
and
drie
the
same
against
the
Sunne
,
or
with
heate
of
fire
.
To
know
when
the
water
in
which
Saltpeter
is
refined
hath
boyled
enough
.
After
you
haue
taken
the
said
Saltpeter
out
of
the
vessels
in
which
it
did
congeale
,
boyle
again
ouer
a
good
fire
the
vncongealed
water
which
remaineth
in
the
said
vessels
,
&
so
long
as
this
water
doth
boile
,
scumme
it
if
it
shall
cast
vp
any
scumme
,
&
let
this
water
boile
vntill
the
same
water
dropping
vppon
yron
,
stone
,
or
such
like
things
from
a
peece
of
wood
put
into
the
water
will
congeale
:
for
then
is
that
time
to
take
it
from
the
fire
.
Nowe
this
being
done
if
you
shall
see
a
thinne
skin
to
lie
vppon
the
water
,
scumme
the
same
away
,
and
more
doo
vnto
the
same
water
all
that
you
haue
bin
willed
to
doo
vnto
the
other
water
which
did
before
congeale
into
saltpeter
.
Although
this
saltpeter
made
of
the
water
which
did
lie
in
the
bottome
of
the
vessels
is
not
so
good
as
the
Saltpeter
which
came
of
that
part
of
water
which
did
lie
vppermost
in
the
vessels
,
yet
may
it
be
made
as
good
as
the
other
with
so
much
labour
as
you
are
willed
to
bestowe
vppon
the
other
,
and
by
putting
so
much
water
vnto
it
as
you
did
vnto
the
other
,
for
through
lacke
of
water
it
will
be
burned
.
Saltpeter
being
thus
refined
with
water
will
make
good
gunpowder
:
How
Saltpeter
refined
with
water
ought
to
be
dried
in
a
Cauldron
ouer
a
fire
if
it
shall
afterwards
passe
thorow
a
boulter
or
searse
.
But
to
drie
this
Saltpeter
so
as
it
may
passe
thorow
a
fine
boulter
or
searse
,
put
it
into
a
Cauldron
ouer
a
fire
of
Coles
whereby
the
Saltpeter
will
yeeld
a
water
,
fall
into
the
flowre
,
and
melt
,
and
being
well
stirred
in
a
Cauldron
that
all
the
Saltpeter
may
feele
the
heate
of
fire
,
it
will
be
a
lumpe
like
a
comfet
.
When
you
shall
see
that
this
Saltpeter
is
drie
,
take
it
from
the
fire
,
for
through
too
long
standing
ouer
the
fire
,
it
will
yeeld
moysture
,
loose
his
strength
and
bee
a
gumme
when
it
is
burned
.
The
8
Chapter
.
How
Saltpeter
may
be
refined
with
fire
:
and
how
Saltpeter
may
be
better
refined
with
water
than
with
fire
.
SAltpeter
in
a
little
quantitie
is
refined
with
fire
after
this
maner
which
although
it
be
a
readie
way
yet
seldome
times
it
is
vsed
,
and
albeit
it
serueth
to
get
out
the
fatnesse
of
Saltpeter
,
yet
for
that
it
sendeth
into
the
bottome
very
much
earthie
drosse
,
I
like
better
the
other
wayes
which
teach
you
to
purge
it
with
water
,
than
this
with
fire
.
But
to
refine
Salt-peter
with
fire
doe
thus
:
Take
an
yron
sallet
,
or
some
other
yron
,
or
brasen
vessell
,
and
fill
it
with
Saltpeter
,
and
couer
it
with
a
couer
of
yron
,
brasse
,
or
earth
,
so
that
it
be
made
bigge
enough
,
meete
to
be
taken
of
,
and
put
on
when
you
list
,
and
so
as
the
vessell
being
well
couered
,
the
heate
within
may
not
breath
out
.
This
vessell
must
be
set
in
the
midst
of
a
good
fire
of
coles
,
and
so
the
Saltpeter
will
melt
,
which
is
soone
perceiued
of
the
expert
artificer
and
workman
.
When
you
thinke
that
it
is
melted
looke
vppon
it
,
and
if
it
be
not
well
melted
,
couer
it
againe
,
and
let
it
melt
well
:
Then
the
Saltpeter
being
well
melted
,
take
Brimstone
most
finely
beaten
in
powder
,
and
cast
some
thereon
:
and
if
of
it selfe
it
take
not
fire
,
doe
you
kindle
it
,
and
being
kindeled
,
let
it
burne
till
such
time
as
the
Brimstone
bee
all
consumed
,
so
that
nothing
els
be
burnt
but
the
vpper
part
and
certaine
grosse
vnctiousnesse
of
the
Saltpeter
,
the
which
when
it
is
burned
,
will
leaue
the
rest
faire
and
cleare
:
and
then
it
must
be
taken
from
the
fire
letting
it
coole
in
the
vessell
where
you
shall
finde
it
(
after
the
same
is
colde
)
all
in
one
peece
like
a
white
peece
of
marble
.
All
the
earthy
drosse
thereof
remaining
in
the
bottome
will
be
good
Saltpeter
to
make
gunpowder
,
but
not
verie
commendable
to
any
other
vse
.
Some
in
steede
of
Brimstone
doe
burne
the
grosse
vnctiousnesse
of
Saltpeter
with
quicke
vnflaming
coles
of
fire
,
but
insomuch
as
the
refined
Saltpeter
being
so
burned
,
looseth
part
of
his
force
,
as
Girolamo
Cataneo
in
his
fift
booke
Dell'arte
militare
writeth
)
I
will
not
counsell
you
to
burne
the
grosse
vnctiousnesse
of
Saltpeter
with
any
Brimstone
,
or
quicke
vnflaming
coles
of
fire
.
The
9
Chapter
.
How
you
may
sublime
and
purifie
Saltpeter
by
two
sundry
waies
.
TAke
of
Saltpeter
refined
drie
one
part
,
and
of
the
scumme
or
off
all
of
yron
one
part
,
sublime
both
these
materiall
things
as
you
shall
hereafter
in
the
tenth
chapter
of
this
booke
be
taught
to
sublime
Brimstone
,
and
when
you
mill
make
gunpowder
,
or
fireworks
of
sublimed
Saltpeter
and
Brimstone
,
moisten
them
well
with
aqua
vita
.
Also
you
may
purifie
Saltpeter
in
this
maner
:
Take
for
euery
pound
of
Saltpeter
a
quart
of
good
white
wine
,
and
putting
them
together
in
a
pot
ouer
a
fire
,
let
them
seeth
till
one
fourth
part
thereof
is
sod
away
:
then
taking
the
pot
from
the
fire
,
suffer
the
mixture
which
is
nowe
Saltpeter
well
purified
to
remaine
in
it
till
it
be
drie
.
The
10
Chapter
.
How
you
may
sublime
Brimstone
,
Arsenike
and
salt
Armoniake
.
MElt
your
Brimstone
ouer
a
sloe
fire
in
a
copper
or
cleane
earthen
vessell
,
and
with
a
cleane
ladle
take
away
all
the
scumme
or
thinne
skinne
which
will
lie
vppon
the
toppe
of
the
same
melted
Brimstone
.
That
done
,
straine
the
Brimstone
remaining
in
the
vessell
into
an
other
cleane
pot
thorow
a
thicke
peece
of
canuasse
,
or
thorow
a
thicke
strainer
,
and
keepe
this
strained
Brimstone
which
hath
been
thus
sublimed
and
purified
for
to
serue
in
fine
gunpowder
,
and
fireworkes
.
The
thinne
skinne
or
scumme
which
shall
bee
so
taken
away
from
melted
Brimstone
with
a
ladle
,
is
the
grease
that
Was
in
the
melted
Brimstone
,
and
that
which
remaineth
in
the
canuasse
after
the
Brimstone
is
strained
,
is
the
refuse
and
earth
of
the
Brimstone
.
Arsenike
and
salt
Armoniake
are
sublimed
and
purified
in
the
same
maner
as
Brimstone
is
sublimed
.
The
11
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
Coles
for
gunpowder
by
foure
sundrie
wayes
.
TO
make
Coles
for
gunpowder
,
fixe
vppon
the
grounde
fiue
or
sixe
woodden
staues
of
foure
or
fiue
feete
in
heigth
in
the
fourme
of
a
round
pyramis
or
taper
circle
which
at
the
great
and
loest
end
must
be
one
foote
and
a
half
or
there
about
in
widenesse
.
Binde
round
about
the
outsides
of
these
staues
in
three
or
foure
seuerall
places
bondes
of
toe
,
and
then
hauing
in
a
readinesse
a
conuenient
number
of
small
,
shorte
,
clouen
,
and
drie
stickes
of
young
willoe
bowes
without
any
barke
or
rines
,
pyle
within
the
said
staues
vp
to
their
toppes
the
said
stickes
,
which
must
be
set
vpright
vppon
their
endes
,
and
then
couer
the
said
pyle
of
stickes
and
the
staues
on
the
outside
all
ouer
with
wette
strawe
,
and
lay
moist
earth
,
durt
,
or
clay
three
or
foure
ynches
thicke
hard
pressed
downe
all
ouer
the
straw
:
This
done
,
winde
round
about
in
4
or
5
places
vppon
the
couer
of
clay
good
bigge
bonds
of
toe
,
&
make
a
small
hole
in
the
verie
top
&
midle
part
of
the
said
pyle
of
stickes
,
&
thorow
that
hole
put
fire
to
the
said
pyle
.
After
you
shall
vppon
good
aduisement
thinke
that
the
fire
is
kindeled
in
the
pyle
,
&
that
it
hath
burnt
well
downwards
halfe
the
way
into
the
pyle
,
stoppe
vp
the
said
hole
in
the
toppe
,
and
with
a
round
sticke
so
bigge
as
a
mans
finger
,
make
diuers
other
holes
as
the
fire
shall
burne
downewards
thorow
the
said
couers
of
moyst
clay
,
Note
.
and
wette
strawe
,
round
about
the
aforesaide
pyle
for
smoke
to
passe
out
at
.
When
you
shal
see
that
no
smoke
doth
come
out
at
any
of
the
holes
,
then
the
coles
are
burned
enough
,
and
now
to
the
end
that
they
may
not
consume
to
ashes
,
you
must
close
,
and
stoppe
vp
all
the
said
holes
,
and
beware
to
meddle
any
more
with
the
saide
pyle
till
all
the
Coles
in
the
same
are
colde
,
which
will
be
within
one
day
or
two
after
the
Coles
haue
been
burned
enough
.
The
second
way
to
make
Coles
for
gunpowder
.
Also
you
may
make
Coles
for
gunpowder
in
this
maner
.
Builde
with
Stone
and
Lime
a
round
furnace
like
a
round
well
,
and
in
the
bottome
of
this
furnace
leaue
an
open
place
or
hole
thorowe
the
wall
two
ynches
square
,
and
set
fiue
or
six
staues
of
wood
in
the
midst
of
the
furnace
vpright
vpon
their
endes
in
the
fourme
of
a
rounde
pyramis
or
taper
circle
,
and
within
those
staues
,
pyle
vp
to
their
toppes
small
,
short
,
clouen
,
&
drie
stickes
of
wood
without
any
barke
or
rines
,
and
hauing
set
the
said
stickes
in
that
pyle
vpright
vpon
their
endes
,
couer
the
toppe
of
the
sayd
furnace
all
ouer
with
clay
,
or
durt
,
leauing
in
the
vppermost
part
thereof
a
hole
so
bigge
as
a
mans
great
finger
for
smoke
to
passe
out
at
:
and
thorowe
the
saide
hole
in
the
bottome
of
the
furnace
put
fire
to
the
said
stickes
.
When
the
fire
hath
well
burned
vpwardes
to
the
middest
of
the
pyle
within
the
furnace
,
stoppe
vp
the
said
hole
in
the
bottome
of
the
furnace
with
a
fitte
stone
well
luted
so
as
no
smoke
may
come
out
at
that
lo●rmost
hole
.
Note
.
This
done
,
the
said
vppermost
hole
must
also
be
stopped
vp
when
you
shall
see
that
no
smoke
commeth
out
of
the
same
hole
,
for
the
Coles
in
the
said
pyle
being
then
burned
enough
,
if
any
one
of
the
saide
holes
should
afterwards
be
left
open
,
all
the
Coles
in
the
said
pyle
would
burne
to
ashes
.
Finallie
,
after
the
said
holes
haue
been
closed
vp
in
this
maner
for
the
space
of
two
dayes
and
two
nights
,
you
may
vncouer
the
toppe
of
the
sayde
Furnace
,
and
(
the
heate
of
the
fire
that
was
in
the
Coles
being
gone
)
pull
away
the
stone
below
,
and
at
your
pleasure
take
all
the
Coles
out
of
the
Furnace
.
To
make
a
small
quantitie
of
Coles
for
fine
gunpowder
,
The
third
way
to
make
coles
for
gunpowder
.
take
young
Hasell
wood
of
a
yeere
olde
without
any
barke
or
rines
,
and
hauing
cut
them
in
short
peeces
,
put
the
same
peeces
into
a
great
earthen
pot
,
or
into
a
vessell
of
yron
,
or
brasse
:
and
that
pot
or
vessell
being
close
shut
and
couered
,
lay
lute
or
clay
very
well
about
the
pot
or
vessell
,
so
that
it
may
not
breath
:
then
make
fire
rounde
about
the
pot
or
vessell
,
and
also
vppon
it
,
til
such
time
as
you
shall
vppon
good
aduisement
thinke
that
the
heate
is
well
entred
in
through
all
partes
of
the
vessell
,
and
that
the
stickes
within
are
well
kindeled
,
and
only
through
such
heate
without
firebrandes
or
flame
burned
.
After
this
the
Coles
within
the
pot
or
vessell
being
burned
enough
,
take
the
fire
from
the
pot
or
vessell
,
&
suffer
the
Coles
within
the
said
pot
or
vessell
to
coole
before
you
take
them
out
.
Also
you
may
make
in
hast
a
small
quantitie
of
Coles
for
gunpowder
in
this
maner
;
The
4
way
to
make
coles
for
gunpowder
.
Take
so
many
drie
Hasell
stickes
cut
in
short
peeces
without
any
barke
,
or
rynes
,
as
will
be
sufficient
to
serue
your
purpose
,
and
laying
them
close
togeather
on
a
heape
set
them
a
fire
,
and
after
you
haue
well
burned
them
,
sprinkle
water
vppon
them
with
a
broome
till
you
haue
quenched
their
fire
,
and
in
so
doing
scatter
the
Coles
heere
and
there
,
that
they
being
so
with
water
throughly
quenched
may
drie
well
againe
.
The
12
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
a
mixture
of
Brimstone
and
quickesiluer
for
gunpowder
:
and
how
Brimstone
which
shall
serue
for
gunpowder
ought
alwaies
to
be
very
drie
,
and
without
any
fat
.
MElt
,
scumme
,
and
straine
your
Brimstone
as
before
in
the
tenth
Chapter
of
this
booke
you
haue
been
taught
:
After
this
melt
againe
the
same
Brimstone
,
and
then
taking
it
from
the
fire
put
thereunto
so
much
quicksiluer
as
you
will
,
stirring
them
together
with
a
sticke
vntill
they
are
incorporated
.
When
you
doe
put
quicke
siluer
into
the
melted
Brimstone
,
hold
your
face
so
farre
as
you
may
from
it
,
An
admonition
.
because
if
any
quicksiluer
,
or
Brimstone
should
leape
vp
out
of
the
pot
,
&
hit
your
face
,
it
would
doe
you
much
hurt
.
Also
you
must
vnderstand
that
the
Brimstone
which
shal
serue
for
gunpowder
ought
alwayes
to
be
very
drie
,
for
that
the
fatte
of
Brimstone
doth
make
dregges
in
gunpowder
,
and
is
offensiue
to
the
Saltpeeter
that
is
in
any
sort
of
gunpowder
.
The
13
Chapter
.
How
the
makers
of
gunpowder
doe
mingle
togeather
the
simples
and
materiall
thinges
of
which
they
doe
make
gunpowder
:
and
how
gunpowder
must
be
kept
in
drie
vessels
of
wood
,
and
laide
in
high
roomes
of
houses
:
and
how
an
emptie
caske
of
wood
ought
to
waie
12
poundes
:
and
euery
caske
filled
full
of
gunpowder
ought
to
waie
one
hundred
waight
of
Auer de poize
waight
:
and
how
euery
last
of
gunpowder
ought
to
waye
24
hundred
waight
of
the
said
Auer de poize
waight
.
SOme
vse
to
waie
euery
of
the
simples
and
materiall
things
whereof
gunpowder
is
made
by
it selfe
,
and
afterwardes
they
do
mingle
,
&
beate
all
the
same
things
togeather
.
Others
hauing
beaten
and
searsed
euery
simple
wherof
gunpowder
is
made
by
it selfe
,
doe
mingle
the
same
togeather
.
But
the
best
&
most
readiest
way
is
to
put
all
the
Saltpeeter
which
you
will
occupie
into
a
Cauldron
that
must
haue
so
much
water
in
it
as
will
(
when
the
same
is
made
hot
with
fire
)
suffice
to
dissolue
the
said
saltpeter
,
which
being
so
dissolued
ought
to
be
washed
,
and
laid
when
it
is
washt
vppon
a
cleane
and
firme
place
or
peece
of
grounde
.
This
done
,
beate
the
quantitie
of
Cole
(
which
is
to
bee
added
vnto
the
mixture
)
into
very
fine
powder
,
and
putting
the
same
powder
vnto
the
dissolued
Saltpeeter
,
stirre
and
incorporate
them
well
togeather
,
and
as
you
doe
stirre
and
turne
togeather
with
a
staffe
the
Saltpeeter
and
Cole
,
you
must
cast
vppon
them
a
due
quantitie
of
Brimstone
finely
beaten
,
and
well
searsed
and
continue
in
stirring
of
them
togeather
till
the
sayd
Saltpeeter
,
Coles
,
and
Brimstone
shall
be
well
mingled
.
After
this
lay
foorth
that
mixture
to
drie
a
little
,
and
when
the
same
mixture
somewhat
dried
by
beating
the
Cole
till
it
bee
subtile
and
inpalpable
is
made
a
very
fine
incorporate
substance
,
sift
it
well
thorow
a
S●eue
,
or
rather
a
searse
:
then
casting
water
and
vineger
vppon
it
,
corne
the
gunpowder
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
drie
it
well
againe
,
or
after
it
is
drie
,
put
all
the
same
gunpowder
into
cleane
and
drie
vessels
of
wood
,
which
ought
to
be
laid
in
high
roomes
of
houses
where
little
comming
is
for
other
reasons
than
that
it
may
lie
there
drie
.
And
forsomuch
as
in
England
we
do
vse
to
put
our
gunpowder
into
woodden
vesselles
called
Caskes
,
16
ounces
doe
make
1
pound
of
Auer de poize
waight
and
112
pounds
doe
make
one
hundred
waight
of
the
same
Auer de poize
waight
.
note
well
that
an
emptie
Caske
of
wood
ought
to
waie
twelue
poundes
,
and
that
euery
such
Caske
filled
full
of
gunpowder
ought
to
waie
one
hundred
waight
of
auer de poize
de
poize
waight
.
Also
note
that
24
such
Caskes
of
gunpowder
are
named
a
Last
of
gunpowder
,
and
that
euery
Last
of
gunpouder
ought
to
waie
24
hundred
waight
of
the
said
auer de poize
de
poize
waight
.
The
14
Chapter
.
How
you
may
grinde
or
beate
gunpowder
by
sixe
sundrie
waies
:
how
gunpowder
ought
not
to
be
beaten
drie
:
and
how
you
may
know
whether
or
no
gunpowder
is
well
beaten
,
or
enough
grounde
.
MAny
men
doe
grinde
gunpowder
in
such
milles
as
doe
serue
to
grinde
crabbes
to
make
vergys
,
&
appels
to
make
sider
.
And
some
stamp
the
powder
in
a
stone
morter
large
in
the
mouth
with
a
woodden
pestell
like
vnto
a
hammer
or
maule
.
And
some
cause
the
powder
to
be
stamped
in
morters
with
a
water
mill
or
a
horse
mill
,
which
way
is
the
best
of
all
other
and
most
surest
:
for
the
powder
is
thereby
more
finely
beaten
,
and
with
lesse
labour
.
Some
which
haue
not
the
commoditie
of
water
make
a
great
wheele
after
such
sort
that
the
cogges
thereof
shall
raise
vppe
many
heauie
pestels
,
which
in
falling
downe
doe
beate
the
powder
lying
within
diuers
morters
of
wood
made
in
a
beame
of
Oke
:
Among
which
there
bee
some
that
haue
their
bottomes
of
brasse
.
Some
stampe
gunpowder
with
pestels
which
they
holde
in
their
handes
,
and
tie
to
the
ende
of
a
poole
with
a
corde
right
ouer
a
morter
of
wood
,
or
brasse
,
and
so
they
beate
with
lesse
paine
.
And
some
grinde
gunpowder
with
handmilles
as
they
vse
to
grinde
corne
,
which
is
a
painefull
and
dangerous
way
,
You
shall
kindle
fire
by
rubbing
two
Bay
stickes
togeather
with
violence
.
An
admonition
.
because
such
a
composition
ground
togeather
with
stones
will
soone
catch
heate
,
and
bee
a
fiar
,
euen
as
by
rubbing
together
with
violence
a
couple
of
Bay
stickes
,
you
shall
straight
way
kindle
fire
.
Wherefore
in
grinding
and
beating
gunpowder
after
this
last
way
,
or
any
other
way
,
it
behooueth
all
men
to
take
heede
that
they
doe
not
grinde
or
beate
the
same
drie
,
but
wet
with
water
to
a
certaine
degree
of
moistnesse
,
so
that
taking
it
vp
in
one
hand
it
may
cling
togeather
.
Some
for
this
purpose
doe
moysten
it
with
vineger
,
and
some
with
Camphored
aqua
vitae
,
and
they
say
that
the
powder
will
therewith
be
made
more
stronger
.
But
neither
vineger
,
nor
aqua
vitae
,
will
be
better
than
water
to
make
gunpowder
forceable
and
strong
,
because
they
vaporing
away
,
little
of
their
substance
can
remaine
.
Note
.
By
drawing
gunpowder
with
your
finger
,
and
in
like
maner
by
breaking
or
cutting
with
a
knife
a
part
thereof
you
may
know
whether
or
no
it
is
well
and
enough
grounde
or
beaten
.
For
if
in
the
said
broken
part
you
shall
see
all
blacke
within
,
and
no
Saltpeeter
,
or
Brimstone
in
the
same
,
then
vndoubtedly
that
sort
of
gunpowder
is
well
and
enough
beaten
.
And
contrariwise
,
if
you
shal
perceiue
any
Saltpeeter
or
Brimstone
within
that
broken
or
cut
part
,
then
it
is
certaine
that
the
same
sort
of
gunpowder
is
not
beaten
enough
.
The
15
Chapter
.
How
you
may
corne
gunpowder
.
FIrst
prepare
a
Seeue
with
a
bottome
of
thicke
parchment
made
full
of
round
holes
,
and
then
moystening
the
Gunpowder
which
shall
be
corned
with
water
,
put
the
same
,
and
also
a
little
bowle
,
into
that
Seeue
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
sift
the
powder
so
as
the
said
bowle
rolling
vp
and
downe
in
the
Seeue
,
may
breake
the
cloddes
of
powder
,
and
make
the
same
powder
by
running
through
the
holes
of
the
Seeue
to
corne
.
The
16
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
diuers
sorts
of
gunpowder
:
and
how
you
may
make
gunpowder
of
diuers
colours
:
and
how
you
may
abate
the
force
of
gunpowder
:
and
how
for
want
of
aqua
vitae
and
vineger
to
moisten
gunpowder
,
you
may
vse
the
water
of
Saltpeeter
,
or
if
you
will
the
vrine
of
a
man
:
&
how
Mute
gunpowder
is
of
little
force
.
To
make
grosse
gunpowder
for
great
Ordinance
.
1
Take
of
-
Saltpeeter
.
4
partes
.
-
Fine
Brimstone
1
part
.
-
Cole
of
Willoe
,
Hasell
or
some
other
soft
wood
.
1
part
.
out
of
euery
pounde
waight
that
is
in
the
same
part
of
Brimstone
,
take
away
one
ounce
of
Brimstone
,
and
then
hauing
beaten
,
and
sifted
thorow
a
Searse
euery
of
the
said
materials
,
or
simples
by
it selfe
,
you
shall
moysten
them
with
very
strong
white
Vineger
,
and
incorporate
them
togeather
,
for
through
that
moystnesse
the
powder
will
be
made
more
stronger
,
and
beaten
more
finer
:
An
admonition
.
yet
take
heede
that
you
doe
not
stampe
this
powder
so
much
as
you
shall
be
willed
to
stampe
the
two
sortes
of
gunpowder
next
following
for
handegunnes
,
because
it
may
thereby
be
made
too
strong
,
and
able
to
breake
any
great
Peece
of
Artillerie
that
shall
be
charged
with
an
ordinary
charge
thereof
.
You
may
know
whether
or
no
this
mixture
is
enough
beaten
by
breaking
or
cutting
a
part
thereof
,
for
after
you
haue
broken
or
cut
a
little
part
or
peece
of
the
powder
,
if
you
shall
perceaue
that
the
Brimstone
is
finely
beaten
,
and
that
no
Saltpeeter
can
bee
seene
within
the
same
broken
peece
,
then
you
may
know
that
this
mixture
of
gunpowder
is
enough
beaten
.
After
this
mixture
hath
been
so
beaten
,
sift
it
thorow
a
Seeue
or
searse
to
make
it
to
corne
,
and
all
that
part
thereof
which
will
not
passe
thorow
a
Seeue
or
searse
beate
againe
in
a
morter
,
and
by
such
meanes
make
it
to
passe
thorow
the
Seeue
or
searse
that
it
may
also
be
corne
gunpowder
,
which
being
dried
will
(
as
I
haue
tolde
you
before
)
be
best
kept
in
close
and
drie
vesselles
of
wood
.
To
make
fine
gunpowder
for
Handgunnes
.
2
Take
of
Saltpeeter
fiue
partes
,
of
Coles
made
of
young
Hasell
twigges
or
of
the
wood
of
a
young
Willoe
tree
one
part
,
of
Brimstone
one
part
lacking
one
ounce
in
euery
pounde
waight
that
is
in
the
same
part
of
Brimstone
:
672
partes
of
this
sort
of
gunpowder
are
equall
in
force
to
720
parts
of
that
sort
of
gunpowder
which
is
before
marked
with
the
figure
of
1.
beate
during
the
space
of
sixe
houres
euery
of
the
said
simples
and
materiall
thinges
by
it selfe
into
fine
powder
,
and
sift
each
of
those
powders
by
it selfe
twise
or
thrise
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
or
searse
,
and
then
incorporate
them
togeather
.
Moreouer
hauing
moystened
the
same
mixture
with
strong
vineger
,
you
ought
to
beate
it
well
againe
,
and
in
so
doing
to
remember
that
the
mixture
is
beaten
enough
when
by
cutting
or
breaking
a
peece
thereof
you
shall
see
it
all
blacke
within
and
no
Saltpeter
or
Brimstone
within
the
same
.
After
the
said
mixture
hath
been
enough
beaten
,
fift
it
againe
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
,
and
corne
it
that
when
it
is
drie
,
the
same
may
be
kept
in
vessels
of
wood
for
to
charge
Handgunes
.
To
make
more
finer
gunpowder
for
Handgunnes
.
3
Take
of
Saltpeeter
sixe
partes
,
of
Cole
made
of
the
twigges
or
bowes
of
a
Nut
tree
of
one
yeeres
groth
one
parte
,
of
Brimstone
one
part
lacking
one
ounce
in
euery
pounde
waight
that
is
in
the
same
part
of
Brimstone
:
640
partes
of
this
sort
of
gunpowder
are
equall
in
force
to
672
parts
of
that
sort
of
gunpowder
which
is
before
marked
with
the
figure
of
2.
beate
euery
of
the
said
simples
and
materiall
thinges
by
it selfe
into
very
fine
powder
,
and
sift
each
of
those
powders
by
it selfe
three
times
at
the
least
thorow
a
searse
or
fine
Seeue
,
and
remember
alwaies
to
beate
againe
that
powder
which
remaining
in
the
searse
or
fine
Seeue
,
can
not
passe
thorow
the
same
,
to
this
end
that
euery
part
thereof
may
be
sifted
thorow
the
searse
or
fine
Seeue
.
When
you
haue
in
this
maner
sifted
all
these
powders
thorow
the
searse
or
fine
Seeue
,
mingle
them
togeather
,
and
sift
them
againe
altogeather
thorow
that
searse
or
Seeue
.
This
done
,
moysten
the
same
mixture
with
strong
vineger
,
or
Saltpeeter
water
,
and
beate
it
in
a
morter
of
brasse
vntill
you
may
(
as
before
hath
been
declared
)
see
it
all
blacke
within
and
no
Saltpeeter
,
or
Brimstone
in
the
same
.
Moreouer
after
this
mixture
hath
been
beaten
enough
,
prepare
a
fine
Seeue
,
and
place
the
same
right
ouer
a
course
searse
so
as
the
part
of
this
mixture
which
passeth
thorow
the
Seeue
and
lieth
vppon
the
searse
may
thereby
be
made
corne
powder
,
and
so
as
the
other
part
which
shall
passe
thorow
the
course
searse
being
afterwardes
sifted
againe
thorow
a
more
finer
searse
may
be
very
fine
and
subtill
powder
.
If
any
part
of
this
subtile
powder
which
hath
been
so
sifted
thorow
the
course
searse
will
not
passe
thorow
the
finer
searse
,
then
must
the
same
part
and
also
the
other
powder
which
could
not
bee
sifted
thorow
the
Seeue
be
beaten
againe
in
a
brasen
morter
,
so
as
all
the
same
powder
may
be
in
like
maner
sifted
thorow
the
said
fine
searse
,
and
being
corned
,
and
well
dried
,
may
with
the
rest
of
this
sort
of
gunpowder
be
kept
in
close
and
dry
vessels
of
wood
.
To
make
fine
corne
powder
for
Handgunnes
of
that
sort
of
grosse
gunpowder
wihch
before
in
the
beginning
of
this
Chapter
is
marked
with
the
figure
1.
4
Take
what
quantitie
you
will
of
the
same
grosse
gunpowder
which
before
in
the
beginning
of
this
chapter
is
marked
with
the
figure
of
1.
And
hauing
moistened
the
same
sort
of
gunpowder
with
Saltpeeter
water
,
or
with
strong
vineger
,
or
with
faire
water
:
beate
it
well
in
a
morter
,
and
sift
it
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
or
searse
.
With
euery
pound
of
gunpowder
mingle
one
ounce
of
Saltpeeter
that
hath
been
refined
drie
,
well
beaten
,
and
sifted
thorow
a
fine
searse
.
And
when
you
haue
so
done
,
beate
and
moysten
this
mixture
againe
vntill
you
shal
see
by
breaking
or
cutting
it
with
a
knife
that
the
same
mixture
is
all
black
within
,
and
that
there
is
no
signe
of
Saltpeeter
,
or
Brimstone
within
the
same
mixture
.
Moreouer
,
corne
the
said
gunpowder
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
as
before
in
the
precedent
chapter
of
this
booke
I
haue
taught
you
to
do
.
After
you
haue
dried
this
corne
gunpowder
,
&
taken
away
from
it
the
fine
and
subtile
powder
,
you
may
shoote
this
corned
gunpowder
in
harchibuses
and
other
handgunnes
:
Although
in
very
deed
it
is
not
so
strong
in
effect
as
is
that
sort
of
fine
gunpowder
which
before
in
this
chapter
I
haue
marked
with
the
figure
of
2
,
by
reason
the
Brimstone
and
the
Cole
in
that
sort
of
fine
gunpowder
are
finely
beaten
,
and
that
the
Brimstone
and
Cole
in
this
sort
of
gunpowder
is
grosly
pounded
.
To
make
an
other
sort
of
fine
corne
powder
.
5
Take
of
Saltpeeter
refined
drie
sixe
parts
,
of
Brimstone
mingled
with
a
little
quicksiluer
that
hath
line
in
aqua
vitae
one
part
:
when
you
haue
mingled
them
wel
together
&
sifted
them
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
or
searse
put
thereunto
of
Coles
made
of
an
old
Walnutte
tree
beaten
into
fine
powder
,
&
sifted
in
like
maner
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
or
searse
one
part
,
&
for
euery
nine
pounds
in
waight
of
Saltpeeter
put
into
this
mixture
½
ounce
of
Campher
,
and
then
moystening
the
same
things
with
aqua
vitae
or
with
strong
vineger
:
beate
them
well
and
corne
their
powder
.
The
Coles
for
this
composition
after
they
haue
been
burned
,
and
made
in
a
pot
couered
al
ouer
with
lute
or
clay
(
as
I
haue
taught
you
in
the
11
chapter
of
this
booke
,
&
in
the
3
way
to
make
coles
for
gunpowder
)
ought
to
be
wel
wet
with
aqua
vitae
while
they
are
warme
and
after
they
are
drie
againe
,
to
be
beaten
as
aforesaid
into
fine
gunpowder
.
To
make
an
other
sort
of
fine
come
gunpowder
.
6
Take
of
Saltpeeter
sixe
parts
,
of
Brimstone
one
part
,
of
Campher
½
part
,
beate
,
sift
and
incorporate
all
these
things
together
as
before
you
haue
been
taught
to
beat
,
sift
&
incorporate
other
like
materiall
things
,
&
after
you
haue
so
done
,
beate
well
this
mixture
againe
,
and
hauing
moystened
it
with
aqua
vitae
or
with
strong
white
vineger
,
corne
the
powder
.
If
you
shall
want
at
any
time
aqua
vitae
and
Vineger
to
moisten
the
powder
which
you
will
make
,
you
may
in
steade
of
aqua
vitae
and
vineger
vse
the
water
of
Saltpeeter
,
or
if
you
will
the
vrine
of
a
man
.
To
make
gunpowder
which
will
take
fire
and
burne
in
a
moist
place
and
in
wet
weather
.
7
Take
of
saltpeeter
refined
drie
fiue
parts
,
of
Coles
made
of
a
Filbert
or
Nut
tree
one
part
,
of
nwe
vnslaked
Lime
one
part
,
of
Campher
½
part
:
beate
and
sift
thorow
a
fine
seeue
euerie
materiall
thing
that
is
aboue
rehearsed
for
this
composition
by
it selfe
,
and
that
done
,
incorporate
them
together
.
This
sort
of
gunpowder
so
made
and
very
well
beaten
will
take
fire
,
and
burne
in
any
moyst
place
,
and
in
wet
and
rainie
weather
.
To
make
gunpowder
which
by
long
keeping
shall
not
decay
in
qualitie
,
nor
consume
in
quantitie
.
8
Take
what
quantitie
you
will
of
gunpowder
,
and
after
it
hath
been
well
beaten
,
well
moistened
with
aqua
vitae
,
and
well
mingled
,
make
thereof
round
baules
or
pellettes
:
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
dry
them
in
the
Sunne
,
or
in
a
hotte
place
,
and
put
them
into
a
nealed
vessell
,
for
(
as
Girolamo
Cataneo
writeth
)
they
(
I
meane
the
said
pellets
of
gunpowder
so
kept
)
will
neuer
decay
in
qualitie
,
nor
consume
in
quantitie
.
To
make
an
other
sort
of
corne
gunpowder
.
9
Take
of
Saltpeeter
twelue
parts
,
of
Coles
made
of
the
wood
or
tree
called
Tilia
,
or
of
Iuniper
three
partes
,
of
Brimstone
two
partes
,
and
¼
of
a
part
:
pound
all
these
things
well
,
and
mingle
them
togeather
,
and
then
moystening
this
mixture
,
corne
the
same
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
or
searse
.
To
make
white
gunpowder
,
10
Take
of
Saltpeeter
refined
drie
6.
parts
,
of
Brimstone
sublimed
or
purged
one
part
,
of
powder
of
a
firre
tree
well
dried
in
an
hot
ouen
one
part
,
sift
all
these
materiall
things
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
,
moysten
them
with
aqua
vitae
,
beate
them
well
in
a
morter
with
a
cleane
pestell
,
and
then
incorporate
them
togeather
.
To
make
redde
gunpowder
.
11
Take
of
saltpeeter
refined
dry
sixe
parts
,
of
Brimstone
sublimed
or
purged
one
part
,
of
Amber
½
part
,
of
redde
saunders
one
part
:
sift
all
these
thinges
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
or
searse
,
moysten
them
with
aqua
vitae
beate
them
well
in
a
morter
with
a
cleane
pestell
,
and
incorporate
them
togeather
.
To
make
gunpowder
of
an
azure
colour
.
12
Take
of
Saltpeeter
refined
drie
sixe
parts
,
of
Brimstone
sublimed
or
purged
one
part
,
of
Spike
or
Lauender
dried
in
a
hot
ouen
½
part
:
beate
and
sift
euery
materiall
thing
in
this
composition
by
it selfe
,
and
incorporate
them
togeather
as
you
haue
been
taught
to
incorporate
the
other
sortes
of
gunpowder
.
To
make
a
strong
kinde
of
gunpowder
and
to
abate
the
strength
of
any
kinde
of
gunpowder
.
13
Take
of
good
gunpowder
twelue
partes
,
of
quicksiluer
one
part
,
of
the
marchasite
stone
one
part
,
of
the
hearbe
Colophonia
one
partpound
al
these
things
wel
,
&
then
mingle
them
togeather
for
to
vse
.
This
kinde
of
gunpowder
is
of
so
great
force
as
that
it
wil
cause
any
peece
of
Artillerie
full
charged
therewith
to
breake
in
peeces
with
a
great
noyse
,
&
therby
put
them
in
danger
of
their
liues
that
shal
be
then
neare
vnto
the
same
peece
.
But
whosoeuer
doth
put
into
this
kinde
of
gunpowder
24
parts
of
burned
paper
,
or
so
much
of
hay
seede
very
well
pounded
,
and
mingle
well
the
same
burned
paper
or
hay
seed
with
the
said
gunpowder
,
shall
so
abate
the
force
of
that
powder
,
as
that
it
will
not
make
so
vehement
a
flame
,
nor
giue
so
great
a
bloc
as
otherwise
it
would
haue
done
.
with
this
kinde
of
gunpowder
the
ingenious
Gunner
may
doe
wonderfull
experiments
.
To
make
an
other
kinde
of
gunpowder
.
14
If
you
mingle
three
poundes
of
good
gunpowder
,
and
one
pound
of
Brimstone
,
and
Greeke
pitch
togeather
,
you
shall
make
a
kinde
of
gunpowder
which
will
bee
a
fire
quickly
,
and
burne
very
vehemently
.
A
censure
of
Mute
gunpowder
.
15
Mute
gunpowder
was
first
inuented
(
as
Brasauolus
saith
)
by
a
Duke
of
Ferrara
and
insomuch
as
it
will
make
no
noyse
when
it
shall
be
shot
out
of
a
peece
,
the
saide
powder
is
named
Mute
gunpowder
:
and
some
men
fearing
it
more
than
any
other
sort
of
gunpowder
,
doe
iudge
the
same
powder
an
vnlawfull
thing
to
bee
vsed
.
But
knowing
by
the
reasons
alleaged
in
the
first
booke
and
22
Colloquie
of
Nicholas
Tartaglia
his
Colloquies
,
that
it
is
an
impossible
thing
for
gunpowder
of
any
force
to
make
no
noise
when
it
shal
be
shot
out
of
a
peece
:
Also
considering
that
diuers
Authours
,
namely
Hieronymus
Cardanus
,
and
Ioan
:
Iacobus
Weckerus
doe
affirme
in
their
bookes
that
Mute
powder
is
alwaies
of
so
litle
force
as
that
it
will
shoote
a
pellet
scarse
twelue
paces
from
the
mouth
of
his
peece
,
I
esteeme
that
feare
of
Mute
powder
as
a
vaine
conceite
,
and
doe
verily
beleue
vnder
reformation
that
Mute
gunpowder
which
(
as
before
you
haue
heard
)
is
weake
in
force
,
and
not
much
hurtful
in
effects
,
may
among
all
men
of
vnderstanding
be
more
tollerable
then
any
other
sort
of
gunpowder
.
The
17
Chapter
.
To
renue
and
make
good
againe
any
sort
of
gunpowder
that
hath
lost
his
strength
or
vertue
by
moisture
long
lying
,
or
by
any
other
meanes
.
WHen
you
haue
dried
all
the
gunpowder
which
shall
be
renued
,
put
so
much
thereof
as
you
will
into
a
canuasse
sachell
or
linnen
bagge
,
and
then
tying
a
corde
very
hard
about
the
mouth
of
the
bagge
,
thrust
the
same
into
a
cleane
Cauldron
,
and
powre
so
much
water
into
the
Cauldron
as
will
couer
the
bagge
:
this
done
,
make
the
water
to
boile
in
the
Cauldron
till
a
droppe
of
it
laid
vppon
yron
or
stone
will
congeale
,
and
while
the
water
boyleth
,
remember
to
scumme
it
as
neede
shall
require
.
After
this
remoue
the
Cauldron
from
the
fire
,
and
setting
it
a
slope
let
that
bagge
drop
into
the
Cauldron
,
and
when
you
shall
see
that
the
water
in
the
Cauldron
is
cleare
,
poure
it
out
by
little
and
litle
into
an
other
vessell
,
so
as
no
lies
,
or
dregges
may
runne
out
with
the
water
into
the
same
vessell
,
because
the
water
must
there
congeale
.
After
the
water
is
congealed
take
the
Saltpeeter
out
of
the
vessell
,
and
as
you
did
before
boyle
and
scumme
the
water
which
shall
then
remaine
in
the
said
vessell
till
a
droppe
of
it
laid
vpon
yron
or
stone
will
congeale
.
Also
doe
vnto
it
all
that
you
did
before
vnto
the
congealed
water
,
and
let
it
not
greeue
you
to
worke
thus
so
long
as
any
saltpeter
may
by
this
meanes
bee
founde
in
the
vncongealed
water
.
The
saltpeeter
and
Brimston
which
were
within
the
said
bagge
did
dissolue
and
soke
into
the
boyling
water
,
yea
the
dissolued
saltpeter
turned
into
water
,
&
the
dissolued
brimstone
sunke
downe
to
the
bottome
of
the
water
where
you
may
finde
it
:
But
the
coles
which
were
mingled
with
the
said
dissolued
saltpeter
and
brimstone
remaine
still
within
the
bagge
among
the
lies
and
dregges
of
the
decayed
gunpowder
:
therefore
when
you
haue
gathered
together
by
the
meanes
aboue
rehearsed
all
the
saltpeter
that
was
in
the
sayd
boyling
water
,
and
haue
well
dried
the
said
saltpeter
,
brimstone
,
and
coles
,
poise
euery
of
them
by
it selfe
,
and
then
seeing
how
much
the
part
of
saltpeeter
so
gathered
doth
want
of
the
quantitie
which
it
should
haue
for
the
sayd
parts
of
cole
,
and
brimstone
,
adde
thereunto
the
portion
of
saltpeeter
which
wanteth
:
That
done
,
beate
,
mingle
,
and
incorporate
them
together
as
you
haue
bene
taught
to
beat
,
mingle
,
and
make
nwe
gunpowder
.
The
18
Chapter
.
How
you
may
by
taste
,
feeling
,
colour
,
and
burning
,
know
good
and
il
gunpowder
:
and
how
among
many
sortes
of
gunpowder
,
you
may
know
the
best
sorte
of
gunpowder
.
GVnpowder
that
hath
so
mylde
a
taste
as
that
you
shall
scant
feele
it
on
your
tongue
,
is
of
good
receite
and
well
wrought
.
By
how
much
gunpowder
is
in
feeling
more
harder
,
by
so
much
it
is
more
better
.
Gunpowder
of
a
fayre
azure
or
french
russet
colour
is
very
good
,
and
it
may
be
iudged
to
haue
all
his
receites
well
wrought
,
and
sufficient
of
the
master
well
refined
.
Lay
3.
or
4.
cornes
of
gunpowder
vppon
a
white
peece
of
paper
,
the
one
three
fingers
distant
from
the
other
,
and
put
fire
to
one
of
them
:
Now
if
the
gunpowder
be
good
and
strong
you
shall
see
them
all
at
one
time
a
fire
,
and
that
there
will
remayne
no
refuse
or
grosenesse
of
brimston
,
or
of
saltpeeter
,
nor
any
other
thing
except
a
white
smokie
colour
in
the
place
where
they
were
burned
,
neither
will
the
paper
be
burnt
or
defiled
therewith
.
If
good
gunpowder
be
layde
vppon
the
palme
of
your
hande
,
and
set
on
a
fire
,
it
will
not
burne
your
hande
.
Gunpowder
that
hath
a
very
sharpe
taste
,
hath
abundance
of
the
master
not
wel
refined
,
and
will
geue
againe
.
If
white
knottes
,
or
knottes
of
a
french
russet
colour
,
shall
remayne
after
gunpowder
is
set
on
a
fire
,
it
is
a
signe
that
the
saltpeeter
in
that
sorte
of
gunpowder
was
not
wel
refined
,
but
lefte
full
of
salte
,
and
grease
,
especially
when
the
same
knottes
shall
hisse
in
burning
,
be
dankish
,
and
leaue
moysture
in
the
place
where
the
gunpowder
was
burned
.
If
harde
,
dry
,
and
white
knottes
,
or
pearles
,
shall
remayne
after
gunpowder
is
set
on
a
fire
,
it
is
a
signe
that
this
sorte
of
gunpowder
was
not
well
wrought
:
An
admonition
.
And
it
behooueth
euery
Gunner
to
beware
of
such
gunpowder
,
because
if
it
doe
lie
long
dry
in
a
peece
,
it
will
waxe
so
fine
with
long
and
dry
lying
,
that
if
you
take
it
not
out
of
the
peece
,
it
will
in
his
discharge
with
fire
put
the
same
peece
in
danger
of
breaking
.
If
small
black
knottes
(
which
will
burne
downwards
in
the
place
where
proofe
is
made
)
shall
remayne
after
gunpowder
is
set
on
a
fire
,
they
doe
shewe
that
the
same
sorte
of
gunpowder
hath
not
enough
of
the
maister
,
and
that
it
is
of
little
force
or
strength
and
slowe
in
fiering
.
If
a
little
heape
of
gunpowder
set
in
a
fire
doth
make
a
noyse
,
rise
vp
with
great
speede
,
and
yeelde
little
smoke
,
it
is
a
signe
that
the
saltpeeter
in
that
heape
of
gunpowder
was
well
refined
,
and
well
wrought
,
and
that
the
materials
in
the
sayde
heape
were
well
incorporated
.
If
the
flame
of
fiered
gunpowder
shall
rise
vp
slowly
,
continue
long
,
make
little
noyse
,
&
yeelde
much
smoke
,
it
is
a
signe
that
the
same
gunpowder
had
in
it
much
cole
&
brimston
,
and
a
little
quantitie
of
saltpeeter
.
If
gunpowder
burned
vppon
a
boorde
shall
black
the
same
boorde
,
it
is
a
signe
that
too
much
cole
was
in
the
same
gunpowder
.
When
gunpowder
is
moyste
,
or
full
of
the
earth
of
saltpeeter
,
it
is
naught
for
to
be
shot
out
of
great
ordinance
,
because
it
putteth
him
in
perill
which
shooteth
with
the
same
,
&
in
time
of
neede
,
shaming
the
Gunner
which
doth
occupie
it
,
serueth
to
no
effect
.
If
gunpowder
be
very
black
,
it
is
a
signe
that
it
was
made
with
very
much
cole
,
or
that
it
is
moyste
,
and
when
you
rubbe
it
vppon
a
peece
of
white
paper
,
it
will
black
the
same
paper
more
than
it
should
doe
.
Among
many
sortes
of
gunpowder
to
know
which
sorte
is
best
,
make
a
little
heape
of
euery
sorte
of
gunpowder
,
and
then
setting
those
heapes
one
from
another
,
marke
well
when
you
put
fire
vnto
them
which
of
the
heapes
did
soonest
take
fire
:
For
that
sorte
of
gunpowder
which
will
soonest
be
a
fire
,
make
least
smoke
,
&
leaue
least
refuse
,
is
the
best
gunpowder
.
The
19
Chapter
.
To
make
diuers
sortes
of
gunmatches
,
and
other
matches
,
which
will
serue
to
discharge
great
&
small
peeces
of
artillerie
,
and
geue
fire
to
trunkes
,
pykes
,
mines
,
dartes
,
arrowes
,
&
all
other
firewoorkes
.
Make
small
ropes
or
cordes
of
bumbas
,
or
of
cotton
wooll
,
put
the
same
into
an
earthen
pot
or
pan
which
must
haue
in
it
so
much
strong
vineger
or
rather
aqua
vitae
,
brimstone
,
and
saltpeeter
,
or
in
steade
of
saltpeeter
,
grosse
gunpowder
,
mingled
together
,
as
will
couer
the
same
ropes
,
and
seeth
all
those
things
together
in
the
same
pot
ouer
a
fire
vntill
the
aqua
vitae
,
brimstone
,
and
saltpeeter
,
or
grosse
gunpowder
shall
waxe
thicke
and
incorporate
,
and
then
pull
the
same
ropes
well
soked
in
that
composition
one
after
another
out
of
the
pot
,
and
hang
one
of
them
from
another
vppon
a
pole
to
dry
in
the
sunne
,
so
as
when
they
are
thorow
dry
you
may
winde
or
role
them
vp
for
gunmatches
to
geue
fire
vnto
great
&
smal
peeces
of
artillerie
,
mynes
,
trunkes
,
pikes
,
dartes
,
arrowes
,
pottes
,
hollow
pellettes
,
and
all
other
firewoorkes
.
An other
way
to
make
Gunmatches
.
Take
cordes
made
of
hempe
that
is
not
very
fine
,
or
of
toe
which
is
better
,
although
it
will
sooner
consume
,
and
let
euery
corde
be
so
big
as
a
mans
great
finger
.
Also
choose
such
cords
for
this
purpose
as
are
nor
much
wreathed
,
this
done
boyle
the
same
cords
in
strong
lie
,
ashes
,
and
a
little
of
saltpeeter
til
all
the
lie
shal
be
consumed
.
An other
way
to
make
Gunmatches
.
Take
cordes
made
of
toe
,
and
beate
them
with
a
woodden
hammer
vppon
a
quicke
stone
.
●unmatches
●hich
will
●…rne
in
moyst
●…aces
,
in
wa●…r
,
vnder
snoe
●…d
yce
.
●ou
may
also
●…arne
to
●…ake
an
vn●…enchable
●…nmatch
by
●…e
lxxxviii
.
●hapter
of
●is
appendix
.
●atches
●hich
will
●…ne
&
con●…me
very
●…ickly
,
and
●…rne
his
●…ote
that
shal
●…ade
vppon
●…em
.
Also
take
of
turpentine
,
nwe
waxe
,
and
common
oyle
,
of
each
an
equall
parte
,
couer
and
boyle
the
cordes
in
the
turpentine
,
waxe
,
and
oyle
,
till
the
sayd
liquide
composition
shall
be
consumed
,
and
then
take
the
cordes
out
of
the
vessel
in
which
they
did
boyle
,
and
beate
them
againe
a
little
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
suffer
them
to
dry
in
the
shadowe
.
This
sorte
of
gunmatches
will
preserue
fire
in
any
moyste
place
,
and
also
in
water
and
vnder
snoe
and
yee
.
An other
way
to
make
matches
,
which
wil
serue
to
geue
fire
to
trunkes
,
pottes
,
pikes
,
darts
,
arrows
,
hollow
pellettes
,
and
al
other
such
like
fireworkes
.
Take
cordes
made
of
three
or
fourethreedes
of
bumbas
spinned
coursely
,
boyle
them
in
a
nwe
nealed
pot
filled
full
of
strong
white
vineger
,
till
all
the
vineger
shal
be
consumed
,
then
take
the
cordes
out
of
the
pot
,
wring
them
,
and
dry
them
in
the
shadow
,
or
at
the
fire
if
you
haue
haste
to
vse
them
.
You
may
also
boyle
the
same
cordes
in
saltpeeter
water
,
or
in
cleere
lie
and
saltpeeter
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
you
must
wring
the
moysture
out
of
them
:
that
done
you
must
wet
them
in
aqua
vitae
,
and
after
wring
them
againe
lightly
,
&
then
role
them
in
fine
gunpowder
,
and
suffer
them
to
lie
in
fine
gunpowder
till
they
are
dry
.
A
match
thus
made
doth
burne
and
consume
very
quickly
,
because
it
hath
beene
wet
in
aqua
vitae
,
wherefore
you
must
not
wet
your
match
in
aqua
vitae
if
you
wil
not
haue
it
to
burne
and
consume
very
quickly
.
Also
one
of
these
matches
after
it
hath
beene
thrice
boyled
in
saltpeeter
water
,
or
in
cleere
lie
and
saltpeeter
,
thrice
wet
in
aqua
vitae
,
and
thrice
roled
in
fine
gunpowder
,
will
burne
your
foote
if
you
shall
happen
to
treade
vppon
it
.
The
20.
Chapter
.
To
make
touchwood
and
tinder
for
a
Gunners
Tinder
boxe
.
TAke
those
great
things
which
are
called
olde
Todestooles
growing
at
the
bottomes
of
nuttrees
,
beechtrees
,
okes
,
and
such
other
like
trees
,
drye
them
with
the
smoke
of
fire
,
&
then
cut
them
into
so
many
peeces
as
you
will
,
and
hauing
well
beaten
them
,
boyle
them
in
stronglie
with
waule
floure
,
or
saltpeeter
,
till
all
the
lie
shal
be
consumed
.
After
this
laying
them
in
a
heape
vppon
a
boorde
,
drie
them
in
an
ouen
which
must
not
be
made
verie
hotte
,
and
after
you
haue
so
done
,
beate
them
well
with
a
woodden
mallet
,
and
when
you
shall
haue
cause
to
vse
any
parte
of
those
Todestooles
(
now
by
the
meanes
aboue
declared
made
touchwood
)
rubbe
well
that
parte
betweene
your
handes
for
to
make
it
softe
,
and
apte
to
take
fire
.
But
when
you
will
make
tinder
for
a
Gunners
tinder
boxe
,
take
peeces
of
fustian
,
or
of
olde
and
fine
linnen
clothe
,
make
them
to
burne
and
flame
in
a
fire
,
&
suddenly
before
the
flame
which
is
in
them
doth
die
,
choke
their
fire
,
&
keepe
their
tinder
so
made
in
a
boxe
lined
within
with
clothe
,
to
the
ende
it
may
not
be
moyste
at
any
time
.
The
21
Chapter
.
To
make
a
stone
which
being
wette
with
water
,
or
spittle
,
will
flame
and
be
a
fire
,
and
serue
to
light
candles
,
and
gunmatches
,
in
such
places
where
by
reason
of
rayne
,
or
other
moysture
,
you
can
not
light
candles
,
or
matches
by
any
other
meanes
.
PVt
a
loadestone
into
a
pot
,
or
other
like
vessel
,
then
fill
the
same
pot
or
vessell
with
Colophonia
and
vnquenched
or
vnslaked
lime
,
so
as
the
sayde
stone
may
lie
buryed
in
the
same
Colophonia
and
lime
.
After
this
set
the
sayd
pot
close
stopped
with
potters
clay
,
or
with
that
kinde
of
clay
which
is
called
Lutum
sapientiae
,
in
a
hotte
furnace
,
vntil
it
be
throughlie
baked
,
and
then
hauing
taken
the
sayde
pot
out
of
the
furnace
,
put
the
sayde
loadestone
,
Colophonia
,
and
vnslaked
lime
in
an
other
pot
,
and
set
this
pot
likewise
stopped
with
the
sayd
potters
clay
,
or
with
the
clay
named
Lutum
sapientiae
,
in
a
hotte
furnace
,
and
doe
this
so
many
times
togeather
one
after
an
other
,
till
the
sayd
stony
mixture
shall
be
made
very
white
,
and
be
dry
burned
,
for
then
the
sayde
stone
is
perfect
,
and
being
wette
with
water
or
spittle
wil
flame
and
be
a
fire
:
This
stone
being
agayne
quenched
,
must
be
kept
in
a
hotte
or
warme
place
,
and
it
is
a
needefull
thing
for
many
purposes
though
in
this
place
I
doe
teach
you
to
make
the
same
for
no
other
cause
than
to
light
your
candles
,
and
gunmatches
,
and
to
kindle
fire
in
such
places
where
by
reason
of
rayne
,
or
other
moysture
you
cannot
light
,
nor
kindle
such
things
by
any
other
meanes
.
2
An
other
way
to
make
a
like
stone
,
which
being
well
wette
with
water
or
spittle
,
will
flame
and
be
a
fire
.
Take
of
quicke
brimston
and
of
saltpeeter
refined
,
of
each
a
like
quantitie
,
of
camphire
,
double
so
much
as
you
tooke
of
brimstone
or
saltpeeter
,
whereunto
adde
nwe
lime
made
of
the
stone
before
mentioned
in
the
first
way
of
this
Chapter
:
Beate
all
these
thinges
togeather
in
a
morter
vnto
so
fine
powder
as
you
may
possiblie
doe
.
Then
the
sayd
powder
being
straightly
wrapped
and
bound
harde
together
in
a
linnen
clothe
,
must
be
put
into
an
earthen
vessel
closely
stopped
with
potters
clay
,
or
with
clay
named
Lutum
sapientiae
,
after
the
same
shal
be
well
dryed
with
the
heate
of
the
sunne
,
set
the
sayde
vessell
in
a
potters
furnace
for
so
long
time
as
his
pottes
are
baking
and
when
the
pottes
are
baked
(
wherein
you
must
be
very
circumspect
)
take
your
sayde
vessel
out
of
the
furnace
,
and
vse
the
stone
which
you
shall
finde
in
the
vessell
made
of
the
sayde
powder
,
as
you
haue
before
beene
taught
to
vse
the
stone
mentioned
in
the
first
way
of
this
Chapter
.
3
An
other
way
to
make
a
like
stone
,
which
being
wette
with
water
or
spittle
,
will
flame
&
bee
a
fire
.
Take
of
the
stone
which
you
haue
learned
to
make
in
the
first
way
of
this
Chapter
,
one
pound
,
of
saltpeeter
oftentimes
refined
fowre
poundes
,
of
camphire
,
quicke
brimstone
which
hath
neuer
beene
set
ouer
a
fire
oyle
of
turpentine
,
and
tartar
,
of
each
of
these
a
like
quantitie
:
Beate
all
these
things
togeather
in
a
morter
,
vntil
you
haue
made
thereof
a
fine
powder
:
Then
sifte
the
same
powder
thorow
a
very
fine
seeue
or
searse
.
If
any
parte
of
that
powder
shall
be
so
grosse
beaten
,
as
that
it
wil
not
goe
thorowe
,
but
remayne
in
the
seeue
or
searse
,
you
must
put
againe
that
remaynder
into
the
morter
,
and
hauing
beaten
it
into
fine
powder
,
sifte
the
same
thorow
the
sayde
seeue
or
searse
vppon
the
other
powder
:
After
this
put
all
the
same
things
into
a
glasse
,
and
powre
vppon
the
same
mixture
so
much
burning
water
made
of
sower
wine
,
as
will
drowne
and
couer
it
:
When
you
haue
so
done
,
stoppe
the
mouth
of
the
glasse
with
potters
clay
,
or
with
Lutum
sapientiae
,
that
no
ayre
may
come
out
of
the
glasse
:
Then
bury
the
sayde
glasse
in
dung
for
2.
or
3.
monethes
space
,
and
at
euery
10.
dayes
ende
during
that
time
take
the
glasse
out
of
the
dung
,
and
hauing
shaken
well
together
the
sayde
thinges
which
are
in
the
sayde
glasse
,
bury
the
same
glasse
in
fresh
dung
,
that
the
mixture
in
the
same
dung
may
incorporate
,
waxe
thicke
like
hony
,
and
appeare
to
be
a
substance
made
of
one
thing
.
All
this
being
done
,
set
the
sayde
glasse
ouer
a
hotte
fire
,
vntill
all
the
moysture
within
the
same
shal
be
cleane
dryed
vp
,
and
the
mixture
within
the
glasse
shall
be
turned
into
a
stone
.
After
a
stone
is
so
made
of
that
mixture
,
breake
the
sayde
glasse
,
and
take
the
sayde
stone
out
of
it
,
and
when
you
will
vse
this
stone
to
light
your
candle
,
or
gunmatch
,
or
to
kindle
a
fire
,
beate
some
of
it
into
powder
which
being
wette
with
spittle
,
or
water
,
will
flame
and
be
a
fire
.
This
kinde
of
stone
(
as
Ioan
Baptista
Porta
,
and
Iacobus
Weckerus
haue
written
)
is
to
be
commended
aboue
all
other
stones
,
which
being
wette
with
water
or
spittle
wil
kindle
and
flame
.
4
An
other
way
to
make
a
like
stone
,
which
being
wette
with
water
or
spittle
,
will
flame
and
be
a
fire
.
Take
quicke
lime
and
saltpeeter
refined
diuers
times
dry
,
Tutia
Alexandrina
vnprepared
calaminte
stone
as
much
of
the
one
as
of
the
other
,
quick
brimstone
,
and
camphire
,
of
each
of
them
2
parts
:
beate
all
these
things
into
very
fine
powder
,
&
hauing
sifted
this
powder
thorow
a
seeue
or
searse
,
binde
it
vp
hard
within
a
nwe
peece
of
linnen
clothe
,
and
put
it
(
I
meane
the
powder
so
bound
)
into
a
couple
of
Goldsmithes
crosettes
,
or
melting
pots
and
set
one
of
them
vppon
the
other
,
mouth
to
mouth
,
bynding
them
fast
with
wire
,
and
couering
them
all
ouer
where
neede
shall
require
,
with
Lutum
sapientiae
,
so
that
it
may
take
no
manner
of
ayre
:
This
done
drie
them
in
the
sunne
till
the
powder
within
the
sayd
crosettes
shall
be
yeallowe
,
and
then
set
the
crosettes
in
a
furnace
of
bricke
,
or
lime
,
and
leaue
them
there
till
the
fire
in
the
sayd
furnace
shall
be
extinguished
,
and
then
taking
the
sayde
crosettes
out
of
the
furnace
,
you
shall
finde
within
them
a
stone
,
which
(
when
you
shall
vse
of
it
for
to
light
a
match
,
or
candle
,
or
to
kindle
a
fire
)
you
must
wette
with
water
or
spitle
,
and
put
it
to
your
match
,
or
candle
:
And
when
you
will
quench
your
stone
agayne
,
you
shall
blowe
it
out
as
you
will
blowe
out
a
candle
.
5
An
other
way
to
make
a
like
stone
which
being
wette
with
water
or
spittle
,
will
flame
and
be
a
fire
.
Take
the
Loadestone
that
hath
vertue
to
drawe
yron
to
him
on
the
one
side
,
and
to
put
it
away
on
the
other
side
,
put
the
same
stone
into
a
potte
leaded
,
and
put
to
it
4.
poundes
of
pytch
,
and
one
pounde
of
brimstone
:
then
lute
and
lay
claye
well
vppon
the
potte
,
&
setting
it
in
a
furnace
,
geue
it
a
small
fire
for
the
space
of
a
day
and
a
night
,
but
augment
the
fire
in
the
seconde
day
,
and
in
the
thirde
day
more
,
vntill
the
stone
be
a
fire
.
After
the
stone
is
a
fire
,
and
hath
in
such
manner
burned
,
you
shall
quench
it
,
and
suffer
it
to
coole
,
and
keepe
it
safe
to
vse
,
for
the
stone
is
now
prepared
,
and
wetting
it
with
water
or
spittle
,
you
may
make
it
flame
,
and
be
a
fire
,
to
light
your
candle
or
gunmatch
.
The
22
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
a
stone
which
being
wette
with
aqua
vitae
,
wil
kindle
and
flame
:
and
how
you
may
make
an
other
stone
,
which
being
rubbed
well
with
a
woollen
clothe
,
will
suddenly
burne
.
TAke
of
drie
gumme
of
a
pyne
tree
,
of
quick
brimstone
,
camphere
,
and
calaminte
stone
,
of
each
one
dramme
,
beate
all
these
things
into
powder
,
&
adde
vnto
that
powder
of
Tutia
Alexandrina
whole
,
and
vnprepared
,
two
drammes
.
That
done
,
thrust
all
these
things
mingled
together
into
a
canuas
bagge
,
which
must
be
well
and
harde
bound
round
about
,
then
fill
a
potte
halfe
full
with
powder
of
vnslaked
lyme
,
and
lay
the
bagge
and
the
confection
that
is
in
it
vppon
the
sayde
lyme
.
After
you
haue
so
done
,
powre
vppon
the
sayde
bagge
vp
to
the
brimmes
of
the
potte
more
powder
of
vnquenched
lyme
,
and
then
stopping
the
mouth
of
the
potte
with
Lutum
sapientiae
,
so
as
no
ayre
may
breathe
out
of
it
,
put
the
sayde
potte
(
after
the
Lutum
sapientiae
is
thorow
drie
)
into
a
glasse
furnace
,
and
suffer
it
to
lie
there
close
couered
by
the
space
of
two
dayes
and
two
nights
.
In
fine
take
the
sayde
potte
out
of
the
furnace
,
and
breaking
it
in
peeces
,
keepe
the
congealed
stone
which
you
shall
finde
in
the
potte
,
to
light
your
gunmatch
and
candles
when
neede
shall
require
:
For
this
stone
being
wette
with
a
droppe
of
aqua
vitae
,
will
flame
and
be
a
fire
.
But
to
make
a
stone
which
being
rubbed
well
with
a
woollen
clothe
shall
suddenly
burne
,
take
of
the
Calaminte
stone
,
brimstone
,
vnslaked
lyme
,
pytch
,
ceruse
,
of
each
of
these
three
drammes
,
of
camphere
one
dramme
,
of
asphaltum
three
drammes
,
beate
all
these
thinges
into
powder
,
and
put
the
same
powder
into
a
strong
potte
well
stopped
with
lute
,
and
after
make
a
fire
vnder
the
potte
,
encreasing
the
same
by
little
and
little
vntill
the
powder
in
the
potte
shall
be
so
harde
as
a
stone
,
then
if
you
will
haue
it
burne
to
light
your
gunmatch
or
to
kindle
a
fire
,
rubbe
it
well
with
a
clothe
,
and
by
so
doing
you
shall
make
this
stone
to
burne
suddenly
.
But
when
you
will
put
out
the
fire
that
is
in
the
stone
,
spitte
vppon
it
and
afterwardes
set
it
in
a
moyste
place
,
for
by
such
meanes
this
burning
stone
may
be
quenched
.
The
23.
Chapter
.
How
you
may
know
the
diameter
or
heigth
of
a
pellet
by
the
circumference
of
the
same
pellet
:
And
how
by
the
diameter
and
waight
of
one
pellet
you
may
finde
the
diameter
of
any
other
pellet
that
is
of
a
knowen
waight
and
of
like
substance
:
and
how
a
hundred
waight
of
pellettes
doth
containe
112.
poundes
:
and
how
a
tunne
of
pellettes
doth
contayne
twenty
hundred
waight
of
pellettes
.
MVltiplie
the
circumference
of
any
pellet
by
7
,
deuide
the
product
by
22
,
and
note
the
quotient
for
the
diameter
of
the
same
pellet
.
As
for
example
,
In
the
9.
Colloquie
of
the
second
booke
of
Nich.
Tartaglia
you
may
learn
by
knowing
the
diameter
&
waight
of
one
pellet
,
to
know
the
waight
of
any
other
pellet
whose
diameter
is
knowen
.
multiplie
44.
the
circumference
of
a
pellet
by
7
,
and
thereof
commeth
308
,
which
deuided
by
22
will
yeelde
in
the
quotient
14
for
the
diameter
of
the
same
pellet
.
But
when
you
will
know
by
the
diameter
and
waight
of
one
pellet
,
the
diameter
of
an
other
pellet
that
is
of
a
knowen
waight
and
of
like
substance
,
waye
any
one
pellet
,
and
measure
the
heigth
or
diameter
of
the
same
,
then
note
in
some
booke
for
your
better
remembrance
the
sayd
diameter
and
waight
,
for
by
knowing
the
diameter
&
waight
of
that
one
onely
pellet
,
you
may
finde
at
all
times
the
diameter
of
any
other
pellet
that
is
of
a
knowen
waight
and
of
like
substance
.
And
to
the
ende
you
may
learne
to
doe
the
same
,
let
it
be
supposed
that
to
answere
this
question
,
what
is
the
diameter
of
that
yron
pellet
which
wayeth
125.
poundes
auer de poize
poize
waight
?
I
doe
peruse
my
memoriall
,
&
finding
there
that
a
pellet
of
yron
of
fiue
ynches
&
299/413
of
an
ynche
in
diameter
doth
waye
27
pounds
auer de poize
poyze
waight
,
The
quantities
compared
together
are
called
the
termes
of
the
proportion
,
&
in
some
writers
the
first
terme
namely
,
that
which
is
compared
is
called
the
antecedent
whether
it
be
equall
,
greater
,
or
lesse
than
the
other
:
and
the
second
terme
namely
that
whereunto
the
comparison
is
made
,
is
called
the
consequent
.
But
in
Arithmetike
Boetius
&
other
writers
call
the
terme
compared
dux
&
the
terme
to
whome
the
comparison
is
made
they
call
Comet
.
I
say
that
as
the
cubes
are
in
triple
proportion
to
the
sides
:
so
are
the
proportions
of
the
sides
to
be
founde
by
seeking
the
cubike
rootes
of
the
two
termes
of
the
proportion
.
Wherefore
I
doe
first
set
downe
the
termes
of
the
proportion
of
the
pellettes
thus
,
125/27
,
and
I
doe
set
the
cubike
roote
of
125
which
is
5
,
and
the
cubike
roote
of
27
which
is
3
in
the
roome
of
the
two
others
thus
5/3.
These
two
numbers
doe
declare
the
proportion
betweene
the
diameters
of
the
two
pellettes
,
of
which
one
that
is
the
lesser
is
knowen
to
be
fiue
ynches
and
299/4●3
making
by
reduction
2364/413
therefore
I
multiplie
that
fraction
2364/413
by
5
,
the
cubike
roote
of
125
,
whereof
commeth
11820/413
and
this
number
of
11820/413
I
doe
deuide
by
3
the
cubike
roote
of
27
which
geueth
11820/1239
making
by
reduction
9
ynches
and
223/413
of
an
ynche
:
Whereuppon
I
conclude
that
if
5
ynches
&
299/413
of
an
ynche
be
the
diameter
to
a
pellet
of
27
poundes
in
waight
,
then
9
ynches
and
223/413
of
an
ynche
shal
be
the
diameter
to
the
pellet
of
125
poundes
in
waight
,
and
that
after
this
sorte
by
the
diameter
and
waight
of
one
pellet
,
you
may
finde
out
the
diameter
of
any
other
pellette
that
is
of
a
knowen
waight
,
and
of
like
substance
.
But
fearing
that
the
vnlearned
Gunners
(
who
commonly
esteeme
all
that
for
naught
woorth
which
they
can
not
vnderstand
)
will
iudge
it
a
combrous
,
paynefull
,
and
needelesse
labor
to
seeke
for
the
diameters
of
pellettes
by
any
of
the
sayde
two
wayes
,
I
doe
here
presente
vnto
them
two
tables
,
of
which
one
(
made
by
a
currant
pellet
of
yron
in
diameter
4
ynches
,
and
9
poundes
3
ounces
in
waight
)
sheweth
the
diameters
and
waightes
of
40
sundrie
yron
pellettes
,
and
the
other
(
made
by
a
currant
kentish
stone
pellet
of
3
ynches
and
12/13
of
an
ynche
in
diameter
,
and
of
2
poundes
15
ounces
,
and
½
ounce
in
waight
)
expresseth
the
diameters
and
waights
of
fourty
sundry
kentish
stone
pellettes
,
and
haue
set
downe
for
those
which
are
yet
vntaught
this
rule
,
that
a
hundred
waight
of
pelletes
doth
containe
112
poundes
auer de poize
poize
waight
,
and
that
a
tunne
of
pellettes
wayeth
20
hundred
waight
,
I
auer de poize
poize
waight
.
depiction of the measuring of the diameter of a pellet
A
Table
of
the
Diameters
and
waights
of
40.
sundrie
currant
pellets
of
yron
.
The
diameters
or
heigths
of
yron
pellets
.
|
The
waights
of
currant
yron
pellets
according
to
the
olde
auer
de
poyze
waight
of
England
.
|
Ynches
|
Parts
of
an
ynche
|
|
Hundred
waight
|
Parts
of
an
hundred
waight
.
|
Pounds
|
Ounces
|
Drammes
|
Scruples
|
Graines
|
Parts
of
a
graine
.
|
1
|
0
|
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
2
|
2
|
1
|
2
|
½
|
1
|
¼
|
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
4
|
3
|
2
|
13
|
41/128
|
1
|
½
|
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
7
|
6
|
0
|
0
|
15/16
|
1
|
¾
|
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
12
|
2
|
1
|
8
|
91/128
|
2
|
0
|
|
0
|
0
|
1
|
2
|
3
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
2
|
¼
|
|
0
|
0
|
1
|
10
|
1
|
0
|
18
|
21/128
|
2
|
½
|
|
0
|
0
|
2
|
3
|
7
|
0
|
6
|
9/16
|
2
|
¾
|
|
0
|
0
|
2
|
15
|
6
|
0
|
8
|
71/1●8
|
3
|
0
|
|
0
|
0
|
3
|
14
|
0
|
0
|
7
|
½
|
3
|
¼
|
|
0
|
0
|
4
|
14
|
6
|
2
|
6
|
97/128
|
3
|
½
|
|
0
|
0
|
6
|
2
|
3
|
2
|
9
|
11/16
|
3
|
¾
|
|
0
|
0
|
7
|
9
|
0
|
2
|
19
|
81/128
|
4
|
0
|
|
0
|
0
|
9
|
3
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
4
|
¼
|
|
0
|
0
|
11
|
0
|
2
|
1
|
14
|
13/128
|
4
|
½
|
|
0
|
0
|
13
|
1
|
2
|
1
|
5
|
5/16
|
4
|
¾
|
|
0
|
0
|
15
|
0
|
4
|
2
|
16
|
127/128
|
5
|
0
|
|
0
|
0
|
17
|
15
|
0
|
2
|
12
|
½
|
5
|
¼
|
|
0
|
0
|
20
|
12
|
2
|
2
|
15
|
25/128
|
5
|
½
|
|
0
|
0
|
23
|
14
|
1
|
0
|
8
|
7/16
|
5
|
¾
|
|
0
|
0
|
27
|
4
|
5
|
0
|
15
|
75/128
|
6
|
0
|
|
0
|
¼
|
3
|
0
|
1
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
6
|
¼
|
|
0
|
¼
|
7
|
0
|
6
|
0
|
5
|
5/128
|
6
|
½
|
|
0
|
¼
|
11
|
6
|
6
|
0
|
14
|
1/16
|
6
|
¾
|
|
0
|
¼
|
16
|
2
|
3
|
0
|
10
|
55/128
|
7
|
0
|
|
0
|
¼
|
21
|
3
|
6
|
1
|
17
|
½
|
7
|
¼
|
|
0
|
¼
|
26
|
11
|
2
|
0
|
18
|
81/128
|
7
|
½
|
|
0
|
½
|
4
|
8
|
7
|
2
|
17
|
3/16
|
7
|
¾
|
|
0
|
½
|
10
|
13
|
1
|
0
|
16
|
67/128
|
8
|
0
|
|
0
|
½
|
17
|
8
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
8
|
¼
|
|
0
|
½
|
24
|
9
|
5
|
2
|
10
|
125/128
|
8
|
½
|
|
0
|
¾
|
4
|
2
|
4
|
1
|
12
|
13/16
|
8
|
¾
|
|
0
|
¾
|
12
|
2
|
5
|
2
|
8
|
111/128
|
9
|
0
|
|
0
|
¾
|
20
|
10
|
3
|
1
|
2
|
½
|
9
|
½
|
|
1
|
0
|
1
|
9
|
6
|
2
|
17
|
9/128
|
9
|
½
|
|
1
|
0
|
11
|
1
|
2
|
0
|
15
|
15/10
|
9
|
¾
|
|
1
|
0
|
21
|
0
|
7
|
0
|
2
|
59/128
|
10
|
0
|
|
1
|
¼
|
3
|
8
|
7
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
10
|
¼
|
|
1
|
¼
|
14
|
9
|
3
|
2
|
11
|
117/128
|
10
|
½
|
|
1
|
¼
|
26
|
2
|
7
|
1
|
1
|
9/10
|
10
|
¾
|
|
1
|
½
|
10
|
5
|
3
|
0
|
12
|
39/128
|
A
Table
of
the
Diameters
and
waights
of
40.
sundrie
currant
pellets
of
Kentish
stone
.
The
diameters
or
heigths
of
Kentish
stone
pellets
.
|
The
waights
of
currant
Kentish
stone
pellets
according
to
the
olde
auer
de
poyze
waight
of
England
.
|
Ynches
|
Parts
of
an
ynche
|
|
Parts
of
an
hundred
waight
.
|
Pounds
|
Ounces
|
Drammes
|
Scruples
|
Graines
|
Partes
of
a
grayne
|
1
|
0
|
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
6
|
0
|
17
|
82173/152651
|
1
|
¼
|
|
0
|
0
|
1
|
4
|
0
|
17
|
95159/170808
|
1
|
½
|
|
0
|
0
|
2
|
5
|
0
|
14
|
2288/4913
|
1
|
⅓
|
|
0
|
0
|
4
|
1
|
2
|
3
|
3414264/4244832
|
2
|
0
|
|
0
|
0
|
6
|
2
|
1
|
0
|
42●60/44217
|
2
|
¼
|
|
0
|
0
|
8
|
7
|
2
|
1
|
6323/19652
|
2
|
½
|
|
0
|
0
|
12
|
2
|
1
|
0
|
13450/44217
|
2
|
¾
|
|
0
|
1
|
0
|
2
|
2
|
13
|
53921/176868
|
3
|
0
|
|
0
|
1
|
5
|
1
|
2
|
15
|
96255/132651
|
3
|
¼
|
|
0
|
1
|
11
|
0
|
0
|
2
|
2055108/2122410
|
3
|
½
|
|
0
|
2
|
1
|
5
|
2
|
10
|
230640/530604
|
3
|
¾
|
|
0
|
2
|
9
|
3
|
2
|
13
|
558846/1061208
|
4
|
0
|
|
0
|
3
|
2
|
2
|
2
|
7
|
28561/44217
|
4
|
¼
|
|
0
|
3
|
12
|
3
|
0
|
8
|
7/30
|
4
|
½
|
|
0
|
4
|
7
|
5
|
1
|
10
|
76140/132051
|
4
|
¾
|
|
0
|
5
|
4
|
2
|
1
|
10
|
32965/176●08
|
5
|
0
|
|
0
|
6
|
2
|
2
|
2
|
2
|
19166/44217
|
5
|
¼
|
|
0
|
7
|
1
|
6
|
2
|
2
|
14091/19652
|
5
|
½
|
|
0
|
8
|
2
|
7
|
0
|
6
|
19408/442●7
|
5
|
¾
|
|
0
|
9
|
5
|
4
|
1
|
9
|
173/176868
|
6
|
0
|
|
0
|
10
|
9
|
7
|
1
|
5
|
106785/132651
|
6
|
¼
|
|
0
|
12
|
0
|
0
|
1
|
12
|
134157/5●0804
|
6
|
½
|
|
0
|
13
|
8
|
0
|
1
|
3
|
6599●/88434
|
6
|
¾
|
|
0
|
15
|
1
|
7
|
1
|
15
|
729270/1061208
|
7
|
0
|
|
0
|
16
|
13
|
6
|
2
|
3
|
63327/132651
|
7
|
¼
|
|
0
|
18
|
11
|
6
|
1
|
2
|
91739/176868
|
7
|
½
|
|
0
|
20
|
11
|
7
|
0
|
8
|
1046/4913
|
7
|
¾
|
|
0
|
22
|
14
|
1
|
1
|
15
|
1361000/1414944
|
8
|
0
|
|
0
|
25
|
2
|
6
|
1
|
1
|
7403/44217
|
8
|
¼
|
|
0
|
27
|
9
|
5
|
2
|
19
|
4547/19052
|
8
|
½
|
|
¼
|
2
|
3
|
1
|
0
|
5
|
5/9
|
8
|
¾
|
|
¼
|
4
|
15
|
0
|
0
|
15
|
95825/176868
|
9
|
0
|
|
¼
|
7
|
13
|
4
|
0
|
4
|
2908/4913
|
9
|
¼
|
|
¼
|
10
|
14
|
5
|
0
|
8
|
19051/176868
|
9
|
½
|
|
¼
|
14
|
2
|
4
|
0
|
1
|
21713/44217
|
9
|
¾
|
|
¼
|
17
|
9
|
1
|
1
|
0
|
2825/19652
|
10
|
0
|
|
¼
|
21
|
2
|
5
|
1
|
19
|
22677/44217
|
10
|
¼
|
|
¼
|
24
|
15
|
1
|
1
|
14
|
152903/17686●
|
10
|
½
|
|
½
|
0
|
14
|
5
|
2
|
1
|
97659/132651
|
10
|
¾
|
|
½
|
5
|
1
|
2
|
1
|
15
|
615640/1414944
|
The
24
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
the
circumference
of
any
rounde
pellet
,
or
sphericall
bodye
,
by
three
sundry
wayes
.
method
1
MVltiplie
the
diameter
of
any
pellet
or
sphericall
body
by
22
,
deuide
the
product
by
7
,
and
note
the
quotient
number
for
the
measure
of
the
circumference
of
the
same
pellet
or
sphericall
body
:
as
for
example
,
if
you
will
know
the
circumference
of
a
pellet
of
14
ynches
in
diameter
,
multiplie
14
in
22
and
thereof
commeth
308
,
deuide
this
number
of
308
by
7
,
and
the
quotient
number
will
geue
you
44
ynches
for
the
measure
of
the
circumference
of
that
pellet
.
method
2
Likewise
by
tripling
the
diameter
of
any
rounde
pellet
or
sphericall
body
,
and
adding
thereunto
1/7
parte
of
the
sayde
diameter
,
you
shal
knowe
the
measure
of
the
circumference
of
the
same
pellet
:
as
for
example
,
triple
14
the
diameter
of
a
supposed
pellet
,
and
so
the
product
thereof
will
be
42
,
adde
2
for
1/7
of
14
vnto
42
the
triple
of
14
,
and
so
you
shall
finde
in
the
totall
summe
44
for
the
measure
of
the
circumference
of
that
pellet
.
method
3
Also
looke
how
many
times
7
is
in
the
diameter
of
a
round
pellet
or
spherical
body
,
so
many
times
22
is
in
the
circumference
of
the
same
pellet
or
sphericall
body
:
as
for
example
,
the
supposed
pellet
is
in
diameter
14
ynches
,
and
forsomuch
as
in
14
there
is
twise
7
,
therefore
I
conclude
that
twise
22
which
maketh
44
is
in
the
measure
of
the
circumference
of
the
sayde
pellet
.
The
25
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
the
superficies
of
any
rounde
pellet
or
sphericall
body
by
three
sundrie
wayes
.
method
1
MVltiplie
the
circumference
of
any
pellet
or
sphericall
body
by
the
diameter
of
the
same
pellet
,
and
note
the
producte
for
the
superficiall
measure
of
that
pellet
or
sphericall
body
:
as
for
example
,
the
supposed
pellet
being
14
ynches
in
diameter
,
and
44
ynches
in
circumference
,
multiplie
44
by
14
,
and
note
the
product
,
which
is
616
ynches
for
the
superficiall
measure
of
the
same
supposed
pellet
.
method
2
Likewise
if
you
multiplie
the
square
of
the
diameter
of
any
pellet
or
sphericall
body
,
by
22/7
you
may
note
the
product
for
the
superficiall
measure
of
the
same
pellet
or
sphericall
body
:
as
for
example
,
the
supposed
pellet
being
in
diameter
14
ynches
,
multiplie
196
the
square
of
14
by
22/7
and
the
product
thereof
will
be
4312/7
making
by
reduction
616
ynches
,
which
doe
expresse
the
superficiall
measure
of
the
same
supposed
pellet
.
method
3
Also
by
deuiding
the
square
of
the
circumference
of
any
pellet
or
sphericall
body
by
22/7
you
shall
finde
in
the
quotient
number
the
superficiall
measure
of
the
same
pellet
or
sphericall
body
:
as
for
example
,
1936
being
the
square
of
44
which
is
the
circumference
of
the
supposed
pellet
,
must
be
deuided
by
22/7
and
so
the
quotient
number
will
be
13552/22
making
by
reduction
616
,
which
sheweth
the
superficiall
measure
of
the
same
supposed
pellet
.
The
26
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
the
solide
content
or
crassitude
of
any
rounde
pellet
or
sphericall
body
by
three
sundry
wayes
.
method
1
MVltiplie
the
cube
of
the
diameter
of
any
pellet
or
sphericall
body
by
11
,
deuide
the
product
thereof
by
21
,
and
note
the
quotient
number
for
the
solide
content
or
crassitude
of
that
pellet
or
sphericall
body
:
as
for
example
,
multiplie
2744
the
cube
number
of
14
(
which
is
the
diameter
of
the
supposed
pellet
)
by
11
,
&
so
thereof
will
come
30184
,
deuide
the
sayde
number
30184
by
21
,
and
the
quotient
number
shal
be
1437
and
⅓
which
sheweth
the
solide
content
of
the
supposed
pellet
.
method
2
Likewise
if
you
wil
multiplie
the
square
of
the
circumference
of
any
pellet
by
49
,
and
diuide
the
product
thereof
by
66
,
you
shal
haue
in
the
quotient
number
the
solide
content
or
crassitude
of
that
pellet
:
as
for
example
,
multiplie
1936
the
square
of
44
(
which
is
the
circumference
of
the
supposed
pellet
)
by
49
,
and
the
product
thereof
will
be
94864
,
which
diuided
by
66
yeeldeth
in
the
quotient
1437
and
⅓
for
the
solide
content
of
the
same
supposed
pellet
.
Also
if
you
will
multiplie
the
cube
of
the
semicircumference
of
any
rounde
pellet
or
sphericall
body
by
49
,
and
diuide
the
product
by
363
,
you
shall
haue
in
the
quotient
number
the
solide
content
or
crassitude
of
that
pellet
:
as
for
example
,
the
semicircumference
of
the
supposed
pellet
is
22
,
and
the
cube
of
22
is
10648
,
which
multiplied
by
49
produceth
521752
,
and
this
number
521752
being
diuided
by
363
will
yeelde
in
the
quotient
number
1437
and
⅓
for
the
solide
content
of
the
supposed
pellet
.
The
27
Chapter
.
How
a
pellet
which
sticketh
so
fast
within
the
concauitie
of
a
peece
of
Artillerie
as
that
it
can
not
be
driuen
home
vnto
the
powder
may
be
shotte
out
of
the
peece
without
danger
to
the
Gunner
,
or
hurte
to
the
peece
:
and
how
any
rusty
pellet
which
for
a
long
time
hath
stuck
fast
within
a
peece
may
be
shotte
,
or
taken
out
of
the
peece
without
danger
to
the
Gunner
or
hurte
to
the
peece
.
WHen
a
peece
of
Artillerie
is
charged
with
a
pellet
that
will
not
be
driuen
home
vnto
the
powder
,
then
the
Gunner
to
saue
this
peece
from
breaking
,
must
so
much
imbase
the
mouth
of
the
peece
as
that
fayre
and
cleere
water
being
at
diuers
and
many
times
put
into
the
touchhole
,
may
for
two
or
three
dayes
togeather
soke
through
the
powder
which
is
within
the
peece
,
and
droppe
out
at
the
mouth
of
the
peece
into
a
tubbe
set
vnder
the
same
for
to
receaue
and
saue
all
the
saltpeeter
that
was
in
the
sayde
powder
.
And
after
all
the
Saltpeeter
is
by
this
meanes
soked
out
of
that
powder
,
the
Gunner
pryming
the
touchhole
with
so
much
fresh
powder
as
will
suffice
to
driue
out
that
pellet
,
may
geue
fire
to
the
peece
,
and
without
any
danger
to
him selfe
,
or
hurte
to
the
peece
shoote
out
of
it
the
sayde
pellet
.
But
when
a
rusty
pellet
hath
for
a
long
time
stuck
fast
within
a
peece
,
put
strong
vineger
into
the
concauitie
of
the
peece
,
&
with
a
woodden
r●mmer
strike
harde
vppon
the
pellet
till
it
doth
moue
:
then
powre
the
vineger
out
of
the
peece
,
and
hauing
powred
thorow
the
touchhole
into
the
peece
somuch
powder
as
will
suffice
to
dryue
out
that
pellet
,
fill
vp
the
touchhole
with
good
gunpowder
,
and
geue
fire
to
the
peece
,
so
as
the
sayde
rusty
pellet
may
thereby
be
expelled
out
of
the
concauitie
in
which
it
did
sticke
.
But
if
the
sayde
pellet
after
all
this
hath
beene
done
shall
still
remayne
within
the
peece
,
then
powre
hotte
scalding
oyle
thorowe
the
touchhole
into
the
peece
,
and
with
a
long
yron
rodde
made
at
that
ende
which
shall
goe
into
the
Peece
like
vnto
a
hogges
nayle
,
rubbe
away
the
ruste
lying
betweene
the
pellet
&
the
peece
,
and
afterwardes
imbasing
much
the
mouth
of
that
peece
,
strike
harde
thereon
,
I
meane
vppon
the
mouth
of
the
peece
with
a
great
beetle
,
or
yron
hammer
,
and
by
so
doing
,
you
shall
force
the
sayde
rusty
pellet
to
role
out
of
the
peece
.
The
28
Chapter
.
To
make
rounde
pellettes
of
vnrounde
yron
pellettes
by
two
diuers
wayes
.
IN
winter
when
it
doth
snowe
and
freeze
,
couer
yron
pellettes
which
are
not
rounde
all
ouer
with
frozen
snowe
,
and
so
let
them
lie
in
frozen
snowe
for
the
space
of
one
night
:
This
done
,
vncouer
the
pellettes
,
and
with
a
steele
hammer
which
must
be
well
tempered
,
somewhat
heauie
,
and
like
vnto
a
Playsterers
or
Tylers
hammer
,
beate
,
or
cut
away
the
superfluous
yron
from
the
vnround
yron
pellettes
,
&
while
you
doe
so
woorke
vpon
the
vnrounde
pellettes
,
powre
often
times
colde
water
vppon
them
.
By
this
meanes
you
shal
(
as
Luigi
Collado
wryteth
)
take
away
the
superfluous
yron
from
the
vnrounde
pellettes
,
and
perceaue
that
it
will
be
no
more
harder
to
doe
,
Yron
is
more
brickle
in
winter
than
in
summer
.
The
lathe
of
a
crossebowe
is
apte
to
breake
in
winter
,
except
it
be
first
well
rubbed
with
a
clothe
.
than
to
cut
a
softe
stone
:
For
yron
is
more
brickle
in
colde
weather
than
in
a
warme
season
,
and
by
that
reason
yron
pellettes
shotte
in
the
winter
against
an
harde
stone
wall
,
doe
sometimes
breake
in
peeces
,
and
the
steele
lathe
of
a
Crossebowe
which
is
not
made
somewhat
warme
with
the
rubbing
of
a
cloath
,
doth
oftentimes
in
winter
breake
at
his
first
shoote
.
Also
you
may
make
rounde
pellettes
of
vnrounde
yron
pellettes
by
this
way
following
:
Take
an
yron
pellet
which
is
not
rounde
,
if
it
be
a
pellet
for
a
Minion
put
the
same
pellet
into
the
rounde
moulde
of
a
pellet
for
a
Saker
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
fil
vp
the
emptie
places
in
the
sayde
moulde
with
melted
lead
,
and
so
you
shall
make
thereof
a
rounde
pellet
for
a
Saker
.
Likewise
if
a
pellet
for
a
Saker
be
not
rounde
,
you
may
put
the
same
vnrounde
pellet
into
the
round
moulde
of
a
pellet
for
a
Culueringe
,
and
by
filling
the
empty
places
in
the
moulde
full
of
melted
lead
,
make
thereof
a
rounde
pellet
for
a
Culueringe
.
And
after
this
manner
you
may
make
a
rounde
pellet
of
any
vnrounde
yron
pellet
whatsoeuer
.
The
29
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
a
modell
or
forme
for
any
Gunladle
that
shall
appertayne
vnto
any
Fanconet
,
forreine
peece
that
is
not
so
high
as
a
Faucon
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Basiliske
,
Cannon
,
or
to
any
other
like
made
peece
:
And
how
vppon
such
modelles
,
or
formes
,
gunladles
for
the
sayde
peeces
are
fashioned
:
and
how
a
Ladle
for
any
Cannon
periero
may
be
made
:
and
how
euery
cannon
periero
ought
to
haue
a
Ladle
.
TO
the
ende
you
may
the
better
vnderstande
by
this
Chapter
how
a
modell
or
forme
may
be
made
for
any
Ladle
that
shall
appertaine
vnto
any
Fauconet
,
forreine
peece
that
is
not
so
high
as
a
Faucon
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Basiliske
,
or
Cannon
,
or
to
any
other
like
made
peece
:
and
how
the
same
Ladles
are
fashioned
,
beholde
here
in
a
figure
the
patterne
of
a
Copper
plate
for
any
such
Ladle
,
The
Copper
plates
of
la●les
for
peeces
of
the
smaller
sorte
must
be
in
thicknes
at
the
least
so
much
as
the
back
of
a
common
meate
knife
,
and
for
peeces
of
a
bigger
sorte
of
a
greater
thicknesse
.
&
note
this
in
it
,
that
A
B
C
doth
represent
that
parte
of
the
plate
which
shall
holde
the
charge
in
Gunpowder
for
great
Ordinance
,
and
that
D
A
C
E
F
G
doe
demonstrate
that
other
parte
of
the
same
plate
which
must
lie
round
about
vppon
the
staffe
of
such
a
Ladle
.
This
done
,
make
a
modell
or
forme
of
a
long
and
rounde
peece
of
wood
for
euery
sorte
of
such
Ladle
plates
like
vnto
the
picture
H
I
,
and
let
the
model
be
in
his
rounde
compasse
so
much
more
lesse
than
the
circumference
of
a
pellet
that
will
fitte
the
peece
for
which
you
doe
intende
to
make
a
Ladle
,
as
the
plate
of
the
Ladle
is
thick
:
then
bende
rounde
that
parte
of
the
plate
which
shall
holde
the
charge
of
gunpowder
vppon
the
sayde
modell
,
so
as
the
two
sides
of
the
plate
may
stande
wide
open
and
asunder
in
a
reasonable
space
one
from
an
other
.
Moreouer
,
hauing
in
a
readinesse
a
strong
staffe
,
which
must
be
rounde
and
bigge
at
one
ende
like
the
sayde
modell
,
and
two
foote
or
thereabout
longer
than
the
length
of
the
concauitie
in
the
sayde
peece
:
winde
DACEFG
the
other
parte
of
the
sayde
plate
rounde
about
vppon
the
bigge
ende
of
the
same
staffe
,
and
nayle
the
sayde
parte
D
A
C
E
F
G
fast
vppon
the
same
ende
:
When
you
haue
done
all
this
,
the
Ladle
so
made
and
nayled
vppon
his
staffe
,
will
be
like
vnto
the
picture
K
L.
diagram of a copperplate for a gun ladle
The
type
of
a
copper
plate
for
a
Gunne
Ladle
depiction of a form for a gun ladle
A
forme
for
a
Gunne
Ladle
.
depiction of a gun ladle
The
type
of
a
Gunne
Ladle
.
There
is
an
other
sorte
of
ladles
which
doe
belong
vnto
such
peeces
as
are
called
in
Italian
Cannoni
Perieri
,
the
name
of
such
a
Ladle
in
Italian
is
Scaffetta
,
and
the
Gunners
in
Venice
hauing
alwayes
in
a
readinesse
at
the
least
one
such
Ladle
for
euery
Cannone
Periero
,
doe
vse
with
the
sayde
Ladles
to
put
cartredges
into
their
Cannoni
Perieri
.
To
make
a
Scaffetta
for
any
Cannon
periero
,
take
a
peece
of
softe
wood
which
ought
to
be
iustlie
so
long
as
the
Cartredge
of
the
peece
for
which
it
shall
serue
:
make
this
long
peece
of
wood
rounde
,
and
in
his
rounde
circumference
,
equall
to
the
concauitie
of
the
sayde
peece
.
Also
cleaue
the
sayde
rounde
peece
of
wood
from
one
ende
to
the
other
right
in
the
middest
,
and
make
one
peece
thereof
hollowe
like
a
ruffe
tyle
for
a
house
,
and
let
the
thicknesse
of
the
same
hollowe
peece
of
wood
be
neither
more
nor
lesse
than
the
thicknesse
of
the
gumme
at
the
mouth
of
the
Chamber
which
belongeth
to
the
peece
for
which
the
Scaffetta
shall
be
made
.
This
done
,
tie
at
one
ende
of
it
a
strong
corde
,
and
when
you
haue
put
a
cartredge
with
this
Scaffetta
into
a
Cannon
periero
,
you
may
by
the
help
of
the
sayd
corde
drawe
the
Scaffetta
out
of
the
same
peece
.
depiction of the type of a scaffetta
The
type
of
a
Scaffetta
.
Also
you
may
make
a
Ladle
for
any
Cannon
periero
of
a
copper
plate
after
this
manner
Prepare
a
Copper
plate
,
and
fashion
it
as
before
you
haue
beene
taught
to
fashion
Copper
plates
for
Ladles
which
shall
serue
to
charge
Fauconettes
,
Faucons
,
and
other
such
peeces
,
and
make
the
breadth
of
euery
Ladle
for
a
Cannon
periero
by
the
circumference
in
his
Chamber
,
as
the
generall
rule
in
the
thirtie
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
doth
instruct
you
to
make
the
breadth
of
Ladles
for
other
peeces
by
the
circumference
of
a
pellet
:
But
in
geuing
length
to
the
Ladle
of
a
Cannon
periero
,
you
must
remember
that
the
ladle
of
a
Cannon
periero
which
requireth
for
his
due
charge
in
gunpowder
●/●
of
the
waight
in
his
pellet
,
ought
to
be
in
length
twise
so
much
as
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
Chamber
of
that
cannon
periero
,
and
that
the
ladle
for
a
cannon
periero
which
requireth
for
his
due
charge
in
gunpowder
½
of
the
waight
in
his
pellet
,
ought
to
be
in
length
so
much
as
two
of
those
diameters
and
⅔
of
one
such
diameter
.
The
30
Chapter
.
Rules
by
which
you
may
know
the
true
breadth
and
length
of
any
Ladle
that
will
holde
at
twise
an
ordinarie
charge
in
Serpentine
powder
for
any
great
peece
of
Artillery
except
Cannoni
Perieri
,
Chamber
,
and
morter
peeces
.
1
A
Ladle
which
shal
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
in
serpentine
powder
for
any
peece
of
artillery
(
except
Chamber
and
Morter
peeces
)
that
hath
his
due
length
,
&
wayeth
in
mettall
more
than
one
hundred
waight
,
and
lesse
than
one
hundred
waight
and
a
halfe
for
euery
pounde
waight
in
his
yron
pellet
ought
to
containe
in
breadth
3/5
parts
of
the
compasse
of
one
fitte
pellet
for
his
peece
,
and
in
length
the
heigth
of
3
such
pellettes
,
or
as
the
Gunners
terme
is
)
3
baules
.
2
A
ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
in
serpentine
powder
for
any
peece
of
artillery
(
except
Chamber
and
Morter
peeces
)
that
hath
his
due
length
,
and
wayeth
in
mettall
one
hundred
waight
and
a
halfe
or
thereabout
for
euery
pound
waight
in
his
yron
pellet
,
ought
to
contayne
in
breadth
3/5
partes
of
the
compasse
of
one
fitte
pellette
for
his
Peece
,
and
in
length
the
heigth
of
three
such
pellettes
,
and
of
½
of
one
pellet
.
3
A
ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
in
serpentine
powder
for
any
peece
of
artillery
(
except
Chamber
&
Morter
peeces
)
that
hath
his
due
length
,
and
wayeth
in
mettall
more
than
100
waight
and
a
halfe
,
and
lesse
than
two
hundred
waight
for
euery
pound
waight
in
his
yron
pellet
,
ought
to
contayne
in
breadth
3/5
partes
of
the
compasse
of
one
fitte
pellet
for
his
peece
,
and
in
length
the
heigth
of
foure
such
pellettes
.
4
A
ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
in
serpentine
powder
for
any
peece
of
artillerie
(
except
Chamber
and
Morter
peeces
)
that
hath
his
due
length
,
and
wayeth
in
mettall
two
hundred
waight
or
vpwardes
vnto
three
hundred
waight
for
euery
pounde
waight
in
his
yron
pellet
,
ought
to
contayne
in
breadth
3/5
partes
of
the
compasse
of
one
fitte
pellet
for
his
peece
,
and
in
length
the
heigth
of
foure
such
pellettes
and
of
½
of
one
pellet
.
5
A
ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
in
serpentine
powder
for
any
peece
of
artillery
(
except
Chamber
and
Morter
peeces
)
that
hath
his
due
length
,
and
wayeth
in
mettall
three
hundred
waight
for
euery
pounde
waight
in
his
yron
pellet
,
ought
to
contayne
in
breadth
3/9
partes
of
the
compasse
of
one
fitte
pellet
for
his
peece
,
&
in
length
the
heigth
of
fiue
such
pellettes
.
The
31
Chapter
.
Rules
by
which
you
may
knowe
the
true
breadth
and
length
of
any
Ladle
that
will
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
of
that
sorte
of
corne
gunpowder
which
I
haue
marked
in
the
sixteene
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
●
,
for
any
Fauconet
,
forreyne
peece
that
is
not
so
high
as
a
Faucon
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Basiliske
,
Cannon
,
or
any
other
like
made
peece
.
diagram of a copperplate for a gun ladle
The
type
of
a
Copperplate
for
a
Gunladle
.
1
A
Ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
of
the
sayde
corne
gunpowder
for
any
Fauconet
,
forreine
peece
that
is
not
so
high
as
the
Faucon
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
or
Culuering
which
hath
his
proportioned
length
,
and
is
fortefied
with
his
due
waight
&
thicknesse
in
mettal
,
must
be
in
length
5
times
the
heigth
of
a
pellet
that
is
fitte
for
the
peece
which
shall
be
charged
with
the
same
Ladle
,
and
more
the
breadth
of
one
finger
,
that
is
to
say
,
The
breadth
of
a
finger
is
here
&
in
the
2
other
rules
next
following
added
to
the
length
of
euery
Ladle
for
to
supply
the
wante
of
that
parte
of
the
plate
which
is
cut
away
at
the
toppe
of
euery
Ladle
to
make
it
their
round
like
a
halfe
circle
whereby
as
it
is
thought
euery
Ladle
will
doe
his
office
the
better
.
that
parte
of
this
Ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
of
the
sayde
corne
gunpowder
,
ought
to
be
in
length
foure
times
the
heigth
of
such
a
pellet
,
and
the
breadth
of
one
finger
:
and
the
other
parte
of
this
Ladle
which
must
lie
very
close
vppon
and
about
the
great
ende
of
a
staffe
,
and
be
nayled
thereunto
,
must
be
in
length
once
the
heigth
of
such
a
pellet
:
But
if
any
peece
named
in
this
rule
shall
be
charged
with
such
fine
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
sixteene
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
2
then
that
part
of
his
Ladle
which
shal
holde
the
same
charge
in
fine
powder
,
must
be
no
more
in
length
than
thrise
the
heigth
of
one
of
his
pellettes
and
the
breadth
of
one
finger
.
diagram of a copperplate for a gun ladle
2
A
Ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
of
the
sayde
corne
gunpowder
for
any
ordinary
demy
Culueringe
,
demy
Culuering
of
the
elder
sorte
,
whole
Culueringe
not
so
high
as
ordinary
,
whole
ordinary
Culueringe
,
or
whole
Culueringe
of
the
elder
sorte
,
which
lacketh
his
proportioned
length
,
waight
or
due
thicknesse
in
mettall
,
must
be
in
length
foure
times
the
heigth
of
a
pellet
that
is
fitte
for
the
peece
which
shall
be
charged
with
the
same
Ladle
,
⅔
partes
of
the
heigth
of
one
such
pellet
,
and
the
breadth
of
one
finger
:
that
is
to
say
,
that
parte
of
this
Ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
of
the
sayde
corne
gunpowder
,
ought
to
be
in
length
three
times
the
heigth
of
such
a
pellet
,
⅔
partes
of
the
heigth
of
one
such
pellet
,
and
the
breadth
of
one
finger
,
and
the
other
parte
of
this
Ladle
which
must
lie
very
close
vppon
and
about
the
greate
ende
of
a
staffe
,
and
be
nayled
thereunto
must
be
in
length
once
the
heigth
of
such
a
pellet
.
3
A
Ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinary
charge
of
the
sayde
corne
gunpowder
powder
for
any
demy
Cannon
,
double
Cannon
,
or
any
other
like
made
peece
that
shooteth
an
yron
pellet
waying
not
aboue
½
hundred
waight
and
twenty
foure
poundes
auer de poize
poize
waight
,
must
be
in
length
foure
times
the
heigth
of
a
pellet
that
is
fitte
for
the
peece
which
shall
be
charged
with
the
same
Ladle
:
And
the
breadth
of
one
finger
:
that
is
to
say
,
that
parte
of
the
Ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
an
ordinarie
charge
of
the
sayde
corne
gunpowder
ought
to
be
in
length
three
times
the
heigth
of
such
a
pellet
and
the
breadth
of
one
finger
:
And
the
other
parte
of
this
Ladle
which
must
lie
very
close
vppon
&
about
the
great
ende
of
a
staffe
and
be
nayled
thereunto
,
must
be
in
length
once
the
heigth
of
such
a
pellet
:
But
if
you
will
charge
any
of
these
peeces
with
such
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
16
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
2
,
then
that
parte
of
the
Ladle
which
shall
holde
at
twise
a
due
charge
in
such
fine
gunpowder
for
the
same
peece
,
must
bee
in
length
no
more
than
twise
the
heigth
of
a
pellet
that
is
fitte
for
the
same
peece
,
and
⅔
of
the
heigth
of
such
a
pellet
.
The
32.
Chapter
.
How
you
may
knowe
the
diameter
of
any
Chamber
bored
Cannon
:
and
make
a
Ladle
for
any
Chamber
bored
Cannon
.
TO
make
a
Ladle
for
a
Chamber
bored
Cannon
,
measure
the
heigth
of
his
Chamber
in
this
sort
following
:
Thrust
downe
a
small
rounde
yron
pyn
with
a
little
hooke
at
his
lower
ende
thorowe
the
touchhole
vnto
the
lowest
parte
of
the
peece
his
concauitie
,
and
then
marke
with
a
red
stone
or
otherwise
that
parte
of
the
sayde
yron
pyn
which
is
touched
with
the
mettall
in
the
vpper
ende
of
the
touchhole
.
After
this
pull
vp
the
sayd
yron
pyn
,
and
suffering
his
hooke
to
stay
in
the
mettall
of
the
peece
at
the
lower
ende
of
the
touchhole
,
marke
againe
with
a
red
stone
or
otherwise
that
part
of
the
sayde
yron
which
is
touched
with
the
mettall
in
the
sayde
vpper
ende
of
the
touchhole
:
And
when
you
haue
so
done
,
drawe
all
the
yron
pyn
out
of
the
touchhole
,
and
noting
well
the
space
betweene
the
sayde
two
markes
,
adde
thereunto
the
height
of
the
sayde
hooke
,
and
take
the
whole
measure
thereof
for
the
heigth
of
the
Chamber
in
that
Cannon
:
The
length
of
a
Chamber
in
a
chamber
bored
peece
is
commonly
4.
times
the
diameter
at
the
mouth
of
his
peece
:
that
is
to
say
,
3
times
the
sayde
diameter
for
his
charge
in
gunpowder
,
and
once
the
sayde
diameter
for
his
wadde
.
This
done
,
open
your
compasse
within
⅛
of
an
ynche
to
the
widenesse
of
½
of
that
heigth
,
and
setting
one
foote
of
your
compasse
faste
vppon
a
peece
of
paper
,
or
vppon
a
smoothe
boorde
,
drawe
thereon
with
the
other
foote
a
circle
which
will
be
¼
of
an
ynche
shorter
in
his
diameter
than
the
heigth
of
the
sayde
Chamber
,
and
by
that
circle
search
out
the
breadth
of
a
Ladle
for
the
sayde
Chamber
bored
Cannon
,
as
you
haue
beene
taught
in
the
31
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
,
to
seeke
for
the
breadthes
of
other
Ladles
by
the
circumference
of
a
pellet
:
And
when
you
haue
so
done
,
note
that
a
Ladle
of
that
breadth
for
a
Chamber
bored
Cannon
which
shall
be
charged
with
such
fine
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
sixteene
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
2
,
must
be
in
length
twise
so
much
as
the
diameter
of
the
sayde
circle
,
and
⅔
partes
of
the
same
diameter
:
and
that
a
Ladle
of
that
breadth
for
a
Chamber
bored
Cannon
which
shall
be
charged
with
such
grosse
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
sayde
sixteene
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
1
,
must
be
in
length
thrise
so
much
as
the
diameter
of
the
sayde
circle
,
The
33
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
a
Ladle
for
any
Bell
bored
Cannon
.
TAke
a
staffe
somewhat
longer
than
the
Bell
bored
Cannon
,
and
neare
vnto
one
of
his
ends
pearse
a
hole
thorow
the
sides
of
the
staffe
,
&
thrust
a
bygwier
into
the
same
hole
,
&
make
it
to
stand
fast
there
like
a
crosse
.
This
wyer
in
his
length
ought
to
be
equall
to
the
heigth
or
(
which
is
all
one
)
to
the
widenesse
of
the
mouth
in
the
Bell
bored
Cannon
.
After
you
haue
set
the
same
wyer
crossewise
in
the
staffe
,
thrust
it
into
the
bore
of
the
peece
so
far
as
it
wil
goe
,
that
is
to
say
,
downe
to
the
mouth
of
the
bel
bore
:
which
done
,
drawe
the
wyer
out
of
the
bore
,
&
measure
the
Diameter
of
the
bel
bore
vnder
the
touchhole
,
as
you
haue
been
taught
in
the
31
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
to
measure
the
heigth
of
the
chamber
in
the
chamberbored
Cannon
,
and
adde
the
Diameter
of
the
said
bel
bore
vnto
the
length
of
the
said
wyer
.
Then
opening
your
compasse
to
¼
of
the
same
length
,
set
one
foot
therof
fast
vpon
a
smoothe
boord
,
or
vppon
paper
,
and
with
the
other
foote
draw
a
circle
,
and
make
the
bredth
of
a
ladle
,
and
the
circumference
of
a
spunge
for
a
bell
bored
Cannon
,
Note
.
equall
to
the
said
circle
:
and
make
this
ladle
in
length
if
his
peece
shall
be
charged
with
such
fine
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
sixteene
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
2
,
thrise
the
heigth
or
(
which
is
all
one
)
thrise
the
Diameter
of
that
circle
:
But
if
this
ladle
shall
serue
for
a
bell
bored
Cannon
that
shall
be
charged
with
such
grosse
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
sayde
16
chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
1
,
then
the
said
ladle
ought
to
bee
in
length
thrise
the
heigth
of
that
circle
and
⅓
of
that
heigth
:
and
now
remember
that
euery
of
these
two
ladles
doth
at
twise
duely
charge
his
bell
bored
Cannon
:
and
that
the
length
of
the
chamber
in
a
bell
bored
peece
is
commonly
foure
times
and
a
halfe
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
his
Peece
.
The
34
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
Rammers
for
Faulconets
,
forreine
ordinance
that
are
not
so
high
as
the
Faucon
,
Faucons
,
minions
,
Sakers
,
Culuerings
,
Basiliscoes
,
demie
Cannons
,
and
double
Cannons
:
and
how
a
Rammer
and
ladle
which
doe
belong
to
some
sort
of
peeces
may
be
set
vppon
one
staffe
:
and
how
a
Rammer
and
ladle
which
doe
belong
to
some
other
sort
of
peeces
must
be
set
vppon
sundrie
staues
:
and
how
a
Rammer
serueth
to
thrust
home
powder
that
shall
lie
loose
and
dispearsed
within
a
peece
,
to
driue
a
Tampion
close
vnto
powder
within
a
peece
,
and
to
put
a
pellet
close
vnto
the
Tampion
:
and
how
you
may
make
rammers
for
those
peeces
which
in
Italian
are
called
Cannoni
perieri
.
TO
frame
a
Rammer
for
any
Fauconet
,
forrein
peece
that
is
not
so
high
as
the
Faucon
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culuering
,
Basilisco
or
Cannon
,
doe
thus
.
A
Rammer
for
a
Cannon
and
for
a
whole
Culuering
is
in
some
countries
made
no
longer
than
the
Diameter
of
one
of
their
pellets
,
and
in
some
places
a
rammer
is
in
length
once
&
a
halfe
the
Diameter
of
a
pellet
.
The
substance
and
fourme
of
a
Tampion
.
Make
at
the
ende
of
a
strong
staffe
(
which
ought
alwayes
to
be
two
foote
or
thereabout
longer
than
the
peece
for
which
the
rammer
shall
be
made
)
a
round
bobbe
of
wood
,
and
let
that
bobbe
be
equal
in
thicknesse
to
the
heigth
of
a
fit
pellet
for
that
peece
,
and
in
length
so
much
as
once
and
a
halfe
the
heigth
of
the
same
pellet
.
This
bobbe
of
wood
among
Gunners
is
named
a
rammer
because
it
serueth
to
thrust
home
the
powder
which
shal
lie
loose
and
dispearsed
within
a
peece
,
to
driue
a
Tampion
close
vnto
a
Cartredge
,
or
to
a
charge
of
loose
gunpowder
within
a
peece
,
&
to
put
a
pellet
close
vnto
the
Tampion
,
which
Tampion
ought
alwaies
to
be
made
of
soft
wood
,
as
of
willoe
,
popler
,
or
such
like
wood
,
and
at
his
foremost
ende
to
be
somewhat
lesse
than
at
his
other
ende
.
And
heere
by
the
way
I
must
tell
you
that
a
Rammer
and
ladle
which
shall
belong
to
any
Fauconet
,
forrein
peece
that
is
not
so
high
as
the
Faucon
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
or
demie
Culuering
lower
than
ordinarie
may
be
set
vppon
one
staffe
:
that
is
to
say
,
the
ladle
may
be
nailed
vppon
one
end
of
the
staffe
and
the
rammer
may
bee
made
at
the
other
ende
of
the
same
staffe
as
this
figure
following
doth
shewe
,
and
that
a
rammer
and
ladle
which
shall
appertaine
vnto
an
ordinarie
demie
Culuering
,
demie
Culuering
of
the
eldest
sort
,
Culuering
not
so
high
as
ordinarie
,
ordinarie
Culuering
,
Culuering
of
the
eldest
fort
,
Basilisco
or
any
sort
of
Cannon
must
be
set
vppon
seuerall
and
sundrie
staues
.
depiction of a rammer and ladle and a tampion
A
Rammer
and
a
ladle
vppon
one
staffe
.
A
Tampion
.
There
is
an
other
kind
of
rammer
which
serueth
to
beat
downe
a
Tampion
of
wood
,
close
vnto
a
cartredge
lying
within
the
chamber
of
a
cannon
periero
,
&
the
said
rāmer
may
be
made
after
this
maner
:
make
(
as
before
you
haue
bin
taught
)
a
bobbe
of
wood
at
the
end
of
a
strong
staffe
,
let
this
bobbe
be
somwhat
lesse
in
thicknesse
than
the
heigth
of
the
mouth
in
the
chamber
of
his
Cannon
periero
,
&
within
one
foote
&
a
half
of
the
bobbe
end
,
place
a
turning
wheele
in
the
said
staffe
,
and
make
the
Diameter
of
that
wheele
equall
to
the
heigth
of
the
concauitie
in
the
said
Cannon
periero
.
Moreouer
towardes
the
lesser
end
of
the
said
staffe
put
two
strong
sticks
thorow
&
ouerthwart
,
and
so
you
shall
finish
the
Rammer
which
then
will
be
like
to
this
figure
.
depiction of a rammer
A
Rammer
to
beate
downe
a
Tampion
.
If
two
men
after
the
Rammer
is
so
made
wil
take
the
said
two
ouerthwart
sticks
in
their
hands
,
and
putting
the
bobbe
end
of
this
Rammer
into
his
Cannon
periero
charged
with
a
cartredge
and
a
tampion
,
will
at
one
instant
time
thrust
the
saide
Rammer
with
a
good
strength
downe
vppon
the
tampion
,
they
may
through
the
help
of
the
said
turning
wheele
(
which
guideth
the
Rammer
iust
vppon
the
tampion
)
beate
the
same
tampion
close
vnto
the
said
Cartredge
.
The
35
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
spunges
or
scourers
for
any
sort
of
great
peeces
:
and
how
spunges
doe
serue
to
make
cleane
soule
peeces
,
and
to
coole
hot
peeces
.
AS
euery
great
peece
ought
to
haue
his
ladle
and
rammer
,
so
euery
great
peece
ought
to
haue
a
fit
spunge
or
(
which
is
all
one
,
)
a
fit
scowrer
seruing
to
make
a
peece
cleane
so
often
as
neede
shall
require
,
and
being
well
wet
with
cleane
water
,
or
vineger
,
or
rather
with
one
part
of
vineger
,
and
two
partes
of
water
mingled
togeather
,
to
coole
a
peece
whensoeuer
it
shall
happen
through
many
shootes
to
be
very
hotte
:
therefore
to
make
a
spunge
or
scowrer
,
prouide
a
staffe
(
as
you
haue
been
willed
to
doe
for
a
Rammer
)
more
longer
by
two
foote
or
thereabout
than
the
concauitie
of
the
Peece
for
which
the
spunge
shall
be
made
,
&
frame
at
one
end
of
this
staffe
a
bobbe
like
a
rammer
,
and
let
this
bobbe
be
somewhat
lesse
in
compasse
than
the
circumference
of
the
concauitie
in
the
said
peece
.
This
done
,
couer
the
saide
bobbe
all
ouer
with
a
peece
of
sheepes
skinne
that
hath
long
wooll
vppon
it
,
put
the
wooll
side
outwardes
,
and
naile
fast
the
same
peece
of
sheepes
skin
vppon
the
said
bobbe
,
and
in
so
doing
remember
that
euery
spunge
ought
when
it
is
thrust
into
his
peece
to
stoppe
vp
very
closely
all
the
concauitie
where
it
lyeth
.
depiction of a sponge or scourer
The
Type
of
a
spunge
or
scowrer
for
a
great
peece
of
artillery
Note
.
If
in
time
of
neede
such
a
spunge
can
not
bee
prouided
,
you
may
binde
your
cappe
or
some
other
peece
of
cloth
full
and
hard
stuffed
with
straw
or
hay
vppon
one
end
of
a
long
staffe
,
and
vse
the
same
staffe
so
dressed
for
a
spunge
.
Also
in
time
of
neede
for
want
of
a
rammer
,
you
may
with
a
staffe
so
dressed
thrust
home
gunpowder
within
a
peece
.
The
36
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
Cartredges
vppon
a
round
moulde
or
forme
of
wood
.
MAke
vppon
a
long
and
rounde
mould
or
fourme
of
wood
like
vnto
the
picture
in
the
margent
,
a
long
and
round
bagge
of
paper
,
fustian
,
or
canuasse
:
Let
the
rounde
widenesse
of
this
bagge
bee
a
little
lesse
than
the
circumference
of
the
concauitie
in
the
peece
that
shall
shoote
this
Cartredge
,
and
make
the
length
of
this
bagge
equal
to
the
iust
length
of
the
ladle
which
belongeth
to
the
peece
that
shall
shoote
the
Cartredge
.
Moreouer
fashion
this
bagge
with
a
round
flat
bottome
,
and
then
putting
into
the
same
bagge
so
much
gunpowder
,
as
the
peece
which
shal
shoote
this
bagge
requireth
for
his
due
charge
,
shut
vp
the
vpper
end
or
mouth
of
the
bagge
,
&
when
you
wil
afterwards
put
this
bagge
of
gunpowder
(
which
among
Gunners
is
called
a
Cartredge
)
into
the
bore
or
concauity
of
any
gunne
,
remember
to
cut
cleane
away
(
before
you
do
put
it
into
a
gunne
)
that
peece
of
the
bagge
which
shall
lie
directly
vnder
and
next
to
the
touchhole
of
the
gunne
,
to
this
end
,
that
only
by
putting
fire
vnto
the
gunpowder
in
the
touchhole
,
you
may
without
any
faile
giue
fire
to
all
the
gunpowder
in
the
said
bagge
or
Cartredge
.
depiction of a form for a cartridge
A
fourme
for
a
Cartredge
.
Also
you
may
make
Cartredges
for
any
great
peece
of
artillery
by
these
rules
folowing
.
A
Cartredge
for
a
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
&
Culuering
which
hath
his
proportioned
length
,
iust
waight
,
&
due
thicknes
in
mettall
,
ought
to
bee
foure
baules
in
length
,
that
is
to
say
foure
times
the
diameter
of
one
of
their
fit
pellets
,
&
in
breadth
●
baules
lacking
●…
part
of
a
baule
,
I
meane
such
baules
as
are
in
the
length
of
the
same
Cartredges
.
A
Cartredge
for
euery
Cannon
&
Basiliske
ought
to
be
in
length
2
baules
&
●
of
a
baule
:
that
is
to
say
,
2
times
the
Diameter
of
one
of
their
fit
pellets
,
&
●
of
the
Diameter
of
one
such
pellet
,
&
euery
such
cartredge
ought
to
be
in
bredth
3
baules
lacking
●
part
of
a
baule
I
meane
such
baules
as
are
in
the
length
of
the
said
Cartrege
.
A
Cartredge
for
a
Cannon
periero
,
&
for
euery
other
peece
which
shooteth
a
pellet
of
stone
ought
to
be
in
length
twise
the
diameter
of
the
mouth
in
the
chamber
of
his
peece
,
&
in
bredth
3
baules
lacking
●
part
of
a
baule
,
I
meane
such
baules
as
are
in
the
length
of
the
said
Cartredge
.
When
you
will
make
a
bag
for
a
Cartredge
vppon
a
mould
or
fourme
,
&
paste
or
glue
together
the
sides
of
the
same
bagge
,
annoint
well
with
tallow
that
part
of
the
said
fourme
which
shall
lie
vnder
the
paste
or
glue
,
&
suffer
the
bagge
to
remaine
vppon
his
fourme
till
the
paste
or
glue
shal
be
thorow
drie
,
for
in
drawing
the
said
fourme
out
of
the
bagge
,
you
shall
see
that
the
bagge
will
then
cleaue
to
no
part
of
the
annointed
fourme
.
The
37
Chapter
.
How
great
peeces
of
artillery
are
named
&
how
through
the
intollerable
fault
of
carelesse
or
vnskilfull
Gunfounders
all
our
great
Peeces
of
one
name
are
not
of
one
length
,
nor
of
one
waight
,
nor
of
one
heigth
in
their
mouthes
.
OVr
great
peeces
of
artillery
are
knowne
by
these
names
:
double
Cannon
of
the
biggest
sort
,
double
Cannon
of
the
ordinarie
sort
,
French
double
Cannon
,
demie
Cannon
of
the
biggest
sort
,
demie
Cannon
of
the
ordinary
sort
,
demie
Cannon
of
an
extraordinary
sort
,
french
demie
Cannon
,
Cannon
with
a
bel
bore
,
Cannon
with
a
chamber
bore
,
Basilisk
,
Culuering
of
the
biggest
sort
,
Culuering
of
the
ordinary
sort
,
Culuering
of
an
extraordinary
sort
,
demie
Culuering
of
the
biggest
sort
,
demie
Culuering
of
the
ordinary
sort
,
demie
Culuering
of
an
extraordinary
sort
,
Saker
of
the
biggest
sort
,
Saker
of
the
ordinary
sort
,
Saker
of
an
extraordinarie
sort
,
Minion
of
the
biggest
sort
,
Minion
of
the
ordinary
sort
,
Moiane
,
Passauolante
or
Zebratana
,
Faucon
of
the
ordinary
sort
,
Faucon
of
an
extraordinary
sort
,
Fauconet
,
Cannon
periero
of
the
old
making
,
Cannon
periero
of
the
nwe
making
,
Morter
peece
,
Base
,
Rabinet
,
Fowler
,
Sling
,
Portpeece
,
Rebadochino
,
Aspidi
,
Smeriglio
,
Harchibusacrock
&
musket
.
But
through
the
intollerable
fault
of
carelesse
or
vnskilfull
gunfounders
all
our
great
peeces
of
one
name
are
not
of
one
length
,
nor
of
one
waight
nor
of
one
heigth
in
their
mouthes
&
therfore
the
gunners
bookes
&
tables
which
do
shew
that
al
our
great
peeces
of
one
name
are
of
an
equal
length
,
&
of
an
equal
waight
,
&
of
an
equall
heigth
in
their
mouthes
are
erronious
.
The
38.
Chapter
.
The
mixture
of
mettals
whereof
great
peeces
of
artillery
ought
to
be
made
.
THe
mixture
of
mettals
which
is
vsed
for
the
making
of
good
&
seruiceable
peeces
of
artillery
,
doth
consist
of
copper
,
tyn
,
&
latten
:
&
we
in
England
do
cal
the
said
mixture
in
our
mother
tongue
brasse
,
and
in
Italian
Bronzo
.
The
gunfounders
doe
vse
to
put
into
the
said
mixture
for
euery
fiuescore
poundes
in
waight
of
pure
copper
,
tenne
poundes
in
waight
of
good
latten
,
and
eight
poundes
in
waight
of
cleane
tynne
.
The
tynne
(
as
the
Gunfounders
doe
say
)
causeth
the
said
mixture
to
be
hard
,
the
latten
helpeth
much
to
incorporate
the
mettals
togeather
and
maketh
the
mixture
to
bee
of
a
good
colour
,
and
the
copper
doth
much
strengthen
the
same
mixture
,
although
among
Gunners
this
is
an
approued
veritie
,
that
the
peeces
of
artillerie
which
are
cast
of
the
same
mixture
are
apte
to
breake
after
they
are
made
hot
with
many
shootes
.
The
39
Chapter
.
Rules
by
which
you
may
know
the
proportioned
length
,
iust
waight
,
and
due
thicknesse
of
mettall
which
ought
to
be
in
great
peeces
of
artillerie
.
Length
.
1
EVery
Fauconet
,
and
forrein
peece
,
which
shooteth
not
a
bullet
bigger
than
the
bullet
of
a
Fauconet
,
ought
to
be
in
length
34
times
the
Diameter
of
his
mouth
.
2
Waight
.
2
Euery
Fauconet
and
forrein
Peece
which
shooteth
not
a
bullet
bigger
than
the
bullet
of
a
Fauconet
ought
to
waye
in
mettall
242
poundes
and
⅔
of
a
pounde
of
auer de poize
de
poize
waight
for
euery
like
pound
waight
of
mettall
in
his
pellet
:
Thicknesse
.
Or
the
thicknesse
of
mettal
at
the
bottome
of
the
bore
in
euery
Fauconet
&
forreine
Peece
which
shooteth
not
a
bullet
bigger
than
the
bullet
of
a
Fauconet
ought
to
be
so
much
as
the
Diameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
same
bore
,
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
touchhole
in
euery
of
the
said
Peeces
ought
to
be
●/●
of
the
said
Diameter
,
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
trunnions
in
euery
of
the
said
Peeces
ought
to
be
63/●…
of
the
said
Diameter
,
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
necke
of
euery
such
Peece
ought
to
be
⅜
of
the
said
Diameter
.
Length
.
3
Euery
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
and
Culuering
,
ought
to
be
in
length
32
times
the
Diameter
of
his
mouth
.
Waight
.
4
Euery
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
and
Culuering
,
ought
to
waie
in
mettall
242
pounds
and
⅔
of
a
pound
of
auer
de
poize
waight
for
euery
like
pound
waight
of
mettall
in
his
pellet
:
Thicknesse
.
Or
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
bottome
of
the
bore
in
euerie
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
,
and
Culuering
,
ought
to
be
so
much
as
the
Diameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
same
bore
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
touchhole
in
euery
of
the
said
Peeces
ought
to
be
9/8
of
the
said
Diameter
,
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettal
at
the
trunnions
in
euery
of
the
same
Peeces
ought
to
be
63/64
of
the
said
Diameter
,
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
necke
of
euery
such
Peece
ought
to
bee
3/8
of
the
saide
Diameter
.
Length
.
The
Cannons
which
haue
a
longer
length
than
this
proportioned
length
are
called
Basterd
Cannons
.
Waight
Thicknesse
.
5
The
proportioned
length
of
euery
quarter
Cannon
is
28
times
the
Diameter
of
his
mouth
:
the
proportioned
length
of
euery
demie
Cannon
is
betweene
21
and
25
times
the
Diameter
of
his
mouth
:
the
proportioned
length
of
euery
double
Cannon
is
18
times
the
Diameter
of
his
mouth
:
and
the
proportioned
length
of
euerie
Basiliske
is
bitweene
24
and
31
times
the
Diameter
of
his
mouth
.
6
Euery
Cannon
and
Basiliske
ought
to
waie
161
poundes
,
twelue
ounces
,
three
drammes
,
one
scruple
,
thirteene
graines
and
1/●
of
a
graine
in
mettall
of
auer de poize
de
poize
waight
for
euery
pound
of
like
waight
in
his
pellet
:
Or
the
thicknesse
of
mettal
at
the
bottome
of
the
bore
in
euery
Cannon
ought
to
be
so
much
as
the
Diameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
same
bore
,
A
cannon
thus
fortified
with
mettall
(
as
Luigui
Collado
writeth
)
may
be
charged
with
⅔
in
fine
gunpowder
of
his
pellet
waight
.
I
mean
such
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
sixteenth
chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
2.
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
touchhole
in
euery
Cannon
ought
to
bee
9/8
or
at
the
least
so
much
as
the
said
Diameter
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
trunnions
in
euery
Cannon
ought
to
be
so
much
as
the
said
Diameter
,
or
at
the
least
⅝
partes
of
the
same
Diameter
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
necke
in
euery
Cannon
ought
to
bee
5/●
partes
of
the
said
Diameter
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
bottome
of
the
bore
in
euery
Basilisk
ought
to
be
a
little
more
than
the
Diameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
same
bore
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
touchhole
in
euery
Basiliske
ought
to
be
●1/22
of
the
said
Diameter
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
trunnions
in
euery
Basiliske
ought
to
be
41/44
of
the
said
Diameter
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
necke
in
euery
Basiliske
ought
to
be
5/●…
of
the
said
Diameter
.
depiction of the ends of three gun barrells
7
There
are
two
sortes
of
such
peeces
as
are
named
Cannoni
perieri
:
that
is
to
say
,
there
are
Cannoni
perieri
of
the
old
making
,
and
there
are
Cannoni
perieri
of
a
nwe
making
,
and
the
Cannoni
perieri
of
both
these
two
sorts
are
alwaies
chamber
bored
.
Length
.
8
The
proportioned
length
of
euery
Cannon
periero
is
betweene
sixe
and
eight
times
the
Diameter
of
his
mouth
.
Chamber
.
9
The
length
of
the
chamber
in
euery
Cannon
periero
of
the
olde
making
ought
to
be
foure
times
and
½
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
.
Chamber
.
10
The
diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
in
euery
Cannon
periero
of
the
old
making
,
ought
to
be
⅔
parts
of
the
Diameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
Cannon
periero
.
Waight
.
11
Euery
Cannon
periero
ought
to
waie
in
mettall
80
poundes
,
fourteene
ounces
,
one
dramme
,
two
scruples
,
sixe
graines
,
and
⅔
of
a
graine
of
auer de poize
de
poize
waight
for
euery
like
pound
waight
of
stone
in
his
pellet
:
Thicknesse
.
Or
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
bottome
of
the
bore
in
euery
Cannon
periero
ought
to
bee
so
much
as
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
his
chamber
,
or
(
which
is
all
one
)
⅔
of
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
Cannon
periero
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
touchhole
in
euery
Cannon
periero
of
the
old
making
ought
to
be
½
of
the
Diameter
at
●…e
mouth
of
the
said
Cannon
periero
,
and
the
thickenesse
of
mettall
at
the
mouth
of
t●…
chamber
in
euery
Cannon
periero
of
the
olde
making
ought
to
be
⅙
part
of
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
cannon
periero
:
and
the
thickenesse
of
mettall
at
the
trunnions
in
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
olde
making
ought
to
be
¼
part
of
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
cannon
periero
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
necke
of
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
old
making
ought
to
be
⅙
part
of
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
cannon
periero
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
touchhole
in
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
nwe
making
ought
to
be
so
much
as
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
in
the
cannon
periero
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
in
the
gumme
of
the
mouth
of
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
nwe
making
,
ought
to
be
½
of
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
in
the
cannon
periero
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
trunnions
in
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
nwe
making
ought
to
be
½
of
the
diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
in
the
cannon
periero
,
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
necke
of
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
nwe
making
ought
to
bee
⅓
part
of
the
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
in
the
cannon
periero
:
12
The
length
of
the
chamber
in
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
nwe
making
,
ought
to
be
shorter
than
the
length
of
a
chamber
in
a
cannon
periero
of
the
old
making
,
because
the
gunpowder
which
in
this
our
age
doth
commonly
charge
euery
cannon
periero
,
is
more
stronger
than
the
gunpowder
which
did
charge
in
time
past
the
Cannoni
perieri
of
the
old
making
.
Morter
p●…
13
The
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
breech
of
euery
motter
peece
ought
to
be
so
much
as
the
Diameter
in
the
mouth
of
his
chamber
:
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
trunnions
in
euery
morter
peece
,
ought
to
be
so
much
as
the
semidiameter
of
the
mouth
in
the
chamber
:
and
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
at
the
necke
of
euery
morter
peece
ought
to
be
●
part
of
the
Diameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
.
14
The
Diameter
at
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
in
euery
morter
peece
,
ought
to
bee
equall
to
the
semidiameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
morter
peece
:
&
the
length
of
euery
chamber
in
a
morter
peece
ought
to
be
so
much
as
once
and
a
halfe
the
Diameter
of
the
chamber
.
The
vse
〈◊〉
morter
p●…
Note
.
15
Morter
peeces
are
commonly
vsed
in
the
night
time
to
shoot
pellets
of
stone
,
baules
of
wildefire
,
cases
filled
full
of
stones
,
pellets
of
lead
,
or
square
peeces
of
yron
:
Note
.
And
when
an
expert
gunner
will
shoote
in
a
morter
peece
he
putteth
no
wadde
vppon
the
powder
in
the
peece
,
nor
giueth
fire
to
the
same
peece
in
any
other
place
than
at
his
mouth
with
a
gunmatch
.
The
40
Chapter
.
To
measure
the
thicknesse
of
mettall
in
any
part
of
a
peece
of
artillerie
.
MEasure
first
with
a
paire
of
calleper
compasses
,
or
with
an
ynch
rule
the
whole
thicknes
of
the
peece
.
Likewise
measure
with
a
paire
of
other
compasses
,
I
mean
straight
compasses
,
or
with
an
ynch
rule
the
Diameter
or
(
which
is
all
one
)
the
heigth
of
the
concauitie
in
the
Peece
:
then
subtracting
the
heigth
of
the
said
concauitie
from
the
whole
thicknesse
of
the
Peece
in
that
part
which
was
so
measured
,
take
half
of
the
remainder
for
the
thicknes
of
the
mettal
in
that
measured
part
of
the
peece
:
Or
for
lacke
of
a
payre
of
calleper
compasses
put
a
girdle
or
string
that
will
not
stretch
round
about
the
outside
of
the
Peece
in
that
part
which
is
to
be
measured
,
&
measure
exactly
so
much
of
that
girdle
or
string
as
went
about
the
peece
:
this
done
,
multiplie
that
measure
by
seuen
,
and
deuide
the
product
by
22
,
and
so
the
quotient
wil
giue
you
the
true
measure
of
the
whole
thicknesse
of
the
Peece
in
that
part
which
was
measured
:
the
rest
of
this
worke
you
must
doe
as
you
did
when
you
measured
the
whole
thicknesse
of
the
Peece
with
a
paire
of
Calleper
compasses
.
The
41
Chapter
.
How
euery
great
peece
of
Artillerie
hath
trunnions
for
three
causes
:
and
how
Gunfounders
may
learne
to
set
the
trunnions
of
euery
great
peece
in
their
due
places
.
EVery
great
Peece
of
artillerie
hath
trunnions
for
thre
causes
,
of
which
the
first
is
to
hold
vp
the
Peece
vppon
his
carriage
,
the
second
is
to
make
a
Peece
when
it
resteth
vppon
them
in
his
carriage
to
moue
easilie
vp
and
downe
,
and
at
the
will
of
the
Gunner
to
lie
sometimes
leuell
,
and
sometimes
mounted
:
And
the
thirde
cause
is
,
that
they
set
in
their
due
places
,
and
well
laid
vppon
a
fit
carriage
,
wil
make
their
Peece
in
his
discharge
to
lie
fast
and
steadie
without
any
mouing
forwardes
,
or
backwards
,
downeward
,
or
towardes
any
side
,
wherein
the
whole
inportance
of
the
shoote
doth
rest
.
When
the
trunnions
of
a
Peece
are
set
to
high
,
that
is
to
say
,
more
nearer
to
the
mouth
of
their
Peece
than
they
should
be
,
then
the
Peece
in
which
the
trunnions
are
so
set
will
be
so
heauie
at
his
taile
,
as
that
the
Gunner
shall
not
without
great
paine
and
strength
lift
it
vp
.
And
when
the
trunnions
of
a
peece
shall
be
set
too
loe
,
that
is
to
say
more
nearer
to
the
touchhole
than
they
should
be
,
then
the
mouth
of
their
Peece
(
by
meanes
of
the
vnequall
and
great
waight
which
is
between
the
said
mouth
and
the
said
trunnions
)
will
in
his
discharge
fall
downe
towards
the
ground
,
wherefore
I
will
not
wrap
vp
here
in
silence
the
rules
by
which
gunfounders
may
alwaies
set
the
trunnions
of
euery
great
Peece
in
their
due
places
.
Diuide
the
length
of
the
Peece
into
seuen
equall
partes
,
and
in
the
third
part
measured
from
the
touchhole
towards
the
mouth
of
the
Peece
set
the
trunnions
so
as
⅔
partes
of
the
circumference
of
the
Peece
in
that
place
where
the
trunnions
shall
be
set
,
may
bee
seene
aboue
vppon
,
the
Peece
betweene
the
two
trunnions
.
Also
a
Gunfounder
skilfull
in
the
arte
of
numbring
,
may
by
the
helpe
of
the
golden
rule
set
the
trunnions
of
euery
great
Peece
in
their
due
places
after
this
maner
:
hee
may
multiplie
the
length
of
the
Peece
in
which
the
trunnions
shall
be
set
by
three
,
and
hauing
diuided
the
product
thereof
by
seuen
note
the
quotient
number
for
the
measure
of
the
space
between
the
loest
end
of
the
peece
his
concauitie
and
the
place
where
the
trunnions
must
be
set
:
As
for
example
if
a
Gunfounder
would
know
in
what
part
of
a
peece
which
is
144
ynches
in
length
the
trunnions
of
the
same
Peece
should
be
set
,
he
must
multiplie
144
the
length
of
the
Peece
by
three
,
whereof
will
come
432
which
diuided
by
seuen
yeeldeth
in
the
quotient
61
ynches
and
5/7
of
an
ynch
for
the
space
betweene
the
loest
end
of
that
peece
his
concauitie
and
the
place
where
the
trunnions
of
the
same
Peece
ought
to
stand
.
The
42
Chapter
.
How
great
peeces
of
artillerie
may
be
cast
of
lead
?
how
the
thicknesse
of
a
leaden
peece
round
about
the
concauitie
so
farre
as
the
due
charge
of
gunpowder
for
the
same
peece
will
reach
ought
to
be
once
&
a
halfe
,
so
much
as
the
height
of
a
pellet
that
is
fit
for
the
same
peece
:
how
the
thicknesse
of
a
leaden
peece
at
his
necke
round
about
the
concauitie
,
ought
to
be
⅔
partes
of
the
heigth
of
the
said
pellet
:
how
any
one
peece
of
what
weight
soeuer
it
is
,
may
be
drawne
by
the
strength
of
many
men
from
one
place
to
another
.
And
how
olde
rustie
yron
serueth
to
make
gunne
pellets
better
than
nwe
yron
.
WHen
a
citie
or
towne
shall
be
besieged
that
hath
in
it
no
yron
,
or
brasse
peeces
of
artillerie
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
,
then
the
inhabitants
of
that
Cittie
or
Towne
may
in
time
of
need
cause
great
peeces
of
artillery
to
be
cast
of
lead
,
whereof
there
is
no
lacke
within
any
Cittie
or
Towne
of
England
,
for
such
peeces
of
lead
wil
beare
well
the
ordinary
charge
of
powder
and
pellet
,
if
from
the
touchhole
so
farre
as
the
due
charge
of
gunpowder
for
the
same
peece
will
reach
,
the
thicknesse
of
the
mettall
round
about
the
concauitie
of
the
peece
bee
once
and
a
halfe
the
heigth
of
his
pellet
,
and
that
the
thicknesse
of
the
mettall
round
about
the
concauitie
at
the
necke
of
the
peece
bee
⅔
partes
of
the
heigth
of
the
said
pellet
.
An
Admonition
.
But
these
peeces
being
made
very
hot
with
much
shooting
will
quickly
breake
,
therefore
the
Gunners
must
not
shoote
in
them
when
they
are
very
hot
.
Although
a
peece
of
artillery
so
cast
of
lead
will
be
of
a
great
waight
,
yet
this
is
to
be
beleeued
that
a
peece
so
cast
of
lead
will
be
easily
drawne
by
the
strength
of
many
men
from
one
place
to
an
other
within
a
Towne
.
For
Luigui
Collado
in
the
71
chapter
of
his
Pratica
manuale
di
arteglieria
saith
,
that
in
Barcellona
a
chamber
belonging
to
a
peece
was
of
such
waight
as
twentie
men
might
not
lift
it
,
and
that
poore
people
did
vse
in
Sommer
to
sleepe
within
the
saide
peece
which
had
a
bedde
or
carriage
more
than
three
fadome
about
.
And
we
may
also
reade
in
the
second
booke
and
sixteenth
chapter
of
Englands
description
in
Hollensheads
Cronicles
,
that
the
great
Turke
had
a
gunne
(
cast
by
one
Orbane
a
Dane
)
which
was
drawne
to
the
siege
of
Constantinople
by
two
thousand
men
and
seuenty
yokes
of
Oxen.
This
Orbane
did
also
cast
for
the
Turke
one
other
great
Peece
which
did
shoote
a
pellet
of
more
waight
than
two
talents
.
Here
I
might
take
occasion
by
reason
of
that
which
hath
byn
written
in
this
Chapter
to
shew
how
great
peeces
of
artillery
and
pellets
of
yron
are
cast
,
but
I
will
passe
ouer
the
same
with
silence
,
and
referre
those
which
are
desirous
to
learne
how
peeces
of
artillerie
&
yron
pellets
are
cast
,
to
the
Pirotechnie
of
Vannuccio
Biringuccio
where
they
may
read
enough
thereof
,
and
see
that
old
rustie
yron
is
better
to
make
gunne
pellets
than
nwe
yron
.
The
43
Chapter
.
How
you
may
see
,
&
also
otherwise
know
whether
or
no
honie
combes
,
crackes
,
or
flawes
are
within
the
concauitie
of
any
great
peece
of
artillerie
.
SO
soone
as
you
haue
charged
and
discharged
a
peece
,
couer
very
close
the
mouth
of
the
same
peece
all
ouer
with
leather
,
and
at
the
same
instant
cause
an
other
person
to
stoppe
vp
sodainely
the
touchhole
of
the
same
peece
:
and
so
if
any
vnknowne
flawes
or
crackes
do
goe
thorow
the
mettal
in
any
part
of
the
peece
,
a
visible
smoke
wil
come
out
of
the
peece
thorow
the
same
hidden
flawes
&
cracks
.
Also
you
may
when
the
Sunne
shineth
take
a
steele
glasse
,
and
with
the
same
cast
the
beames
or
shadow
of
the
Sunne
into
the
mouth
or
concauitie
of
the
peece
:
for
by
this
meanes
a
very
great
and
cleere
light
will
be
within
the
concauitie
of
the
peece
,
and
by
that
cleare
light
you
shall
plainly
see
euery
honie
combe
,
cracke
,
and
flaw
within
the
same
concauitie
.
But
forasmuch
as
the
Sunne
doth
not
alwaies
shine
and
that
at
some
time
in
a
bright
Sunne
shining
day
a
steele
glasse
may
bee
wanting
,
you
may
at
such
times
take
a
sticke
somewhat
longer
than
the
concauitie
of
the
peece
,
and
hauing
clouen
one
end
of
the
said
sticke
for
to
hold
an
ende
of
a
candle
,
light
an
end
of
a
candle
,
and
put
the
same
into
the
said
clift
,
and
thrust
that
lighted
end
of
a
candle
sticking
fast
in
the
said
clift
or
slit
downe
to
the
loest
end
of
the
concauitie
in
the
gunne
,
and
looke
circumspectly
by
the
light
of
the
same
candle
whether
or
no
any
honie
combes
,
flawes
or
crackes
are
in
the
concauitie
of
that
gunne
.
Also
if
you
striking
a
peece
of
artillery
vppon
the
out
side
of
the
mettal
in
diuers
places
with
an
yron
hammer
shal
at
euery
stroke
heare
a
cleare
sound
,
it
is
a
signe
that
the
same
peece
is
without
any
hony
combes
,
flawes
,
or
cracks
:
But
if
you
so
striking
the
peece
of
artillery
with
an
yron
hammer
shall
heare
a
hoarse
sound
,
then
without
doubt
there
are
honie
combes
,
flawes
,
or
crackes
in
the
same
peece
.
The
44
Chapter
.
How
any
great
peece
of
artillery
may
be
drawne
ouer
a
soft
marrish
ground
,
bog
,
or
owes
.
WHen
you
shall
haue
occasion
to
drawe
any
great
peece
of
artillerie
ouer
a
soft
marrish
ground
,
bogge
,
or
owes
,
make
for
the
same
peece
a
strong
carriage
like
vnto
a
flat
bottomed
bote
that
is
brode
at
one
end
and
sharpe
at
the
other
ende
as
this
figure
heare
drawne
doth
shew
.
depiction of a gun carriage
Let
the
said
carriage
be
tight
,
so
as
no
water
or
durt
may
come
into
it
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
lay
the
peece
of
artillery
vppon
the
saide
carriage
that
it
may
not
by
any
meanes
role
or
fal
of
from
it
,
and
vppon
one
or
(
if
you
may
)
vppon
both
sides
of
the
soft
grounde
cause
oxen
,
or
horses
,
or
men
(
where
no
oxen
or
horses
may
goe
)
to
drawe
all
togeather
the
peece
so
lying
in
his
carriage
ouer
the
same
soft
grounde
,
which
will
not
bee
a
hard
worke
to
doe
,
for
(
as
I
haue
read
)
a
double
Cannon
will
swimme
vppon
such
a
carriage
in
a
water
of
one
foote
in
depth
,
and
lying
vppon
such
a
carriage
can
not
sinke
the
same
carriage
in
any
marrish
,
bogge
or
owes
aboue
halfe
a
foote
.
The
45
Chapter
.
How
by
knowing
the
certaine
number
of
men
,
horses
,
or
oxen
which
will
draw
any
one
peece
of
artillerie
,
you
may
tell
what
number
of
men
,
horses
,
or
oxen
will
be
able
to
drawe
any
other
peece
of
artillerie
:
how
you
may
know
what
number
of
men
will
in
drawing
counteruaile
any
number
of
horses
,
or
oxen
:
how
you
may
know
what
number
of
horses
will
in
drawing
counteruaile
any
number
of
Oxen
:
&
how
this
is
to
bee
noted
that
a
fraction
in
a
quotient
number
of
men
,
horses
,
or
oxen
is
not
to
bee
reckoned
.
WRite
first
in
your
memoriall
that
80
men
may
drawe
a
Peece
of
artillerie
waying
eight
thousand
poundes
in
waight
,
and
that
sixe
horses
may
drawe
a
peece
of
860
poundes
in
waight
,
and
that
sixe
oxen
may
drawe
a
peece
of
Artillerie
waying
1058
poundes
in
waight
,
and
afterwardes
if
you
shall
be
asked
what
number
of
men
will
suffice
to
drawe
any
Peece
of
Artillerie
,
multiplie
the
waight
of
the
Peece
by
which
the
question
is
asked
in
80
the
number
of
men
that
will
suffice
(
as
you
haue
noted
in
your
memoriall
)
to
drawe
a
peece
of
eight
thousand
poundes
in
waight
,
and
deuide
the
product
thereof
by
eight
thousand
the
waight
of
the
Peece
which
80
men
may
drawe
,
and
so
the
quotient
will
shew
the
number
of
men
that
will
suffice
to
drawe
the
peece
of
which
the
question
was
asked
.
As
for
example
it
shall
be
supposed
that
this
question
is
asked
,
what
number
of
men
will
suffice
to
drawe
a
peece
waying
860
poundes
in
waight
?
To
aunswere
the
same
question
,
I
multiplie
860
the
waight
of
the
Peece
by
which
the
question
was
asked
in
80
the
number
of
men
which
(
as
I
haue
noted
in
my
memoriall
)
will
suffice
to
drawe
a
peece
of
eight
thousande
poundes
in
waight
,
and
thereof
commeth
68800
which
I
deuide
by
the
said
number
of
eight
thousand
the
waight
of
the
Peece
which
(
as
my
memorial
doth
record
)
may
bee
drawne
with
fourescore
men
,
and
so
the
quotient
yeeldeth
eight
(
leauing
out
the
fraction
which
remaineth
)
for
the
number
of
men
that
wil
suffice
to
drawe
the
same
peece
of
860
poundes
in
waight
,
which
by
reduction
maketh
seuen
hundred
waight
,
½
hundred
waight
,
and
twentie
poundes
of
Auer de poize
waight
of
England
.
Also
let
it
be
supposed
that
I
am
required
to
to
tell
what
number
of
oxen
will
suffice
to
drawe
the
saide
peece
waying
860
poundes
in
waight
?
For
to
aunswere
this
question
I
peruse
my
memoriall
and
finding
there
that
sixe
Oxen
will
suffice
to
drawe
a
peece
of
1058
poundes
in
waight
,
I
multiplie
860
the
waight
of
the
peece
by
which
the
question
was
asked
,
in
sixe
the
number
of
oxen
which
will
suffice
to
draw
the
said
peece
of
1058
poundes
in
waight
,
and
so
the
product
thereof
is
5160
,
and
then
diuiding
the
said
produced
number
videlicet
5160
by
1058
the
waight
of
the
peece
which
sixe
oxen
will
draw
I
finde
in
the
quotient
foure
(
leauing
out
the
fraction
which
remaineth
)
for
the
number
of
oxen
which
will
suffice
to
drawe
a
peece
of
860
poundes
in
waight
.
Likewise
if
I
should
be
required
to
tell
what
number
of
horses
will
suffice
to
draw
a
peece
of
1800
poundes
in
waight
,
I
would
multiplie
1800
the
waight
of
the
peece
by
which
the
question
is
asked
in
sixe
the
number
of
horses
(
which
as
I
am
instructed
by
my
said
memoriall
will
suffice
to
draw
a
peece
of
860
poundes
in
waight
)
and
diuide
the
product
therof
by
the
said
number
of
860
,
and
take
the
quotient
thereof
which
is
twelue
(
leauing
out
the
remaining
fraction
)
for
the
number
of
horses
which
will
suffice
to
draw
the
said
peece
of
1800
poundes
in
waight
.
After
this
maner
(
leauing
out
alwaies
the
fraction
which
shall
remaine
,
because
it
is
not
to
be
reckoned
in
an
answere
to
a
question
concerning
the
number
of
men
,
horses
,
or
oxen
which
will
suffice
to
drawe
a
peece
of
artillerie
)
you
may
tell
what
number
of
men
,
horses
,
or
oxen
will
suffice
to
drawe
any
peece
of
artillerie
whatsoeuer
,
what
number
of
men
will
in
drawing
counteruaile
any
number
of
horses
,
or
oxen
,
and
what
number
of
horses
will
in
drawing
counteruaile
any
number
of
oxen
.
Waight
of
Peeces
.
|
Number
of
men
which
will
suffice
to
drawe
the
same
peeces
.
|
8000
|
80
|
860
|
8
|
Waight
of
peeces
.
|
Oxen
to
draw
.
|
1058
|
6
|
860
|
4
|
Waight
of
peeces
.
|
Horses
to
draw
.
|
860
|
6
|
1800
|
12
|
The
46
Chapter
.
How
all
platfourmes
for
great
Ordinance
ought
to
be
couered
with
woodden
planks
:
and
how
it
is
better
to
plant
great
Ordinance
vppon
plaine
and
leuell
platfourmes
,
than
vppon
slope
platfourmes
.
COuer
all
platformes
for
great
Ordinance
with
thicke
,
&
smooth
,
woodden
planks
ioined
close
together
:
for
if
great
peeces
of
artillerie
be
in
time
of
seruice
planted
vppon
a
floore
of
earth
,
the
wheeles
of
their
cariages
may
with
recoiles
so
sinke
into
the
ground
,
that
the
gunners
shall
not
be
able
to
manage
well
the
same
peeces
.
And
though
some
platfourmes
for
great
Ordinance
are
high
behind
the
carriages
of
peeces
,
and
loe
where
the
wheeles
of
the
same
carriages
shal
ordinarily
stand
,
to
this
end
that
the
peeces
lying
in
their
carriages
vppon
the
same
slope
platfourmes
may
after
they
haue
recoyled
bee
speedily
brought
againe
into
their
ordinary
places
,
yet
(
as
many
expert
men
in
the
gunners
art
do
thinke
)
it
is
better
to
plant
great
Ordinance
vppon
plaine
and
leuell
platfourmes
,
than
vppon
slope
platfourmes
,
because
the
great
peeces
of
artillery
which
shall
bee
discharged
from
such
slope
platfourmes
will
oftentimes
shoote
short
of
their
markes
.
The
47
Chapter
.
How
you
may
know
by
a
gunners
Quadrant
,
and
also
by
a
gunners
Semicircle
whether
or
no
a
platfourme
for
great
Ordinance
,
or
any
other
peece
of
grounde
,
lyeth
in
a
perfect
leuell
.
TO
perceiue
whether
or
no
a
platfourme
for
great
Ordinance
,
or
any
other
peece
of
grounde
lyeth
in
a
perfect
leuell
,
let
vs
suppose
that
L
M
is
the
platfoume
or
peece
of
grounde
vppon
which
great
Ordinance
shall
be
planted
,
&
that
I
am
required
to
tell
whether
or
no
the
said
platfourme
is
plaine
and
leuell
.
For
this
purpose
I
place
my
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
vppon
a
staffe
,
or
some
other
vnmooueable
thing
,
and
doe
mooue
it
vp
or
downe
vntill
the
line
and
plummet
vpon
the
same
doth
hang
precisely
vppon
the
line
of
leuell
,
that
is
to
say
in
the
Quadrant
vppon
the
line
H
L
,
and
in
the
Semicircle
vppon
the
line
R
S
:
and
then
looking
through
the
sightes
or
channell
of
the
same
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
,
I
doe
see
N
a
marke
which
is
leuell
with
mine
eie
,
and
fixed
in
a
staffe
or
such
a
like
thing
perpendicularlie
erected
.
After
this
I
measure
exactly
the
heigth
of
mine
eye
from
the
grounde
,
that
is
to
say
the
length
of
the
line
O
L
,
and
likewise
I
measure
the
heigth
of
the
said
marke
N
,
that
is
to
say
the
length
of
the
line
N
M
,
and
because
I
finde
by
so
doing
that
the
said
line
N
M
is
equall
to
the
line
O
L
,
and
that
the
said
platforme
or
peece
of
grounde
doth
lie
vppon
the
right
side
,
and
vppon
the
left
side
according
as
the
line
L
M
doth
lie
,
I
conclude
that
the
sayd
grounde
L
M
lyeth
in
a
perfect
leuel
.
For
the
line
L
M
which
lyeth
along
vppon
that
peece
of
ground
(
by
the
33
proposition
of
the
first
booke
of
Euclide
)
is
equidistant
to
the
line
O
N
which
goeth
by
the
plane
of
the
Horizon
,
and
consequently
the
said
peece
of
ground
or
platfourme
vppon
which
the
said
line
L
M
goeth
is
equidistant
(
by
the
foureteenth
proposition
of
the
eleuenth
booke
of
Euclide
)
to
the
plane
of
the
Horizon
.
But
if
the
line
N
M
had
been
longer
than
the
line
O
L
,
I
woulde
haue
concluded
that
the
same
peece
of
ground
is
more
lower
at
M
than
it
is
at
L.
And
contrariwise
if
the
line
M
N
had
been
shorter
than
the
line
O
L
,
I
would
haue
concluded
that
the
same
ground
is
more
higher
at
M
than
it
is
at
L.
And
after
this
sort
I
will
proceede
to
the
right
side
,
and
to
the
left
side
,
and
prooue
whether
or
no
the
said
platfourme
or
peece
of
ground
doth
lie
rounde
about
according
as
the
said
line
L
M
doth
lie
.
And
so
by
this
supposed
worke
you
may
learne
to
trie
whether
or
no
a
platforme
,
or
any
other
peece
of
ground
lieth
in
a
perfect
leuell
.
depiction of the use of a quadrant
The
48
Chapter
.
How
Gabbions
or
Baskets
of
earth
may
be
made
vppon
platfourmes
in
time
of
militarie
seruice
for
the
defence
of
Gunners
:
and
how
men
vppon
a
platfourme
or
vppon
the
walles
of
a
Cittie
,
Towne
,
or
Fort
,
where
no
Gabbions
or
Baskets
of
earth
are
to
shadow
them
in
time
of
militarie
seruice
,
may
be
shadowed
with
canuas
,
cables
,
ropes
,
wet
straw
or
hay
,
mattresses
or
ship
sailes
.
PRepare
a
conuenient
number
of
osiar
twigges
or
pliant
roddes
,
and
for
euery
gabbion
or
basket
which
shall
be
made
16
long
stakes
:
set
the
stakes
of
euery
basket
vpright
in
the
fourme
of
a
circle
and
fast
in
the
ground
neere
vnto
the
sides
of
such
great
peeces
as
shall
be
vsed
for
defensiue
and
offensiue
seruice
.
And
let
each
peece
of
grounde
which
shall
be
so
circularwise
enclosed
with
16
stakes
for
a
gabbion
or
basket
,
bee
foure
foote
wide
within
the
stakes
.
This
done
,
wreath
about
the
stakes
of
each
gabbion
or
basket
so
many
of
the
said
Osiar
twigges
or
pliant
roddes
as
will
suffice
to
make
euery
basket
extende
one
foote
in
heigth
aboue
the
head
of
the
taulest
gunner
.
After
you
haue
so
done
,
fill
vp
the
said
baskets
with
earth
which
must
be
throwne
into
each
basket
by
a
little
and
little
at
a
time
,
and
cause
a
man
standing
within
euery
basket
to
treade
well
and
ramme
downe
all
the
same
earth
as
it
shall
be
so
cast
in
.
But
when
gunners
shall
serue
vppon
a
platfourme
where
no
baskets
of
earth
are
set
to
defende
them
,
they
may
shadow
themselues
with
cables
,
or
bigge
ropes
,
with
wet
strawe
or
wet
hay
,
with
dead
bodies
of
enemies
,
with
mattresses
,
shippe
sailes
or
canuas
hanged
stiffe
vp
so
as
the
enemie
shall
not
see
any
marke
or
man
vppon
the
platfourme
to
shoote
at
,
and
with
a
line
drawe
vp
the
nearer
or
loost
end
of
the
same
mattresses
,
ship
sailes
or
canuas
,
so
often
as
they
shall
haue
cause
to
shoote
at
their
enemies
.
This
deuise
as
some
men
doe
thinke
will
be
also
profitable
for
those
that
shall
in
time
of
warre
stand
vppon
the
walles
of
a
cittie
,
towne
,
or
forte
,
because
they
may
put
vp
at
their
pleasure
the
canuas
,
&
looke
vnder
the
same
with
more
safety
than
through
the
loope
or
looke
holes
in
the
wall
at
which
the
enemis
are
alwayes
readie
to
shoote
.
If
for
defence
in
seruice
you
will
make
a
double
Gabbion
which
at
the
least
ought
to
be
eight
foote
in
widenesse
and
25
feete
and
1/7
of
a
foote
in
compasse
,
digge
at
the
ende
of
euery
foote
in
measure
vppon
that
compasse
,
a
whole
foote
&
½
foote
or
somwhat
more
in
deepenesse
and
set
vpright
in
euery
of
the
said
holes
a
staffe
often
foote
in
length
and
in
compasse
so
bigge
as
a
mans
arme
.
This
done
,
wreath
pliant
twigges
of
Osiar
,
or
of
nut
trees
,
or
of
oke
,
or
of
willoe
about
all
the
same
erected
staues
vp
to
their
tops
,
&
while
you
are
so
occupied
,
cause
an
other
man
with
a
woodden
beetle
to
beate
downe
your
worke
close
togeather
,
whereby
it
will
be
more
able
to
resist
the
violent
bloe
of
a
pellet
:
Also
in
the
very
middest
of
the
Gabbion
driue
a
strong
peece
of
oke
into
the
ground
,
&
lay
other
peeces
of
tymber
ioyned
fast
togeather
ouerthwarte
the
gabbion
from
one
of
his
sides
to
the
other
.
After
all
this
,
fill
vp
the
said
gabbion
with
good
clay
,
or
with
blacke
,
small
,
and
wet
earth
well
rammed
downe
,
or
with
greene
turfes
digged
out
of
meddowes
,
or
with
bagges
full
of
earth
or
fine
sande
,
or
with
bagges
of
wooll
which
is
the
best
thing
of
al
for
this
purpose
and
take
heed
that
you
do
put
no
stone
into
any
gabbion
among
those
things
which
do
fill
it
vp
.
The
49
Chapter
.
Rules
by
which
Rabinets
,
Bases
,
Fauconets
,
forreine
ordinance
that
are
not
so
high
as
the
Faucon
,
Faucons
,
Minions
,
Sakers
,
Culuerings
,
Basiliskes
,
Cannons
,
and
all
peeces
which
do
shoote
stone
pellets
may
for
proofe
and
also
for
seruice
be
duely
charged
with
that
sort
of
corne
gunpowder
which
is
marked
in
the
16
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
1
,
and
by
which
you
may
tell
what
roome
a
due
charge
of
such
corne
gunpowder
will
fill
vp
in
the
concauitie
of
any
great
peece
that
shooteth
pellets
of
lead
,
or
pellets
of
yron
.
1
YOu
may
prooue
all
sorts
of
great
peeces
with
three
shoots
in
this
maner
following
.
Charge
euery
Rabinet
,
Base
,
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Moiane
,
Saker
,
&
Culuering
which
is
fortified
with
mettal
as
it
ought
to
be
,
for
the
first
shoote
of
proofe
with
the
whole
waight
in
gunpowder
of
his
pellet
,
for
the
second
shoote
of
proofe
with
5/4
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
pellet
,
&
for
the
third
and
last
shoote
of
proofe
with
3/2
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
pellet
.
As
for
example
,
if
a
peece
which
shal
be
prooued
doth
shoote
a
pellet
of
12
pounds
in
waight
,
you
must
charge
the
said
peece
for
the
first
shoote
of
proof
,
with
12
poundes
in
gunpowder
,
for
the
second
shoote
of
proofe
,
with
15
poundes
in
gunpowder
,
and
for
the
third
shoote
of
proofe
with
eighteene
poundes
in
gunpowder
.
2
Charge
euery
Cannon
&
Basilisk
for
the
first
shoot
of
proof
with
⅔
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
pellet
,
for
the
second
shoot
of
proof
with
⅚
partes
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
pellet
,
and
for
the
third
and
last
shoote
of
proofe
with
the
whole
waight
of
his
pellet
in
gunpowder
.
As
for
example
if
any
Peece
named
in
this
second
rule
shall
be
prooued
with
a
fit
pellet
of
45
poundes
in
waight
,
you
must
charge
the
said
peece
for
the
first
shoote
of
proofe
with
thirtie
poundes
in
gunpowder
,
and
for
the
second
shoote
of
proofe
with
37.
poundes
and
½
pound
in
gunpowder
,
and
for
the
third
and
last
shoote
of
proofe
with
45
pounds
in
gunpowder
.
3
Charge
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
olde
making
for
the
first
shoote
of
proofe
with
⅓
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
stone
pellet
,
for
the
second
shoote
of
proofe
with
7/18
partes
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
stone
pellet
,
and
for
the
third
and
last
shoote
of
proofe
with
4/9
partes
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
stone
pellet
.
As
for
example
,
if
a
cannon
periero
of
the
old
making
shall
be
prooued
with
a
fit
stone
pellet
of
36
poundes
in
waight
,
you
must
charge
the
said
cannon
periero
for
the
first
shoote
of
proofe
with
12
poundes
in
gunpowder
,
for
the
second
shoote
of
proofe
with
14
poundes
in
gunpowder
,
and
for
the
third
shoote
of
proofe
with
16
poundes
in
gunpowder
.
4
Charge
euery
cannon
periero
of
the
nwe
making
for
the
first
shoote
of
proofe
with
½
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
stone
pellet
,
for
the
second
shoote
of
proofe
with
5/●
parts
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
stone
pellet
,
&
for
the
third
and
last
shoote
with
¾
parts
in
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
stone
pellet
.
As
for
example
,
if
a
cannon
periero
of
the
nwe
making
shall
be
prooued
with
a
fit
stone
pellet
of
36
poundes
in
waight
,
you
must
charge
the
said
cannon
periero
for
the
first
shoote
of
proofe
with
18
poundes
in
gunpowder
,
for
the
second
shoote
of
proofe
with
22
poundes
and
½
pounde
in
gunpowder
,
and
for
the
third
and
last
shoote
of
proofe
with
27
poundes
in
gunpowder
.
5
Also
you
may
prooue
any
great
peece
of
artillerie
by
these
rules
following
:
charge
and
discharge
thrise
togeather
,
for
proofe
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Base
,
Rabinet
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Passauolante
,
and
demie
Culuering
loer
than
ordinarie
with
the
whole
waight
in
corne
gunpowder
of
his
leaden
pellet
.
6
Charge
&
discharge
thrise
togeather
for
proofe
,
euery
ordinary
demie
Culuering
,
demie
Culuering
of
the
biggest
sort
,
whole
Culuering
not
so
high
as
ordinary
,
whole
ordinarie
demie
Culuering
,
and
whole
Culuering
of
the
biggest
sort
which
is
not
so
well
fortified
with
mettall
as
it
should
be
,
with
the
whole
waight
in
corne
gunpowder
of
his
yron
pellet
.
7
For
proofe
charge
&
discharge
thrise
togeather
euery
Cannon
,
&
Basiliske
,
which
shooteth
an
yron
pellet
of
lesse
waight
than
½
hundred
waight
,
and
24
poundes
of
auer de poize
de
poize
waight
in
Englande
,
with
the
whole
poise
in
corne
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
pellet
.
8
For
proofe
charge
and
discharge
thrise
togeather
euery
cannon
periero
and
euery
other
peece
which
shooteth
a
stone
pellet
of
lesse
waight
than
½
hundred
waight
,
tenne
pounds
and
three
ounces
of
auer de poize
de
poize
waight
in
England
,
with
⅓
part
in
corne
gunpowder
of
the
poyse
in
his
stone
pellet
.
9
For
seruice
charge
euery
Rabinet
,
Base
,
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
,
and
Culuering
which
is
duely
fortified
with
mettall
,
with
the
whole
waight
in
corne
gunpowder
of
his
yron
pellet
:
And
note
that
such
a
charge
in
gunpowder
filleth
vp
within
the
concauitie
of
euery
Peece
named
in
this
rule
,
so
much
roome
as
will
containe
foure
fit
pellets
and
the
breadth
of
one
finger
ioyned
to
them
.
10
For
seruice
charge
euery
ordinary
demie
Culuering
,
demie
Culuering
of
the
biggest
sort
,
whole
Culuering
not
so
high
as
ordinarie
,
whole
ordinary
Culuering
and
whole
Culuering
of
the
biggest
sort
which
is
not
duely
fortified
with
mettall
,
with
⅘
partes
in
corne
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
yron
pellet
:
and
note
that
such
a
charge
in
gunpowder
filleth
vp
within
the
concauitie
of
euery
peece
named
in
this
tenth
rule
,
so
much
roome
as
will
containe
three
fit
pellets
,
⅔
partes
of
one
fit
pellet
,
and
the
bredth
of
one
finger
ioined
to
them
.
11
For
seruice
charge
euery
Cannon
and
Basiliske
which
shooteth
an
yron
pellet
of
lesse
waight
than
½
hundred
waight
and
24
pounds
of
auer de poize
de
poize
waight
in
England
with
●/●
partes
in
corne
gunpowder
of
the
poise
in
his
yron
pellet
:
And
note
that
such
a
charge
in
gunpowder
filleth
vppe
within
the
concauitie
of
euerie
peece
named
in
this
11
rule
so
much
roome
as
will
containe
three
fitte
pellettes
,
and
the
breadth
of
one
finger
ioyned
to
them
.
12
When
you
shal
be
forced
in
time
of
seruice
to
shoote
out
of
a
Cannon
or
Basiliske
a
stone
Pellet
for
want
of
yron
pellettes
,
you
shall
then
duely
charge
the
sayde
peece
with
½
in
such
fine
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
16
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
2
,
or
with
●/3
in
such
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
sayde
16
Chapter
with
the
figure
of
1
,
of
the
waight
in
the
sayde
stone
pellet
.
13
When
any
great
peece
of
artillery
shall
be
charged
with
such
fine
gunpowder
as
is
marked
in
the
sayde
16
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
3
,
you
must
abate
1/●
out
of
his
ordinary
charge
.
14
For
seruice
charge
euery
Cannon
Periero
of
the
olde
making
with
⅓
in
corne
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
stone
pellet
.
15
For
seruice
charge
euery
Cannon
Periero
of
the
nwe
making
with
½
in
corne
gunpowder
of
the
waight
in
his
stone
pellet
.
16
Euery
peece
which
shal
be
prooued
,
ought
to
lie
mounted
in
the
times
of
his
discharge
for
proofe
,
at
30
degrees
or
thereabouts
.
17
The
gunpowder
which
hath
beene
named
in
this
Chapter
without
this
addition
fine
,
is
of
that
sorte
of
gunpowder
which
is
marked
in
the
sixteene
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
with
the
figure
of
1.
The
50
Chapter
.
Rules
by
which
carriages
for
great
peeces
of
artillery
ought
to
be
made
.
1
THe
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
,
and
Culueringe
,
Length
.
ought
to
be
in
length
once
and
a
halfe
so
much
as
the
Canon
of
their
peece
.
As
for
example
,
if
the
Canon
of
a
peece
be
in
length
thirty
two
times
the
diameter
at
his
mouth
,
then
the
plankes
in
the
carriage
(
I
meane
euery
planke
in
the
carriage
)
ought
to
be
in
length
fourty
eyght
times
that
diameter
.
2
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
,
and
Culueringe
,
Breadth
.
ought
to
be
in
breadth
at
their
foreendes
foure
times
and
½
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
3
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
,
and
Culueringe
,
Breadth
.
ought
to
be
in
breadth
about
their
middest
,
I
meane
in
those
places
which
are
touched
with
the
two
endes
of
the
flat
transome
in
the
carriage
,
4
times
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
4
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
,
and
Culueringe
,
Breadth
.
ought
to
be
in
breadth
in
their
endes
which
shall
lie
vppon
the
grounde
,
twise
and
a
halfe
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
5
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
and
such
other
small
peeces
,
Thicknesse
.
ought
to
be
in
thicknesse
once
and
a
halfe
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
,
to
the
ende
they
may
beare
a
proportion
to
their
wheeles
.
6
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
,
and
Culueringe
,
Thicknesse
.
ought
to
be
in
thicknesse
once
so
much
as
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
7
If
a
Gunner
shall
desire
to
haue
light
carriages
for
his
peeces
,
he
may
cause
a
Carpenter
to
cut
away
from
the
thicknesse
of
the
plankes
in
euery
carriage
,
that
is
to
say
,
Thicknesse
.
from
their
insides
betweene
the
flat
transome
and
the
tayle
transome
so
much
as
⅛
parte
of
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
the
peece
which
shall
lie
vppon
the
carriage
.
8
Foure
transomes
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
fore
transome
,
the
flat
transome
,
the
vpright
transome
,
and
the
tayle
transome
,
are
put
into
the
carriage
of
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Transome
.
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Saker
,
Moiane
,
Culueringe
,
Cannon
,
&
Basiliske
,
to
holde
faste
togeather
the
plankes
or
sides
of
their
carriage
.
Also
the
fore
transome
,
the
flatte
transome
,
and
the
vpright
transome
doe
serue
in
their
carriage
for
other
vses
declared
in
the
3
rules
next
following
.
●…re
Tran●…e
.
9
The
fore
transome
of
a
carriage
ought
to
be
strengthened
with
two
yron
boltes
put
thorowe
it
,
to
holde
vp
the
mouth
of
his
peece
that
it
may
not
in
his
discharge
fall
downe
towardes
the
ground
.
10
The
flatte
transome
of
a
carriage
ought
to
be
strengthened
(
especially
if
it
shall
lye
vnder
a
Cannon
or
Basiliske
)
with
two
boltes
of
yron
put
thorow
it
,
●…t
Tran●…e
.
that
it
may
be
able
to
beare
the
waight
in
the
tayle
of
his
peece
when
it
is
charged
:
And
this
flat
transome
must
lie
in
the
sides
of
his
carriage
so
loe
as
may
bee
,
because
the
loer
that
this
flatte
transome
doth
lie
in
his
carriage
,
the
more
higher
will
his
peece
be
mounted
.
●…right
Tran●…e
.
11
The
vpright
transome
(
which
more
properly
may
be
called
the
slope
transome
,
considering
it
doth
lie
aslope
in
his
carriage
)
ought
to
be
strengthened
with
two
yron
boltes
put
thorow
it
,
or
very
neere
vnto
it
,
from
one
side
of
the
carriage
vnto
the
other
,
that
it
may
holde
vp
the
tayle
of
his
peece
when
it
shal
be
mounted
or
imbased
with
wedges
.
12
Betweene
the
vpright
transome
and
the
tayle
transome
,
that
is
to
say
,
a
little
aboue
the
tayle
transome
,
a
strong
bolte
of
yron
must
lie
fast
from
one
side
of
euery
carriage
to
the
other
,
●…mbers
.
and
from
one
limber
in
euery
carriage
to
the
other
:
which
limbers
ought
to
be
set
vppon
the
endes
of
that
bolte
in
the
outsides
of
their
carriages
,
and
stayed
from
moouing
vp
or
downe
when
a
horse
shall
drawe
betweene
them
,
with
two
moueable
shuttles
of
yron
thrust
into
them
thorow
their
sides
,
●…uttles
.
and
thorow
the
sides
of
the
carriage
a
litle
aboue
the
tayle
transome
.
●…e
centers
of
●…les
for
trun●…ons
.
13
The
centers
of
the
holes
in
the
sides
of
a
carriage
where
the
trunnions
of
a
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Moiane
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Cannon
,
or
Basiliske
shall
lie
,
ought
to
be
distant
from
the
fore
endes
in
the
sides
of
their
carriage
,
3
times
&
a
halfe
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
And
the
sayd
holes
ought
to
be
in
depth
⅔
partes
of
the
thicknesse
in
their
trunnions
,
for
⅓
parte
of
the
thicknesse
in
the
trunnions
must
alwayes
lie
aboue
the
vppermost
parte
of
the
sayd
holes
.
●heeles
for
●…rriages
●hich
shall
●…ue
in
the
●…elde
.
14
The
wheeles
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Moiane
,
Saker
,
and
Culueringe
,
when
they
shal
be
vsed
in
the
fielde
,
ought
to
be
in
heigth
14
times
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
besides
the
thicknesse
of
the
yron
which
lyeth
about
their
ringes
to
saue
them
from
wearing
:
that
is
to
say
the
yron
about
the
ringes
of
the
wheeles
may
be
in
thicknesse
1/12
or
if
you
will
1/10
parte
of
the
sayde
diameter
.
The
heigth
of
the
ringe
in
euery
of
the
sayd
wheeles
ought
to
be
equal
to
the
sayd
diameter
.
The
spokes
betweene
the
naue
and
the
ringe
of
euery
such
wheele
ought
to
be
in
length
4
times
so
much
as
the
sayd
diameter
.
The
naue
of
euery
such
wheele
ought
to
be
in
thicknesse
4
times
so
much
as
the
sayd
diameter
,
and
the
naue
of
euery
such
wheele
ought
to
be
in
length
4
times
and
a
halfe
the
sayde
diameter
.
Wheeles
for
●arriages
●hich
shall
●rue
vppon
●alles
of
●ownes
,
sortes
,
●nd
castles
.
●
Palme
is
in
●easure
¼
●art
of
a
foote
.
15
The
wheeles
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Smeriglio
,
Rebadochino
,
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Passauolante
,
Moiane
,
Saker
,
and
Culueringe
,
when
they
shal
be
vsed
vppon
the
wall
of
a
forte
,
castle
,
or
towne
,
ought
to
be
in
heigth
double
to
the
heigth
of
the
parapet
of
that
wall
,
which
parapet
(
as
Carlo
Tetti
wryteth
in
the
1
Chapter
of
his
second
booke
delle
fortificationi
)
is
alwayes
in
his
due
height
10
palmes
.
●ength
.
16
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Cannon
and
Basiliske
ought
to
be
in
length
once
and
⅓
parte
of
the
length
of
the
canon
of
their
peece
,
except
the
places
where
they
shall
lie
be
so
narrow
as
that
they
cannot
lie
there
.
●readth
.
17
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Cannon
and
Basiliske
ought
to
be
in
breadth
at
their
fore
endes
3
times
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
Breadth
.
18
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Cannon
and
Basiliske
,
ought
to
be
in
breadth
about
their
middest
twise
and
a
halfe
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
Breadth
.
19
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Cannon
and
Basiliske
,
ought
to
be
in
breadth
at
their
lower
endes
twise
so
much
as
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
Thicknesse
.
20
The
plankes
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Cannon
and
Basiliske
ought
to
be
in
thicknesse
once
so
much
as
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
peece
.
But
if
a
Gunner
will
desire
to
haue
the
same
planks
more
thinner
to
the
end
they
may
be
more
lighter
,
then
he
may
cause
a
Carpenter
to
cut
away
in
the
inside
of
euery
of
these
planks
¼
part
of
their
sayd
thicknes
.
21
The
wheeles
in
the
carriage
of
euery
Cannon
and
Basiliske
when
they
shal
be
vsed
in
the
fielde
ought
to
be
in
heigth
nine
times
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
their
Peece
,
Wheeles
besides
the
thicknesse
of
yron
which
lyeth
about
their
ringes
to
saue
them
from
wearing
:
that
is
to
say
,
the
yron
about
the
ringes
of
the
wheeles
may
be
in
thicknesse
1/12
or
if
you
will
1/10
parte
of
the
sayde
diameter
.
The
heigth
of
the
ringe
in
euery
of
these
wheles
ought
to
be
equall
to
the
sayde
diameter
.
The
spokes
betweene
the
naue
and
ringe
of
euery
such
wheele
ought
to
be
in
length
two
times
so
much
as
the
sayde
diameter
.
The
naue
of
euery
such
wheele
ought
to
be
in
thicknesse
three
times
the
heigth
of
the
sayd
diameter
.
Fashion
.
And
the
naue
of
euery
such
wheele
ought
to
be
in
length
3
times
and
a
halfe
the
said
diameter
.
22
Also
note
that
the
carriages
for
all
peeces
named
in
this
Chapter
are
made
like
in
fashion
:
and
that
the
transomes
in
all
the
saide
carriages
are
set
after
one
like
manner
.
The
51
Chapter
.
How
with
a
Ladle
you
may
geue
vnto
any
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Basiliske
,
Cannon
,
or
any
other
like
made
Peece
his
due
charge
in
gunpowder
:
how
you
may
in
time
of
seruice
charge
any
of
the
sayde
peeces
with
cartredges
:
and
how
you
may
safely
discharge
any
of
the
sayd
peeces
.
WHen
you
will
charge
any
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Basiliske
,
When
you
will
fill
a
gunladle
with
gunpowder
that
is
somewhat
moyste
,
you
must
fil
it
heape
full
,
and
not
strike
away
the
powder
that
shall
lie
aboue
the
sides
of
the
ladle
,
&
beware
to
charge
any
peece
with
very
wet
gunpowder
.
After
you
haue
charged
a
Cannon
,
you
ought
to
ramme
downe
his
charge
in
gunpowder
with
foure
thrustes
.
Cannon
,
or
any
other
like
made
peece
,
put
first
your
hande
into
the
gunpowder
which
you
haue
prepared
to
charge
the
sayde
peece
,
and
perceauing
thereby
that
the
same
gunpowder
is
drie
,
fill
the
Ladle
belonging
to
the
peece
that
shal
be
charged
,
full
of
the
same
gunpowder
so
many
times
as
is
requisite
,
and
euermore
with
your
hand
or
some
other
thinge
strike
away
all
the
drie
gunpowder
that
shall
lie
aboue
the
brimme
or
sides
of
the
same
ladle
.
Then
mounting
the
peece
to
sixe
or
seuen
degrees
,
and
standing
vppon
one
side
of
the
peece
(
because
it
is
a
perillous
thing
to
place
your
whole
bodie
right
against
the
mouth
of
a
peece
which
charged
with
gunpowder
may
through
many
occasions
goe
of
suddenly
)
put
the
sayd
ladle
so
filled
with
drie
gunpowder
into
the
lowest
end
of
the
sayde
concauitie
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
turne
within
the
peece
the
vpside
of
the
ladle
downe
,
so
as
the
gunpowder
may
fall
into
the
peece
,
and
after
the
ladle
is
pulled
out
,
remayne
in
the
lowest
ende
of
the
same
peece
.
After
you
haue
in
this
sorte
laded
the
peece
with
his
due
charge
in
gunpowder
,
thruste
harde
with
a
rammer
twise
togeather
&
no
more
(
except
you
doe
charge
a
Cannon
)
all
the
sayd
gunpowder
home
vnto
the
lowest
ende
of
the
peece
,
that
it
may
not
lie
dispersed
or
loose
,
nor
be
too
harde
rammed
downe
in
that
place
.
Also
thruste
a
bigge
wad
of
toe
,
hay
,
strawe
,
or
of
vntwisted
ropes
into
the
peece
home
vnto
the
charge
in
gunpowder
for
to
sweepe
and
keepe
togeather
all
the
sayd
charge
in
gunpowder
,
and
to
cause
the
pellet
that
shal
be
shotte
out
of
the
same
peece
to
range
farre
.
Then
putting
a
fitte
pellet
into
the
concauitie
of
the
peece
(
which
fitte
pellet
as
our
English
Gunners
doe
say
ought
alwayes
for
diuers
reasons
to
be
¼
of
an
ynch
lesse
or
shorter
in
his
diameter
than
the
heigth
of
the
sayde
concauitie
)
driue
with
a
rammer
the
pellet
home
vnto
that
wadde
,
and
if
the
peece
shall
shoote
downewardes
at
a
marke
,
A
fitte
pellet
(
as
our
english
Gunners
doe
say
)
is
¼
of
an
ynche
lesse
or
shorter
in
his
diameter
than
the
heigth
of
the
concauitie
in
his
peece
:
But
among
the
Gunners
in
high
Germany
this
is
a
general
rule
that
the
diameter
of
a
fitte
pellet
ought
to
be
neither
more
nor
lesse
than
20/21
of
the
diameter
in
the
mouth
of
his
peece
.
As
for
example
,
a
fitte
pellet
for
a
peece
of
seuen
ynches
in
diameter
,
must
be
6
ynches
&
⅔
of
an
ynche
in
diameter
.
thruste
an
other
bigge
wadde
of
toe
,
hay
,
strawe
,
or
of
vntwisted
ropes
into
the
peece
home
vnto
the
said
pellet
,
for
to
keep
the
pellet
within
the
peece
,
&
to
stay
the
pellet
there
,
that
it
may
not
role
out
before
the
peece
shal
be
discharged
:
moreouer
,
put
good
&
dry
gunpowder
into
the
touchhole
,
and
about
the
touchhole
of
the
peece
like
a
trayne
,
and
be
not
ignorant
that
after
all
this
is
done
the
peece
is
charged
,
and
that
you
standing
vppon
one
side
of
a
peece
so
charged
,
and
touching
the
trayne
of
gunpowder
by
the
touchhole
of
the
peece
with
a
lintstocke
or
with
a
fiered
Gun-match
(
which
some
Gunners
doe
tie
to
the
ende
of
a
sticke
of
three
or
foure
foote
in
length
,
and
some
Gunners
doe
set
fast
in
the
cockes
of
their
staues
,
and
some
Gunners
doe
winde
about
the
staffe
ende
of
an
halbert
or
partisant
)
may
safely
discharge
the
same
peece
.
Also
if
you
will
in
time
of
seruice
charge
any
of
the
sayd
peeces
of
Artillerie
with
cartredges
doe
thus
:
Put
first
a
cartredge
into
the
mouth
of
the
Peece
,
and
then
with
a
rammer
thruste
it
into
the
lowest
end
of
the
Peece
his
concauitie
,
and
next
driue
a
woodden
tampion
with
a
rammer
into
the
same
concauitie
home
to
the
cartredge
,
then
ioyne
a
good
bigge
wadde
of
hay
,
strawe
,
toe
,
or
of
vntwisted
ropes
vnto
the
sayd
tampion
,
and
put
a
fitte
pellet
into
the
Peece
close
vnto
the
sayd
wadde
:
and
when
a
Peece
so
charged
shall
shoote
downewardes
at
a
marke
,
thruste
an
other
like
bigge
wadde
into
his
concauitie
harde
vppon
the
pellet
:
This
done
,
put
a
long
pricker
into
the
touchhole
of
the
Peece
so
charged
,
and
with
the
same
pricker
pearce
diuers
holes
thorow
the
cartredge
lying
within
the
Peece
,
or
(
which
in
mine
opinion
is
a
better
deuise
)
cut
cleane
away
before
you
doe
put
the
cartredge
into
the
hollow
Cylinder
a
peece
of
the
outside
of
the
cartredge
,
in
that
parte
which
shall
lie
directly
vnder
and
next
vnto
the
touchhole
.
Finally
,
fill
the
touchhole
of
this
Peece
with
good
and
dry
corne
gunpowder
,
and
make
about
the
touch-hole
a
little
trayne
of
powder
,
and
considering
that
the
tampion
within
the
sayd
Peece
(
if
the
powder
lying
behinde
the
same
tampion
should
happen
to
be
moyste
)
must
be
drawen
out
with
a
long
yron
worme
,
An
admonition
.
or
cutte
in
peeces
with
a
long
yron
cheesell
which
will
be
a
perillous
worke
to
doe
,
I
counsel
you
to
discharge
the
sayd
Peece
within
a
conuenient
time
after
it
shal
be
so
charged
with
a
tampion
.
The
52
Chapter
.
How
without
a
Ladle
you
may
lade
any
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Cannon
,
or
other
like
made
Peece
with
his
due
charge
in
loose
gunpowder
.
PVt
a
long
,
straight
,
and
smoothe
staffe
into
the
bottome
of
euery
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Cannon
,
and
euery
other
like
made
Peece
that
shall
be
charged
,
and
hauing
thruste
the
staffe
downe
close
by
the
mettall
into
the
concauitie
of
his
Peece
so
farre
as
it
may
goe
,
marke
with
a
knife
or
with
some
other
conuenient
thing
that
parte
of
the
staffe
which
is
touched
with
the
lippe
or
outmost
edge
of
the
Peece
his
mouth
.
Then
drawing
the
sayd
staffe
out
of
his
Peece
,
measure
along
vppon
the
same
staffe
with
a
compasse
(
beginning
at
the
sayd
marke
,
and
proceeding
downewardes
in
a
straight
line
towardes
that
end
of
the
staffe
which
was
at
the
bottome
of
the
sayd
concauitie
)
the
iust
length
of
the
roome
which
a
due
charge
in
gunpowder
will
fill
vp
in
the
sayd
concauitie
,
You
may
see
in
the
49
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
what
roome
a
due
charge
in
gunpowder
will
fill
vp
in
any
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culuering
,
Cannon
or
any
other
like
made
Peece
.
and
make
an
other
visible
marke
vppon
the
staffe
at
the
end
of
the
same
length
,
and
for
a
distinction
call
it
the
lowermost
marke
.
After
this
throe
Gunpowder
into
the
Peece
with
your
handes
,
vntill
by
estimation
the
Peece
hath
receaued
thereof
a
due
charge
,
and
with
a
rammer
(
as
you
haue
beene
taught
in
the
precedent
Chapter
)
thruste
the
same
gunpowder
downe
into
the
bottome
of
the
Peece
,
and
to
the
ende
you
may
be
guyded
by
the
sayd
staffe
to
throwe
no
more
gunpowder
into
the
Peece
than
is
requisite
,
and
to
take
out
the
excesse
when
you
haue
throne
too
much
gunpowder
into
the
Peece
,
put
the
sayd
staffe
agayne
into
the
Peece
home
vnto
the
gunpowder
,
and
looke
where
the
lowermost
marke
vppon
the
same
staffe
is
:
For
as
the
Peece
lacketh
a
parte
of
his
due
charge
in
gunpowder
if
the
sayd
lowermost
marke
shall
now
be
within
his
mouth
,
and
hath
more
than
his
due
charge
in
nwe
gunpowder
,
if
the
sayde
lowermost
marke
shall
be
without
his
mouth
,
So
if
you
haue
throwen
into
the
Peece
his
due
charge
in
gunpowder
,
the
sayd
lowermost
marke
will
now
neither
be
within
the
mouth
of
the
Peece
,
nor
without
the
mouth
of
the
Peece
,
but
touch
exactly
the
outmost
edge
or
lippe
of
the
Peece
his
mouth
.
The
53
Chapter
.
How
you
may
duely
charge
any
Chamber
peece
of
Artillery
,
and
how
you
may
charge
any
Cannon
Periero
.
PVt
into
euery
chamber
so
much
powder
as
his
peece
requireth
for
a
due
charge
,
and
with
a
rammer
beate
a
tampion
of
softe
wood
downe
vppon
the
gunpowder
.
Moreouer
,
put
a
bigge
wadde
into
the
peece
at
that
ende
where
the
mouth
of
the
chamber
must
goe
in
,
and
after
the
wadde
thruste
into
the
peece
at
the
sayde
ende
a
fitte
pellet
,
&
when
you
haue
done
all
this
,
put
the
chamber
into
the
lowest
ende
of
the
peece
,
lock
them
fast
togeather
,
and
cause
the
sayde
tampion
to
lie
harde
vppon
the
powder
in
the
sayde
chamber
,
and
the
pellet
to
touch
the
tampion
,
and
the
wadde
to
lie
close
by
the
pellet
.
Euery
chamber
peece
ought
to
haue
three
chambers
,
and
when
a
Gunner
will
geue
fire
to
a
chamber
peece
,
he
ought
not
to
stande
vppon
that
side
of
the
peece
where
a
wedge
of
yron
is
put
to
locke
the
chamber
in
the
peece
,
because
the
sayde
wedge
may
through
the
discharge
of
that
peece
flie
out
,
and
kill
the
Gunner
.
But
you
shall
charge
euery
Cannon
Periero
with
all
these
things
following
in
such
order
as
I
doe
here
set
them
downe
.
First
with
a
cartredge
which
must
be
put
into
the
peece
with
a
Ladle
called
in
Italian
Scaffetta
,
or
with
an
other
fitte
Ladle
whereof
I
haue
made
mention
in
the
29
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
.
Secondly
with
a
tampion
of
softe
wood
which
must
be
rammed
downe
vppon
the
cartredge
.
Thirdly
with
a
wadde
which
must
be
thruste
into
the
peece
home
vnto
the
sayd
tampion
.
Fourthly
with
a
fitte
pellet
of
stone
which
must
be
thruste
into
the
peece
home
vnto
the
sayde
wadde
.
If
a
peece
of
Artillerie
which
wanteth
a
couer
of
mettall
for
his
touchhole
shall
lie
a
long
time
charged
,
couer
the
touchhole
of
the
same
peece
with
toe
imbrued
in
tallow
,
and
the
powder
of
cole
mingled
togeather
,
and
lay
vppon
the
same
couer
a
shel
,
or
a
parte
of
a
ruffe
tyle
,
that
no
rayne
may
enter
into
the
same
touch-hole
while
his
peece
is
so
charged
.
The
54
Chapter
.
How
you
may
cause
any
great
peece
of
Artillerie
to
make
in
his
discharge
an
exceeding
great
noyse
,
and
a
marueylous
rore
.
WHen
you
will
haue
a
great
peece
of
Artillerie
to
make
in
his
discharge
an
exceeding
great
noyse
,
charge
the
peece
with
great
and
harde
cornes
of
gunpowder
.
For
as
Felix
Platerus
wryteth
,
by
how
much
the
cornes
of
gunpowder
are
more
greater
,
and
more
harder
,
by
so
much
a
peece
charged
with
them
will
in
his
discharge
make
a
more
greater
noyse
.
Also
you
may
by
laying
a
peece
of
thinne
lead
,
or
a
peece
of
shooe
leather
betweene
the
gunpowder
and
the
wadde
within
the
hollowe
Cylinder
,
and
by
putting
a
little
quicksiluer
thorow
the
touchhole
into
the
sayde
gunpowder
,
cause
the
same
hollowe
Cylinder
or
gunne
in
his
discharge
to
make
a
marueylous
rore
.
The
55
Chapter
.
This
Chapter
following
sheweth
that
some
great
peeces
of
Artillerie
doe
serue
to
batter
,
and
that
some
great
peeces
of
Artillery
doe
serue
to
lie
vppon
walles
of
Cities
,
Townes
,
Castles
and
Fortes
,
and
that
some
great
peeces
of
Artillerie
doe
serue
for
the
fielde
.
Also
this
Chapter
following
sheweth
how
many
times
in
one
day
certayne
great
peeces
of
Artillerie
may
be
safely
charged
and
discharged
,
and
how
many
Gunners
and
Assistantes
or
Labourers
certayne
great
peeces
of
Artillerie
ought
to
haue
.
AN
ordinarie
double
Cannon
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
to
batter
,
&
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
thirtie
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
A
french
double
Cannon
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
wil
serue
to
batter
&
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
thirtie
three
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
A
demy
Cannon
of
the
eldest
and
biggest
sorte
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
to
batter
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
80
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
An
ordinarie
demy
Cannon
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
to
batter
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
108
times
charged
and
discharged
within
the
space
of
5
houres
in
one
day
,
and
it
ought
to
haue
three
Gunners
and
fifteene
Assistantes
or
Labourers
.
A
french
demy
Cannon
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
to
batter
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
sixty
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
A
quarter
Cannon
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
to
lie
vppon
the
wall
of
a
City
,
Towne
,
Castle
,
or
Forte
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
110
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
A
whole
Culueringe
of
the
eldest
and
biggest
sorte
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
wil
serue
to
lie
vppon
the
wall
of
a
Citie
,
Towne
,
Castle
,
or
Forte
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
60
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
A
whole
ordinary
Culueringe
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
to
lie
vppon
the
wall
of
a
Citie
,
Towne
,
Castle
,
or
Forte
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
60
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
A
demy
Culuering
of
the
eldest
sorte
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
to
lie
vppon
the
wall
of
a
Citie
,
Towne
,
Castle
,
or
Forte
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
70
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
,
and
it
ought
to
haue
two
Gunners
and
tenne
assistants
or
labourers
.
A
demy
Culueringe
lower
than
ordinarie
,
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
for
a
fielde
peece
,
and
may
safelie
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
75
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
,
and
it
ought
to
haue
two
Gunners
and
tenne
Assistantes
or
Labourers
.
A
Saker
of
the
eldest
and
biggest
sorte
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
wil
serue
for
a
fielde
peece
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
80
times
charged
&
discharged
in
one
day
,
and
it
ought
to
haue
one
Gunner
and
5
assistants
or
labourers
.
A
Faucon
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
for
a
fielde
peece
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
an
hundred
and
twenty
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
A
Fauconet
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
will
serue
for
a
fielde
peece
,
and
may
safely
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
be
a
hundred
and
fourty
times
charged
and
discharged
in
one
day
.
The
56
Chapter
.
How
a
peece
of
Artillery
ought
not
to
be
prooued
vppon
his
carriage
:
how
a
peece
of
Artillery
that
shal
be
prooued
ought
to
be
made
cleane
:
how
a
peece
of
Artillery
that
shal
be
prooued
ought
to
be
without
hony
combes
,
flawes
,
&
crackes
:
and
how
he
which
hath
charged
a
peece
for
proofe
,
ought
when
he
doth
discharge
the
same
peece
to
stande
behinde
a
banke
of
earth
,
or
wall
,
vntill
by
a
trayne
of
gunpowder
he
hath
discharged
the
sayde
peece
.
WHen
a
great
peece
of
Artillery
shal
be
prooued
whether
or
no
it
is
duely
fortefied
with
mettall
,
and
may
in
time
of
seruice
be
vsed
without
feare
of
breaking
,
take
the
same
peece
from
his
bed
or
carriage
and
mount
it
at
30
degrees
,
because
a
great
peece
which
lieth
vppon
his
carriage
when
it
is
prooued
,
cannot
be
enough
eleuated
to
suffer
in
time
of
his
proofe
a
sufficient
violence
,
nor
without
harme
to
his
carriage
be
discharged
.
Also
put
the
staffe
of
a
spunge
or
the
staffe
of
a
gunladle
downe
●…to
the
concauitie
of
the
same
peece
so
farre
as
it
will
goe
,
and
thruste
downe
thorow
the
touchhole
of
the
peece
a
round
sharpe
poynted
pricker
of
yron
or
steele
that
may
touch
and
pricke
the
end
of
the
sayde
staffe
,
which
(
if
no
stone
,
scale
,
or
other
lette
be
within
the
sayde
concauitie
)
will
lie
vnder
the
touchhole
.
Then
taking
out
all
the
stones
,
scales
,
and
filthe
,
which
are
within
the
sayd
hollow
Cylinder
,
make
cleane
the
same
with
a
scourer
,
or
(
which
is
all
one
)
with
a
spunge
,
for
such
thinges
lying
within
a
hollow
Cylinder
charged
with
gunpowder
,
may
cause
the
same
hollow
Cylinder
in
his
discharge
to
breake
,
or
cause
a
moysture
in
the
same
hollow
Cylinder
which
will
weaken
the
gunpowder
that
is
there
,
and
make
it
vnable
to
expell
a
pellet
with
so
great
force
as
it
should
doe
.
After
this
lay
the
tayle
of
the
peece
vppon
the
grounde
against
a
woodden
planke
backed
with
a
wall
or
banke
of
earth
,
and
perceauing
(
by
such
meanes
as
before
in
the
43
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
haue
beene
declared
)
that
no
hony
combes
,
flawes
,
or
crackes
are
in
the
sayd
hollow
Cylinder
,
put
blocks
vnder
the
mouth
of
the
sayde
hollow
Cylinder
or
gunne
,
to
mount
and
eleuate
the
same
mouth
as
before
I
haue
tolde
you
vnto
30
degrees
.
This
done
,
charge
and
discharge
the
sayde
peece
thrise
togeather
for
his
proofe
with
a
fitte
pellet
and
a
due
charge
in
gunpowder
,
according
as
you
haue
beene
taught
in
the
40
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
.
I
say
thrise
togeather
,
because
a
faultie
gunne
that
taketh
no
hurte
by
the
first
shoote
,
may
receaue
a
little
harme
by
the
seconde
shoote
,
and
breake
in
peeces
at
the
thirde
shoote
.
Last
of
all
,
make
a
trayne
of
gunpowder
from
a
place
behinde
an
high
banke
of
earth
or
wall
,
vnto
the
touchhole
of
the
peece
,
and
standing
alwayes
when
you
doe
prooue
any
great
peece
at
the
ende
of
the
sayde
trayne
behinde
the
banke
or
wall
,
geue
fire
vnto
the
sayde
trayne
,
An
admonition
.
and
beware
that
you
doe
not
remooue
from
the
sayde
standing
place
till
by
putting
fire
to
the
trayne
you
haue
discharged
the
peece
.
The
57
Chapter
.
How
you
may
by
fiue
sundry
wayes
disparte
any
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culuering
,
Cannon
,
or
any
other
like
made
peece
:
how
you
may
finde
out
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
mettal
ouer
the
tayle
of
any
peece
:
how
you
may
finde
out
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
ouer
the
mouth
of
any
peece
:
and
how
you
ought
to
set
the
disparte
of
euery
peece
vppon
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
peece
.
1
MEasure
with
a
calaper
compasse
the
greatest
heigth
of
mettall
in
the
taile
of
the
peece
,
&
also
the
greatest
heigth
of
mettall
at
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
subtract
the
lesser
heigth
out
of
the
greater
heigth
,
and
take
halfe
of
the
remaynder
for
the
disparte
of
the
peece
.
2
Adde
the
diameter
of
the
greatest
circumference
of
mettall
at
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
to
the
diameter
of
the
greatest
circumference
of
mettall
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
,
and
diuide
the
whole
length
of
both
those
diameters
into
two
equall
partes
.
This
done
,
opening
your
compasse
to
the
measure
of
one
of
those
equall
partes
,
set
one
foote
of
your
compasse
fast
in
the
vndermost
parte
of
the
concauitie
at
the
mouth
of
the
Peece
,
and
extende
the
other
foote
of
your
compasse
right
ouer
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
in
the
greatest
circumference
about
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
take
that
heigth
which
is
betweene
the
sayd
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
,
and
the
sayd
vppermost
ende
or
poynt
of
your
compasse
for
the
true
length
of
the
disparte
of
the
sayde
peece
.
3
Measure
with
a
girdle
or
stringe
that
will
not
stretch
,
the
greatest
circumference
of
mettall
in
the
tayle
of
the
peece
,
multiplie
the
measure
of
the
sayde
circumference
by
7
,
diuide
the
product
thereof
by
22
,
and
note
in
your
memoriall
the
quotient
number
for
the
diameter
of
that
circumference
.
Likewise
measure
with
a
girdle
or
stringe
that
will
not
stretch
,
the
greatest
circumference
of
mettall
about
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
multiplie
the
measure
of
the
circumference
last
named
by
7
,
diuide
the
product
thereof
by
22
,
and
note
in
your
memoriall
the
quotient
number
for
the
diameter
of
the
circumference
last
named
.
This
done
,
subtract
the
shortest
diameter
out
of
the
longest
diameter
,
and
take
½
parte
●…
the
remaynder
for
the
disparte
of
the
sayde
peece
.
4
Prepare
a
long
ruler
marked
with
ynches
,
halfe
ynches
,
quarters
of
ynches
,
and
with
other
lesse
equall
partes
:
Lay
that
ruler
ouerthwarte
and
equidistant
to
the
Horizon
vppon
the
greatest
circumference
of
mettall
in
the
tayle
of
the
peece
,
let
a
line
and
plummet
hang
right
downe
from
the
sayde
ruler
first
close
without
any
bending
by
one
side
of
the
same
circumference
,
and
after
close
without
any
bending
by
the
other
side
of
the
same
circumference
,
note
exactly
the
partes
of
the
ruler
which
were
at
both
times
touched
with
the
line
,
and
in
like
manner
note
exactly
the
poynte
of
mettall
in
the
sayd
circumference
which
lyeth
directly
in
the
middest
betweene
the
sayde
two
noted
parts
.
This
done
,
take
the
space
betweene
the
sayde
two
noted
partes
for
the
diameter
of
the
sayde
circumference
,
and
marke
with
a
file
or
some
other
thing
the
sayde
poynte
of
mettall
for
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
in
the
sayde
circumference
.
Likewise
laye
your
ruler
close
to
the
mouth
of
the
sayde
Peece
,
and
let
a
line
and
plummet
hang
right
downe
from
the
sayde
ruler
first
close
without
any
bending
by
one
side
of
the
greatest
circumference
in
the
mettall
at
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
after
close
without
any
bending
by
the
other
side
of
the
circumference
last
named
:
then
noting
well
(
as
you
did
before
)
the
partes
of
the
ruler
touched
at
both
times
with
the
sayde
line
,
and
also
the
poynte
of
mettall
lying
in
the
circumference
last
named
directly
ouer
the
middle
parte
of
the
space
which
is
betweene
those
noted
partes
,
take
the
same
space
for
the
diameter
of
the
sayde
circumference
at
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
marke
the
same
poynte
with
a
file
or
some
other
thing
for
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
the
last
named
circumference
.
After
all
this
,
subtract
the
shorter
diameter
from
the
longer
diameter
,
and
taking
⅓
parte
of
the
remaynder
for
the
disparte
of
the
Peece
,
set
a
strawe
or
a
peece
of
a
small
waxe
Candle
of
equall
length
to
the
sayde
disparte
vpright
vppon
the
sayde
marke
in
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
the
circumference
last
named
,
and
call
that
strawe
or
peece
of
a
waxe
Candle
,
the
dispart
of
the
peece
.
5
Thruste
a
pryming
yron
thorowe
the
touchhole
of
the
Peece
downe
to
the
bottom
of
his
concauitie
,
and
then
marke
with
a
redde
stone
that
parte
of
the
yron
which
is
equall
in
heigth
with
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
in
the
greatest
circumference
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
.
This
done
,
pull
vp
the
sayde
yron
out
of
the
touchhole
,
set
that
ende
of
the
yron
which
went
thorowe
the
touchhole
,
vppon
the
vndermost
parte
of
the
concauitie
in
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
holding
the
marked
parte
of
the
sayd
yron
right
ouer
the
middle
parte
of
mettall
in
the
greatest
circumference
aboue
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
take
the
space
betweene
the
sayde
marke
vppon
the
yron
,
and
the
sayde
middle
parte
of
mettall
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
for
the
desired
disparte
which
(
if
it
be
set
in
his
due
place
)
will
alwayes
direct
you
to
lay
the
concauity
of
his
peece
leuell
,
and
right
against
any
appoynted
marke
.
The
58
Chapter
.
How
with
a
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
or
Cannon
,
you
may
alwayes
strike
any
appoynted
marke
within
poynt
blanke
.
AFter
you
haue
charged
a
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culueringe
,
Cannon
,
or
any
other
like
made
peece
with
his
duetie
in
powder
,
waddes
,
and
pellet
,
according
to
the
precepts
expressed
in
the
49
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
,
disparte
the
peece
,
and
set
his
disparte
vpright
with
a
little
waxe
vppon
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
in
the
greatest
circumference
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
lifte
your
peece
vp
or
downe
vntill
by
laying
your
eye
vnto
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
in
the
greatest
circumference
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
,
you
may
perceaue
that
the
marke
at
which
you
will
shoote
,
the
toppe
of
the
disparte
,
and
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
doe
lie
in
a
perfect
right
line
and
in
an
equall
heigth
.
Then
doing
your
duety
as
you
haue
beene
taught
in
the
first
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
,
discharge
your
peece
and
you
shall
see
that
the
pellet
shotte
out
of
the
same
peece
will
strike
the
appoynted
marke
which
lyeth
within
poynte
blanke
.
When
you
shall
haue
occasion
to
shoote
at
a
light
seene
in
the
night
time
,
disparte
your
peece
with
a
lighted
&
vnflaming
waxe
candle
,
or
with
a
lighted
gunmatch
,
or
set
a
lighted
gūmatch
vpright
by
the
disparte
,
that
you
may
see
by
the
light
of
the
fire
in
the
same
gunmatch
,
to
lay
the
middle
and
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
,
and
the
toppe
of
the
disparte
in
a
straight
line
with
the
marke
,
and
to
place
the
concauity
of
the
peece
right
against
the
marke
,
as
before
in
this
Chapter
I
haue
taught
you
to
doe
.
The
59
Chapter
.
How
you
may
know
what
number
of
feete
,
yardes
,
pases
,
or
scores
,
any
peece
of
Artillerie
will
shoote
in
an
vnsensible
crooked
line
,
or
(
as
the
Gunners
terme
is
)
at
poynt
blanke
.
CHarge
the
peece
for
whose
poynte
blanke
you
seeke
with
his
duetie
in
good
corne
gunpowder
,
and
with
a
fitte
pellet
,
turne
the
mouth
of
that
peece
towardes
a
wall
,
butte
,
or
banke
of
earth
scituated
in
a
conuenient
distance
from
the
peece
:
and
lay
the
peece
leuell
by
the
helpe
of
a
Gunners
semicircle
,
or
quadrante
,
as
you
haue
beene
taught
in
the
first
Colloquie
of
the
first
booke
of
Nicholas
Tartaglia
his
Colloquies
:
Then
setting
the
true
disparte
of
the
peece
vppon
his
mouth
according
to
the
doctrine
written
in
the
tenth
Colloquie
of
the
sayde
first
booke
of
Colloquies
,
and
in
the
57
and
58
Chapters
of
this
Appendix
,
discharge
the
peece
at
a
small
visible
marke
fixed
in
a
poynte
of
the
sayde
wall
,
butte
,
or
banke
of
earth
that
is
leuell
with
the
toppe
of
the
sayde
disparte
,
and
with
the
highest
parte
of
the
mettall
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
.
This
done
,
note
diligently
where
the
pellet
doth
hit
,
and
euermore
when
the
pellet
so
shotte
doth
strike
aboue
the
marke
,
When
the
pellet
shotte
in
this
maner
striketh
aboue
the
marke
,
then
the
extreame
&
farthest
ende
of
the
poynte
blanke
which
you
seeke
,
is
beyonde
the
sayde
marke
.
When
the
pellet
shotte
in
this
maner
striketh
vnder
the
marke
,
then
the
extreame
and
farthest
end
of
the
poynt
blanke
which
you
seeke
,
lyeth
betweene
your
peece
&
the
said
mark
.
remooue
the
peece
backwardes
to
an
other
place
more
farther
from
the
sayde
marke
,
and
out
of
the
more
remote
place
shoote
at
the
marke
agayne
as
you
did
before
with
one
sorte
of
gunpowder
and
with
a
like
pellet
,
till
the
pellet
so
shotte
shal
strike
in
the
middest
of
the
marke
.
For
when
the
pellet
so
shotte
doth
strike
precisely
in
the
middest
of
the
marke
,
then
by
the
reasons
alleaged
in
the
nynth
Colloquie
of
the
saide
first
booke
of
Colloquies
,
the
number
of
scores
,
pases
,
yardes
,
and
feete
,
betweene
your
sayde
peece
,
and
the
sayde
marke
,
is
so
much
grounde
as
your
sayde
peece
can
shoote
in
an
vnsensible
crooked
line
,
or
(
as
the
Gunners
terme
is
)
at
poynte
blanke
.
But
if
the
pellet
so
shotte
shall
strike
vnder
the
marke
,
drawe
the
peece
forwardes
towardes
the
marke
,
and
from
a
more
nearer
place
shoote
againe
as
you
did
before
with
one
sorte
of
powder
,
and
with
a
like
pellet
,
till
the
pellet
so
shotte
striking
in
the
middest
of
the
marke
shall
shewe
vnto
you
by
the
reasons
alleaged
in
the
sayde
9
Colloquie
,
that
the
distance
betweene
your
peece
and
the
marke
is
so
much
ground
as
your
sayd
Peece
can
shoote
in
an
vnsensible
crooked
line
,
or
(
as
the
Gunners
terme
is
)
at
poynt
blanke
.
The
60
Chapter
.
How
the
poynt
blanke
and
vtmost
ranges
are
proportionall
in
all
peeces
of
Artillerie
:
How
by
the
rule
of
proportion
you
may
knowe
what
number
of
yardes
any
peece
will
reach
at
his
vtmost
randon
:
And
how
by
the
sayd
rule
you
may
know
what
number
of
yardes
any
peece
will
reach
at
his
poynte
blanke
.
THe
poynt
blanke
and
vtmost
ranges
(
as
some
authors
haue
written
)
are
proportionall
in
all
peeces
of
Artillerie
,
wherefore
knowing
the
poynt
blanke
and
vtmost
range
of
any
one
peece
,
and
the
poynt
blanke
of
an
other
peece
,
you
may
tell
the
vtmost
range
of
any
that
other
peece
.
In
like
manner
knowing
the
poynt
blanke
and
vtmost
range
of
any
one
peece
,
and
the
vtmost
range
of
an
other
peece
,
you
may
tell
the
poynt
blanke
of
that
other
peece
:
As
for
example
let
vs
suppose
that
this
question
is
asked
:
If
a
Faucon
carrying
poynt
blanke
320
yardes
will
at
his
vtmost
randon
range
1280
yardes
:
how
farre
will
a
Saker
reach
at
his
vtmost
randon
that
at
poynt
blanke
or
leuel
rangeth
360
yardes
?
I
say
,
that
the
rule
of
proportion
serueth
precisely
to
answere
the
same
and
all
such
like
questions
,
And
that
multiplying
360
in
1280
,
and
diuiding
460800
the
product
thereof
by
320
,
the
quotient
will
yeelde
1440
for
the
number
of
yardes
which
the
sayd
Saker
shall
reach
at
his
vtmost
randon
.
Againe
,
let
vs
suppose
that
I
am
required
to
answere
this
demaunde
.
If
a
Faucon
which
rangeth
at
his
vtmost
randon
1280
yardes
will
carrie
poynt
blanke
320
yardes
,
how
farre
will
a
Saker
reach
at
poynte
blanke
that
at
his
vtmost
randon
rangeth
1440
yardes
?
To
doe
that
which
is
required
I
multiplie
320
in
1440
,
and
hauing
diuided
460800
the
product
by
1280.
I
finde
in
the
quotient
360
to
be
the
number
of
yards
which
the
Saker
will
shoote
leuel
:
or
(
as
the
Gunners
terme
is
)
poynt
blanke
.
And
thereuppon
I
conclude
that
after
this
manner
by
obseruations
vsed
in
any
one
peece
of
artillery
,
and
by
the
arte
of
proportion
I
may
discouer
vnto
you
the
force
of
all
other
peeces
of
artillerie
.
|
Poynt
blanke
.
|
Vtmost
randon
.
|
|
Vtmost
randon
.
|
Poynt
blanke
.
|
Faucon
.
|
320
Yards
.
|
1280
Yards
.
|
Faucon
.
|
1280
Yards
.
|
320
Yards
.
|
Saker
,
|
360
Yards
.
|
1440
Yards
.
|
Saker
.
|
1440
Yards
.
|
360
Yards
.
|
The
61
Chapter
.
How
you
must
mount
your
peece
when
you
will
shoote
vnto
the
farthest
end
of
the
vtmost
randone
.
NIcholas
Tartaglia
in
his
Epistle
set
at
the
beginning
of
his
booke
named
La
noua
scientia
declareth
that
euery
great
Peece
of
Artillery
ought
to
be
mounted
at
45
degrees
when
it
shall
shoote
vnto
the
farthest
ende
of
his
vtmost
randon
.
But
William
Bourne
in
his
Treatise
of
shooting
in
great
Ordinance
wryteth
that
it
is
needefull
for
vs
to
consider
well
of
the
winde
before
we
doe
mount
any
peece
to
shoote
vnto
the
farthest
ende
of
his
vtmost
randon
,
because
(
as
he
sayth
)
when
we
will
shoote
with
the
winde
vnto
the
farthest
ende
of
the
vtmost
randon
,
we
must
mount
our
peece
at
45
degrees
,
and
in
a
windie
day
against
the
winde
sometimes
at
36
degrees
,
sometimes
at
37
degrees
,
sometimes
at
38
degrees
,
sometimes
at
39
degrees
,
sometimes
at
40
degrees
,
according
as
the
winde
is
in
bignesse
,
and
in
a
fayre
calme
day
at
42
degrees
.
The
62
Chapter
.
How
you
may
mounte
any
great
peece
of
Artillerie
with
a
ruler
,
as
well
as
with
a
quadrant
or
semicircle
vnto
the
number
of
tenne
degrees
,
and
how
such
a
ruler
ought
to
be
made
:
and
how
such
a
ruler
ought
to
be
vsed
when
a
peece
of
Artillerie
is
by
it
mounted
,
or
imbased
.
THe
measure
of
the
length
of
the
peece
that
shal
be
mounted
by
a
ruler
being
doubled
,
reduce
into
ynches
:
after
this
,
multiplie
the
sayd
number
of
ynches
by
22
,
and
diuide
the
product
by
7
,
and
diuide
againe
the
quotient
number
of
that
diuision
by
360
,
then
take
the
last
quotient
for
the
number
of
ynches
and
partes
of
an
ynch
,
that
wil
make
a
degree
vppon
a
ruler
for
that
peece
which
was
so
measured
.
As
for
example
,
I
wil
mounte
a
peece
of
6
foote
long
at
one
degree
with
my
ruler
,
therefore
6
foote
the
length
of
that
peece
being
doubled
maketh
12
foote
,
which
reduced
into
ynches
make
144
ynches
.
This
number
of
144
multiplied
by
22
produceth
3168
,
which
diuided
by
7
yeeldeth
in
the
quotient
452
and
4/7
:
then
doe
I
diuide
that
quotient
of
452
and
4/7
by
360
,
and
so
the
quotient
of
this
last
diuision
which
is
1
and
●/3
●/5
sheweth
that
this
peece
of
6
foote
in
length
,
being
mounted
by
my
ruler
1
ynche
and
●/3
9/5
of
an
ynche
,
lyeth
iustly
of
the
same
heigth
that
it
would
doe
if
it
should
be
mounted
at
one
degree
of
a
quadrant
or
semicircle
.
Now
to
know
how
much
the
sayde
peece
must
be
mounted
for
2
degrees
of
a
quadrant
or
semicircle
,
I
multiplie
1
and
●/3
9/5
by
2
,
and
thereof
commeth
2
and
⅓
●/5
,
wherefore
I
say
,
if
the
sayde
peece
be
eleuated
by
the
ruler
2
ynches
and
⅓
●/5
of
an
ynche
that
it
lieth
mounted
at
two
degrees
.
Likewise
by
multiplying
the
sayd
number
of
1
and
●/3
9/5
by
3
,
the
product
therof
(
which
is
3
and
⅔
7/5
expresseth
that
the
sayd
peece
must
be
mounted
3
ynches
and
⅔
7/5
of
an
ynch
for
3
degrees
.
And
after
this
order
I
may
knowe
how
to
mount
the
sayde
peece
with
a
ruler
vnto
any
other
degree
to
which
the
peece
wil
be
mounted
with
a
ruler
,
for
you
ought
not
to
be
ignorant
of
this
,
that
a
peece
of
artillerie
cannot
be
mounted
with
a
ruler
aboue
10
degrees
,
because
the
degrees
are
taken
out
of
a
circumference
and
not
out
of
a
straight
line
.
depiction of a ruler, a quadrant and a semicircle
The
ruler
with
which
peeces
of
artillerie
may
be
mounted
is
made
in
fashion
like
vnto
the
picture
drawen
in
the
margent
,
&
marked
as
common
rulers
are
,
with
ynches
,
halfe
ynches
,
quarters
of
ynches
,
halfe
quarters
of
ynches
,
and
with
more
lesser
partes
of
an
ynch
.
Also
in
the
middest
of
this
ruler
(
almost
from
one
end
to
the
other
)
there
is
a
slitte
or
open
place
,
within
which
a
plate
of
brasse
or
lattin
hauing
in
it
a
little
hole
pearced
thorow
is
so
placed
,
that
the
said
hole
may
as
need
shall
require
be
mooued
vp
and
downe
in
that
slitte
,
and
be
set
right
against
any
ynch
,
or
parte
of
an
ynche
marked
vppon
the
same
ruler
.
And
although
(
as
it
seemeth
to
me
)
a
peece
may
be
more
easilie
,
and
more
iustly
mounted
vnto
any
degree
by
a
quadrant
,
and
also
by
a
semicircle
,
than
by
a
ruler
,
yet
wil
I
not
let
passe
to
shewe
in
this
place
how
you
must
vse
the
ruler
to
mounte
a
peece
by
it
.
Wherefore
when
you
wil
mount
a
peece
by
a
ruler
to
shoote
at
any
marke
,
put
first
the
true
disparte
of
the
peece
to
be
mounted
,
vppon
the
peece
his
mouth
,
as
you
haue
beene
taught
in
the
57
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
,
then
knowing
at
what
degree
the
peece
must
be
mounted
to
reach
the
marke
,
set
the
hole
which
is
in
the
mouable
plate
of
the
ruler
right
against
the
number
of
ynches
,
and
partes
of
an
ynche
that
will
make
iustly
the
same
degree
:
and
hauing
so
done
,
set
the
ende
of
the
ruler
vppon
the
tayle
of
the
peece
,
so
as
the
ruler
may
stande
vppon
the
peece
squirewise
,
vntill
you
haue
done
your
woorke
.
After
this
(
the
mouth
of
the
sayde
peece
being
layde
right
vppon
the
marke
)
koyne
the
breeche
of
the
peece
vp
and
downe
vntil
you
may
see
thorow
the
sayd
hole
in
the
plate
the
top
of
the
disparte
,
and
the
marke
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
geue
fire
to
the
peece
that
you
may
strike
the
sayde
marke
.
The
63
Chapter
.
How
you
may
by
the
helpe
of
wedges
lay
the
concauitie
of
any
great
peece
of
Artillerie
right
against
a
marke
:
how
by
the
helpe
of
wedges
you
may
make
a
perfect
shoote
at
a
marke
lying
vnder
the
mouth
of
your
Peece
:
and
how
by
the
helpe
of
wedges
you
may
cause
your
Peece
to
strike
in
the
marke
,
after
it
hath
at
one
shoote
shotte
vnder
the
marke
,
and
at
an
other
shoote
shotte
aboue
the
marke
.
PRepare
of
yron
or
of
strong
and
harde
wood
two
sortes
of
wedges
for
euery
great
peece
of
Artillery
,
that
is
to
say
,
three
wedges
of
one
sorte
,
and
three
wedges
of
an
other
sorte
:
Make
euery
wedge
of
the
one
sort
iust
so
thicke
as
⅓
parte
of
the
heigth
in
the
disparte
of
his
peece
:
and
let
euery
wedge
of
the
other
sorte
be
no
thicker
than
⅙
parte
of
the
sayde
heigth
.
This
done
,
lay
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
at
the
tayle
of
the
peece
,
and
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
in
an
equall
heigth
and
in
a
right
line
with
the
marke
:
and
then
put
vnder
the
tayle
of
the
peece
one
of
his
sayde
wedges
of
the
thicker
sorte
,
which
(
as
Luigi
Collado
affirmeth
)
will
cause
the
concauitie
of
that
Peece
without
any
more
woork
,
to
lie
right
against
the
sayd
marke
.
But
when
you
purposing
to
shoote
at
a
marke
lying
vnder
the
mouth
of
your
Peece
within
poynte
blanke
,
doe
looke
vppon
that
marke
by
the
sayde
two
vppermost
partes
of
mettall
,
put
vnder
the
tayle
of
your
peece
two
of
the
sayde
wedges
of
the
thicker
sorte
,
and
by
so
dooing
you
shall
make
a
perfect
shoote
at
the
sayde
marke
.
Also
(
as
the
sayde
Luigi
Collado
writeth
)
if
your
peece
lying
leuell
dooth
shoote
vnder
the
marke
,
and
afterwardes
(
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
ouer
his
mouth
being
layde
in
an
equall
heigth
with
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
at
his
tayle
)
doth
shoote
somuch
aboue
the
marke
as
before
it
did
shoote
vnder
,
you
may
at
the
thirde
and
next
shoote
cause
your
sayde
peece
to
strike
in
the
sayd
marke
,
if
you
will
for
this
thirde
shoote
lay
againe
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
ouer
his
mouth
in
an
equall
heigth
with
the
vppermost
parte
of
mettall
at
his
tayle
,
and
put
afterwardes
one
of
his
sayde
wedges
of
the
thinner
sorte
vnder
his
tayle
.
The
64
Chapter
.
How
to
make
a
perfect
shoote
at
any
companie
of
horsemen
,
or
footemen
passing
by
the
place
where
Ordinance
doth
lie
vppon
a
leuell
grounde
:
and
also
how
to
make
a
perfect
shoote
at
any
shippe
sayling
in
a
riuer
by
the
place
where
Ordinaunce
doth
lie
vppon
a
leuell
grounde
:
and
also
how
to
make
a
perfect
shoote
at
any
moouing
thing
passing
by
a
place
where
Ordinance
doth
lie
vppon
an
vneuen
ground
.
WHen
any
horsemen
or
footemen
shall
passe
by
a
place
where
a
great
peece
of
Artillerie
doth
lie
,
the
Gunner
must
charge
that
peece
duely
with
good
gunpowder
,
and
with
a
fit
pellet
,
to
this
ende
that
the
same
peece
may
goe
off
so
soone
as
fire
is
put
vnto
it
.
Also
the
Gunner
in
this
case
must
lay
his
peece
truely
disparted
vppon
a
leuell
grounde
right
against
some
marke
in
their
way
:
as
for
example
against
some
tree
,
bushe
,
hillocke
,
cloude
,
or
if
it
may
bee
vppon
some
turning
way
,
because
in
such
a
place
they
can
not
depart
verie
quicklie
from
the
marke
,
and
in
fine
when
the
said
horsemen
or
footemen
shall
come
neare
vnto
that
marke
,
or
be
in
that
turning
way
,
the
Gunner
must
discharge
his
saide
peece
at
them
.
Likewise
when
a
Gunner
will
shoote
at
a
ship
sayling
in
a
Riuer
,
hee
ought
to
plant
his
peece
against
some
cloude
or
other
marke
lying
from
him
on
the
farther
side
of
the
water
,
and
giue
fire
vnto
his
peece
when
the
forepart
of
the
shippe
shall
beginne
to
be
betweene
the
mouth
of
the
peece
and
the
marke
.
But
when
the
peece
which
shall
be
discharged
at
a
mouing
thing
doth
lie
in
his
carriage
vppon
an
vneuen
ground
,
the
Gunner
must
measure
by
the
helpe
of
a
Quadrant
,
or
Semicircle
,
how
many
ynches
the
ground
vnder
one
wheele
of
the
peece
his
carriage
is
more
higher
,
than
the
ground
vnder
the
other
wheele
of
the
same
carriage
,
or
for
want
of
a
Quadrant
and
Semicircle
,
he
must
goe
to
that
wheele
of
the
Peece
his
carriage
which
standeth
vppon
the
loer
grounde
,
and
hanging
a
line
and
plummet
downe
to
the
grounde
from
the
middle
and
highest
parte
of
that
wheele
,
measure
exactly
the
space
betweene
the
said
plummet
,
and
the
middest
of
the
loermost
part
of
the
same
wheele
:
for
this
measure
sheweth
in
like
maner
how
much
the
ground
is
more
higher
vnder
one
wheele
,
than
vnder
the
other
wheele
.
And
when
hee
hath
so
done
he
must
lay
his
said
peece
according
to
that
measure
wide
from
the
marke
towardes
the
more
higher
side
of
ground
:
I
meane
if
it
bee
found
by
the
first
or
second
way
to
measure
the
said
difference
of
heigthes
,
that
the
grounde
vnder
the
wheele
on
the
North
side
of
the
peece
his
carriage
doth
lie
sixteene
ynches
aboue
the
ground
that
is
vnder
the
wheele
vppon
the
Southside
of
the
same
carriage
,
the
Gunner
to
make
a
perfect
shoote
at
the
moouing
thing
ought
to
lay
the
mouth
of
his
saide
peece
sixeteene
ynches
wide
towardes
the
North
from
the
vnmooueable
marke
that
must
guide
him
to
shoote
at
the
moouing
thing
.
The
65
Chapter
.
How
much
a
peece
must
bee
eleuated
for
to
shoote
vpwardes
at
a
marke
vppon
a
hill
without
point
blanke
:
and
by
what
meanes
the
mouth
of
a
peece
may
be
laid
right
vppon
any
marke
.
WHen
you
will
shoote
vpwards
at
a
marke
which
is
scituated
vppon
a
hill
without
poynt
blanke
you
must
first
measure
with
your
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
the
space
which
is
betweene
your
peece
and
the
marke
,
&
afterwardes
mount
that
peece
at
so
many
degrees
as
will
cause
it
to
shoote
so
much
ground
as
is
in
the
saide
space
:
then
place
your
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
close
by
the
mouth
of
your
peece
,
and
mooue
it
vp
or
downe
till
you
shall
espie
through
the
sightes
or
channell
of
the
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
the
said
marke
.
That
done
,
note
the
degree
which
was
touched
in
this
last
action
with
the
line
and
plummet
of
the
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
,
and
mount
the
peece
againe
more
higher
by
so
many
degrees
than
it
was
before
,
I
meane
if
you
did
mount
the
peece
at
foure
degrees
to
shoote
so
much
grounde
as
is
betweene
the
peece
and
the
marke
,
and
did
note
three
degrees
for
the
degrees
which
were
touched
with
the
line
and
plummet
of
the
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
,
then
must
you
mount
the
peece
againe
at
three
degrees
more
,
and
so
the
said
peece
will
lie
mounted
in
the
whole
summe
at
seuen
degrees
for
to
shoote
vpwardes
to
the
marke
vppon
the
hill
.
And
by
so
doing
if
the
peece
be
layd
right
vppon
the
marke
,
you
shall
vndoubtedly
strike
the
same
.
But
if
your
peece
doe
not
lie
right
vppon
the
marke
when
it
is
discharged
,
it
will
strike
wide
of
the
marke
so
many
times
the
measure
of
the
widenesse
that
it
lyeth
at
when
it
is
discharged
,
as
the
length
of
the
peece
is
contained
in
the
distance
betweene
the
peece
and
the
marke
.
As
for
example
,
if
a
peece
of
eight
foote
long
be
planted
one
ynch
wide
from
the
marke
lying
eight
hundred
foote
distant
from
the
peece
,
I
conclude
that
the
said
peece
planted
one
ynch
wyde
from
the
marke
,
will
strike
at
the
end
of
that
distance
one
hundred
ynches
wide
from
the
said
marke
.
To
lay
your
peece
right
vppon
the
marke
doe
thus
:
hang
a
line
and
plummet
right
ouer
the
taile
of
the
peece
in
the
middle
part
thereof
,
and
winde
the
peece
vntill
you
standing
behinde
the
same
peece
shall
see
that
the
middle
part
of
the
mouth
of
the
peece
doth
lie
directly
betweene
the
marke
and
the
line
hanging
at
the
taile
of
the
peece
:
For
when
the
middle
part
of
the
mouth
of
the
peece
doth
lie
directlie
betweene
the
marke
and
the
said
line
,
then
doth
the
peece
lie
right
vppon
the
marke
.
The
66
Chapter
.
How
much
a
peece
ought
to
bee
imbased
for
to
shoote
at
a
marke
lying
in
a
valley
without
point
blanke
.
TO
shoote
downewardes
at
a
marke
lying
in
a
valley
without
point
blanke
,
measure
first
with
your
Quadrant
or
Semicirle
the
space
which
is
betweene
your
peece
and
the
marke
,
and
afterwardes
mount
that
peece
at
so
many
degrees
as
will
cause
it
to
shoote
so
much
ground
as
is
in
the
said
space
.
Then
hauing
placed
your
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
by
the
mouth
of
your
peece
,
mooue
it
vp
or
downe
till
you
shall
espie
through
the
sights
or
channell
of
the
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
the
said
marke
,
and
note
what
degree
is
touched
with
the
line
and
plummet
of
the
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
:
that
done
,
put
downe
the
mouth
of
the
peece
more
loer
by
so
many
degrees
than
it
was
before
,
I
meane
if
you
did
mounte
the
peece
foure
degrees
to
shoote
so
much
grounde
as
is
betweene
the
peece
and
the
marke
,
and
did
note
three
degrees
for
the
degrees
touched
with
the
said
line
&
plummet
of
the
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
,
then
the
mouth
of
the
peece
must
be
put
downe
or
(
as
some
terme
it
)
imbased
three
degrees
,
and
so
will
the
peece
being
laid
right
vppon
the
marke
and
mounted
but
at
one
degree
,
strike
the
marke
in
the
valley
although
in
the
precedent
chapter
the
said
peece
was
mounted
at
seuen
degrees
to
shoote
a
like
distance
at
a
marke
vppon
a
hill
,
and
at
foure
degrees
to
shoote
a
like
distance
vppon
a
plaine
ground
.
Heere
this
is
to
be
noted
that
a
pellet
shot
from
an
heigth
into
a
loe
place
can
doe
no
more
harme
than
kill
one
person
,
or
make
one
hole
in
the
place
where
it
falles
,
because
(
as
Luigui
Collado
hath
written
)
the
pellet
so
shot
doth
more
offend
through
his
owne
naturall
waight
,
than
by
the
expulsiue
power
of
the
gunpowder
which
did
expell
it
out
of
his
peece
.
The
67
Chapter
.
How
you
may
certainely
know
by
the
Gunners
Semicircle
whether
a
ship
vppon
the
Sea
,
or
an
Armie
vppon
the
land
,
or
any
other
thing
seene
a
farre
of
,
doth
come
towardes
you
,
stande
still
,
or
goe
from
you
:
and
how
you
ought
to
discharge
your
great
ordinance
of
diuers
sortes
against
a
ship
,
or
an
Armie
comming
towardes
you
.
A
Long
distance
being
betweene
you
and
a
ship
vpon
the
Sea
,
or
an
armie
of
men
moouing
a
farre
of
,
may
oftentimes
through
the
weaknesse
of
your
sight
deceiue
you
,
and
make
you
not
to
discerne
well
whether
that
ship
,
or
armie
doth
stand
still
,
goe
from
you
,
or
come
towardes
you
:
therefore
it
will
be
very
profitable
(
as
I
thinke
)
for
you
to
learne
how
you
may
be
alwaies
certaine
thereof
,
for
to
follow
your
enemies
when
they
shall
flie
from
you
,
and
make
preparation
of
defence
when
you
shall
see
them
come
to
assault
you
.
For
this
purpose
you
shall
ascende
into
some
high
place
from
whence
you
may
behold
the
ship
or
armie
a
farre
of
:
and
hauing
put
a
Semicircle
to
your
eye
,
mooue
it
vp
or
downe
till
you
shall
see
through
the
sights
,
or
through
a
channell
made
in
the
said
Semicircle
,
that
part
of
the
ship
or
armie
which
is
nearest
vnto
you
.
Then
your
Semicircle
remaining
vnmooueable
,
note
diligently
the
part
of
the
Semicircle
touched
with
the
hanging
line
and
plummet
of
that
Semicircle
,
and
after
a
while
making
the
said
line
to
hang
againe
directlie
vppon
the
saide
part
which
was
touched
with
it
when
you
did
espie
thorow
the
saide
sightes
or
channell
the
ship
or
armie
,
looke
againe
whether
you
can
espie
thorow
the
same
sights
or
channell
the
part
of
the
ship
or
armie
which
was
first
espied
:
for
if
at
your
second
looking
you
shall
behold
againe
through
the
said
sights
or
channell
the
very
same
part
of
the
ship
or
armie
which
you
did
first
espie
you
may
boldly
affirme
that
the
said
ship
or
armie
mooued
not
betweene
the
time
of
the
first
and
second
looking
.
And
if
your
visuall
line
passing
through
the
said
sights
or
channell
shall
not
at
your
second
looking
extend
to
the
said
part
,
then
it
is
certaine
that
the
said
ship
or
armie
doth
goe
from
you
.
But
if
your
saide
visuall
line
passing
through
the
said
sights
or
channell
shall
at
your
seconde
looking
extende
ouer
the
said
part
of
that
ship
or
armie
,
then
you
may
boldly
say
that
the
said
ship
or
armie
commeth
towards
you
.
diagram of a visual line
After
all
this
you
must
measure
by
the
helpe
of
your
Semicircle
how
farre
the
said
ship
or
armie
is
from
you
,
and
finding
by
your
measure
that
the
said
ship
or
armie
is
within
the
reach
of
your
peeces
,
you
ought
to
shoote
out
of
Culuerings
,
Sakers
,
Minions
,
Faucons
,
and
Fauconets
,
whole
yron
shot
at
the
same
ship
or
armie
,
and
when
the
armie
shall
come
very
neere
vnto
you
chaine
shot
,
cliue
shot
,
dice
shot
,
baules
of
wild
fire
and
such
other
like
spoiling
shot
.
The
65
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
a
perfect
shoote
in
a
darke
night
at
any
marke
that
may
be
seene
in
the
day
time
:
and
how
a
lighted
candle
may
be
carried
in
the
night
time
so
as
no
light
shall
be
seene
but
at
your
will
and
pleasure
.
IN
the
day
time
mount
your
peece
to
reach
the
appointed
marke
,
and
at
that
very
time
place
the
mouth
or
concauitie
of
the
peece
right
vppon
the
saide
marke
,
and
then
hauing
put
the
longest
legge
of
your
Semicircle
into
the
mouth
of
the
saide
peece
,
note
exactlie
what
degree
vppon
the
Semicircle
is
touched
with
the
line
&
plummet
hanging
vppon
the
said
Semicircle
,
for
that
degree
being
written
in
your
memoriall
will
shew
you
alwaies
how
much
the
said
peece
lying
in
that
place
must
be
mounted
to
reach
the
said
marke
.
After
this
,
let
fall
a
line
and
plummet
downe
vnto
the
grounde
from
the
middle
part
of
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
thrust
a
pin
of
wood
or
yron
into
that
point
of
ground
which
was
touched
with
the
plummet
last
mentioned
.
Likewise
from
the
middle
part
of
the
breeche
or
taile
of
the
peece
,
let
that
line
and
plummet
hang
downe
againe
vnto
the
grounde
,
and
thrust
an
other
pyn
of
wood
or
yron
into
the
same
very
point
of
grounde
which
was
last
touched
with
the
said
plummet
.
Finally
,
draw
a
straight
line
vppon
the
ground
right
ouer
both
those
pinnes
,
and
make
each
end
of
this
line
to
reach
two
yardes
at
the
least
beyonde
the
pyn
next
vnto
it
.
This
line
lyeth
directly
vnder
the
middle
parte
of
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
also
vnder
the
middle
part
of
the
taile
of
the
peece
,
and
right
vppon
the
marke
,
and
is
named
therefore
the
line
of
direction
.
Now
when
you
will
shoote
in
a
darke
night
with
that
peece
at
the
saide
marke
,
charge
the
peece
with
his
duetie
in
powder
,
and
with
a
fit
pellet
,
and
plumme
the
middle
of
the
mouth
of
the
said
peece
,
and
the
middle
of
the
taile
of
the
said
peece
,
right
vppon
the
said
pynnes
set
in
the
said
line
of
direction
,
that
you
may
by
so
doing
lay
the
mouth
of
the
peece
right
vppon
the
appointed
marke
.
Then
the
longest
legge
of
your
saide
Semicircle
being
put
into
the
mouth
of
the
peece
koyne
the
peece
vp
and
downe
till
the
line
and
plummet
hanging
vppon
the
Semicircle
shall
fall
exactlie
vppon
the
same
degree
that
it
touched
before
when
it
was
mounted
in
the
day
time
to
strike
the
said
marke
.
Al
this
being
done
,
you
ought
to
consider
of
other
things
that
are
expressed
in
the
first
chapter
of
this
Appendix
,
and
obserue
the
same
before
you
do
shoote
,
for
by
so
doing
there
is
no
doubt
but
that
the
pellet
shot
out
of
the
saide
peece
will
strike
the
appointed
marke
in
any
night
how
darke
so
euer
it
is
.
Also
if
this
doctrine
be
obserued
at
euery
time
when
you
will
shoote
at
a
marke
,
you
may
without
faile
strike
the
saide
marke
so
often
as
you
will
with
diuers
peeces
from
sundrie
places
in
any
darke
night
.
But
to
the
end
you
may
see
at
all
times
before
you
shoote
whether
or
no
the
line
and
plummet
hanging
vppon
the
Semicircle
falleth
vppon
the
degree
noted
in
your
memoriall
,
&
wheather
or
no
the
middle
part
of
the
mouth
of
the
peece
doth
lie
right
ouer
the
line
of
direction
,
I
counsell
you
to
prepare
a
close
boxe
of
boordes
like
a
lantorne
to
carrie
a
lighted
candle
,
and
to
haue
a
dore
in
the
side
of
the
boxe
to
open
when
you
will
see
with
your
candle
,
and
to
shut
when
you
will
haue
no
light
seene
.
diagram of a visual line
Example
.
A
peece
of
artillery
beeing
planted
in
the
day
time
at
B
and
mounted
by
a
Semicircle
3
degrees
,
did
strike
D
a
marke
in
the
wall
of
a
forte
,
and
when
the
said
peece
was
discharged
at
the
same
marke
,
the
middle
part
of
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
the
middle
part
of
the
taile
of
the
peece
did
lie
directly
ouer
B
C
the
woodden
or
yron
pinnes
which
stande
in
the
line
of
direction
,
therefore
when
you
will
shoote
in
the
night
time
from
B
to
D
,
you
must
mount
this
peece
three
degrees
,
and
plumme
the
middle
part
of
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
the
middle
part
of
the
taile
of
the
peece
right
ouer
B
C
the
wodden
or
yron
pinnes
in
the
line
of
direction
,
and
so
doing
you
can
not
faile
in
your
purpose
.
The
69
Chapter
.
How
you
may
carrie
in
the
night
time
a
lighted
Gunmatch
so
as
it
shall
not
bee
seene
nor
bee
wet
with
raine
.
HAng
at
your
girdle
as
you
doe
the
sheath
of
your
knife
a
hollow
cane
of
eight
or
tenne
ynches
in
length
,
and
let
the
Cane
be
open
at
both
endes
,
then
put
the
lighted
ende
of
the
gunmatch
into
the
Cane
,
and
as
the
gunmatch
within
the
Cane
shall
burne
and
consume
,
so
put
the
lighted
end
of
the
same
gunmatch
more
farther
or
loer
into
the
Cane
,
and
by
this
meanes
the
lighted
end
of
the
gunmatch
being
within
the
Cane
can
not
bee
seene
in
the
night
,
nor
be
wet
with
raine
.
The
70
Chapter
.
In
what
distance
peeces
of
Artillerie
ought
to
be
planted
for
batterie
:
In
what
order
peeces
of
artillery
ought
to
be
mounted
for
batterie
:
In
what
sort
peeces
of
artillery
ought
to
bee
discharged
for
batterie
:
and
in
what
measure
a
breach
with
battery
ought
to
be
:
and
in
what
maner
a
peece
made
hot
with
many
shootes
ought
to
be
cooled
.
TO
batter
a
wall
of
a
Towne
or
fort
,
lay
your
Cannons
if
you
can
at
the
distance
of
80
paces
from
the
wall
which
shall
be
beaten
downe
,
and
in
no
wise
(
without
constraint
)
more
farther
from
that
wal
than
150
paces
:
for
when
Cannons
doe
lie
300
or
200
paces
of
from
the
wall
which
shal
be
battred
,
they
are
planted
(
as
Luigui
Collado
writeth
)
in
an
inconuenient
distance
&
vnmeete
place
to
batter
.
Also
lay
the
mouthes
of
your
Cannons
so
as
they
may
strike
a
foot
one
aboue
an
other
in
the
wal
vnto
¼
of
the
heigth
in
the
said
wal
,
&
discharging
them
altogether
at
one
instant
,
continue
the
batterie
,
till
you
haue
made
a
breach
so
bigge
as
at
the
least
nine
men
in
a
rancke
may
enter
into
it
.
After
a
peece
with
manie
shootes
is
made
very
hot
,
it
changeth
his
colour
,
&
shooteth
weaklie
,
and
then
to
saue
it
from
breaking
,
you
ought
to
coole
it
within
with
a
spunge
wet
in
cold
water
,
or
in
two
parts
of
cold
water
,
&
one
part
of
vineger
,
or
in
lie
mingled
with
a
little
water
:
and
lay
all
ouer
the
peece
,
or
at
the
least
from
the
touchhole
to
the
mouth
,
sheepes
skinnes
with
long
wooll
on
them
dipped
in
the
said
cold
water
,
or
in
2
parts
of
cold
water
,
&
1
part
of
vineger
,
or
in
lie
and
a
little
water
,
which
lie
stoppeth
the
powres
of
the
mettall
in
the
peece
,
and
causeth
it
to
resist
heate
.
The
71
Chapter
.
How
a
Gunner
may
outshoote
other
Gunners
in
one
and
the
same
peece
at
one
and
the
same
eleuation
with
pellets
of
one
waight
,
&
of
one
kinde
,
&
with
an
equall
waight
of
one
&
the
same
kind
of
gunpowder
.
WRappe
the
pellet
in
linnen
or
woollen
cloth
,
so
as
it
may
goe
very
stiffe
and
close
vnto
the
gunpowder
in
the
peece
,
and
by
so
doing
you
shall
make
the
sayde
pellets
to
randge
more
grounde
than
a
like
pellet
which
is
not
so
wrapped
in
cloth
will
doe
.
Likewise
when
a
Gunner
shall
shoote
with
an
other
Gunner
in
one
and
the
same
peece
,
at
one
and
the
same
eleuation
with
pellettes
of
one
waight
and
of
one
kinde
,
with
an
equall
waight
of
one
and
the
same
kind
of
gunpowder
,
and
in
all
pointes
with
like
aduantage
,
hee
that
shooteth
last
shall
out
shoote
him
which
did
first
shoote
in
the
saide
peece
by
the
reasons
alleaged
in
the
4
Colloquie
of
the
first
booke
of
N
:
Tartaglia
his
Colloquies
,
and
in
the
seuenth
Colloquie
of
the
second
booke
of
N
:
Tartaglia
his
Colloquies
.
Also
if
a
gunner
after
he
hath
laded
a
peece
with
his
due
charge
in
gunpowder
will
make
a
hole
with
a
staffe
of
a
conuenient
length
and
bignesse
thorow
the
very
middest
of
the
same
gunpowder
,
and
likewise
after
he
hath
duely
charged
his
saide
peece
with
2
waddes
of
hay
,
strawe
,
toe
,
or
of
vntwisted
ropes
,
and
a
fit
pellet
,
wil
fill
the
touchhole
of
the
same
peece
with
good
gunpowder
,
and
make
an
other
hole
with
his
proyning
yron
thorow
the
same
touch
gunpowder
downe
vnto
the
hole
which
was
first
made
in
the
saide
due
charge
of
gunpowder
within
the
peece
,
doubtlesse
he
shall
by
so
doing
shoote
more
ground
than
an
other
Gunner
ignorant
of
this
skil
can
doe
in
the
same
peece
at
one
and
the
same
eleuation
with
a
like
pellet
,
and
an
equall
charge
of
one
and
the
same
sort
of
gunpowder
.
The
staffe
which
shall
make
a
hole
in
the
middest
of
the
peece
his
charge
in
gunpowder
ought
for
euery
Fauconet
,
Faucon
,
Minion
,
Saker
,
Culuering
,
French
demie
Cannon
,
demie
Cannon
lower
than
ordinarie
,
and
demie
Cannon
,
to
bee
in
compasse
three
or
foure
ynches
or
there
aboutes
,
and
the
staffe
which
shall
make
a
hole
in
the
middest
of
the
peece
his
charge
in
gunpowder
for
euery
ordinarie
demie
Cannon
demie
Cannon
of
the
eldest
sort
,
French
double
Cannon
,
ordinarie
double
Cannon
,
and
double
Cannon
of
the
eldest
and
biggest
sort
ought
to
be
in
compasse
fiue
ynches
or
thereabout
.
The
72
Chapter
.
How
you
may
amend
high
,
loe
,
and
wide
shootes
.
To
amend
an
high
shoote
.
WHen
a
pellet
shot
at
a
marke
within
point
blanke
hath
strooke
somwhat
aboue
that
marke
,
lay
your
peece
for
the
second
shoote
against
the
said
marke
in
euery
respect
as
it
did
lie
at
the
first
shoote
,
and
afterwards
raise
vp
the
dispart
vppon
the
mouth
of
your
peece
,
till
you
shall
see
by
the
vppermost
part
of
mettall
in
the
taile
of
the
peece
,
and
the
toppe
of
that
dispart
,
the
place
where
the
pellet
strooke
at
the
first
shoote
.
This
done
,
imbase
the
mouth
of
that
peece
,
till
the
said
vppermost
part
of
mettall
,
and
the
toppe
of
the
same
dispart
,
doe
lie
in
a
right
line
with
the
marke
,
and
then
giuing
fire
to
the
peece
,
you
shall
see
that
by
this
meanes
the
peece
will
shoote
into
the
marke
.
To
amend
a
loe
shoote
.
Also
when
a
pellet
shot
at
a
marke
within
point
blanke
doth
strike
somewhat
vnder
his
marke
,
you
may
amend
the
said
loe
shoote
in
this
maner
.
Recharge
your
peece
,
and
after
you
haue
for
the
second
shoote
laid
it
against
the
marke
in
euery
respect
as
you
did
lay
it
for
the
first
shoote
,
set
vpright
vppon
the
vppermost
part
of
mettall
in
the
taile
of
the
peece
a
waxe
candle
of
such
a
length
as
that
you
may
see
by
the
toppe
of
the
saide
candle
,
and
the
toppe
of
the
dispart
vppon
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
the
loe
place
where
the
pellet
before
did
hit
.
Then
hauing
mounted
the
mouth
of
your
peece
till
the
toppe
of
the
saide
waxe
candle
,
and
the
toppe
of
the
dispart
vppon
the
mouth
of
your
peece
,
doe
lie
in
a
right
line
with
the
saide
marke
,
giue
fire
to
the
peece
,
and
so
you
shall
shoote
into
the
marke
.
To
amende
a
shoote
wide
vppon
your
right
hand
.
But
when
a
pellet
shot
at
a
marke
within
point
blanke
shall
strike
wide
vppon
your
right
hand
,
then
to
amend
that
wide
shoote
,
recharge
the
peece
which
shot
that
pellet
,
and
laying
it
for
the
second
shoote
against
the
marke
as
it
did
lie
at
the
first
shoote
,
remoue
the
leuell
sight
vppon
the
taile
of
your
peece
somewhat
towards
your
left
hand
,
so
as
the
top
of
your
nwe
leuell
sight
,
and
the
toppe
of
your
peece
his
dispart
,
may
be
perceaued
to
lie
in
a
right
line
with
the
place
where
the
pellet
before
did
strike
.
This
done
,
mooue
your
peece
to
and
fro
till
you
shall
see
that
the
top
of
your
nwe
leuell
sight
,
and
the
toppe
of
your
peece
his
dispart
do
lie
in
a
right
line
with
the
marke
,
&
for
an
end
of
this
worke
giue
fire
to
your
peece
which
now
without
faile
will
shoote
his
pellet
into
the
marke
.
To
amende
a
shoote
wide
vppon
your
left
hand
.
You
may
amend
a
shoote
wide
vppon
your
left
hand
as
you
haue
been
taught
to
amend
a
shoote
wide
vppon
your
right
hand
,
sauing
for
the
amendment
of
a
shoote
wide
vpon
your
left
hand
,
you
must
alwaies
remoue
the
leuel
sight
vppon
the
taile
of
your
peece
somwhat
towards
your
right
hand
.
The
73
Chapter
.
To
make
an
engine
which
will
make
a
great
spoile
and
a
merueilous
slaughter
.
PLace
a
great
peece
of
Artillerie
within
a
brode
yron
hoope
,
and
lay
a
great
number
of
Caliuers
or
Muskets
in
the
said
hoope
rounde
about
the
said
peece
according
to
the
figure
next
folowing
,
and
when
need
shall
require
charge
and
discharge
all
the
same
peeces
togeather
.
This
engine
discharged
out
of
a
ship
at
men
in
a
Gallie
,
Foyst
,
or
any
other
like
vessell
(
as
Girolamo
Ruscelli
writeth
)
will
make
a
great
spoile
and
a
merueilous
slaughter
.
depiction of an explosive engine
The
74
Chapter
.
Instructions
for
all
those
that
are
vnskilfull
to
handle
and
vse
an
Harchibuse
,
Caliuer
,
or
Musket
.
1
EVery
person
vnskilfull
to
handle
and
vse
an
Harchibuse
,
Caliuer
,
or
Musket
ought
first
to
learne
to
handle
and
carry
soldier
like
the
saide
peece
,
and
the
Flaske
,
and
touch
boxe
belonging
to
it
.
diagram of the bore of a caliver
the
alowed
bore
of
a
caliuer
in
Ao.
Dnī
1588
diagram of the bore of a musket
the
alowed
bore
of
a
musket
in
Aº
Dnī
1588.
4
Also
he
ought
to
learne
how
he
shall
in
a
commendable
maner
charge
his
peece
,
and
how
he
shall
afterwardes
(
when
need
shall
require
)
lay
it
to
his
cheeke
.
5
Hauing
learned
to
charge
,
he
ought
also
to
know
how
hee
should
shoote
in
the
saide
peece
at
randon
,
and
likewise
how
he
should
shoote
in
that
peece
at
a
marke
within
the
leuell
of
the
same
peece
,
and
how
vppon
a
small
stay
in
march
or
skirmish
hee
should
charge
and
discharge
speedily
his
peece
.
6
Also
he
ought
to
prooue
before
hee
hath
vrgent
cause
to
vse
his
peece
,
whether
it
bee
good
and
meete
for
his
purpose
or
like
to
breake
.
7
And
in
a
skirmish
made
only
for
practise
or
sport
,
let
him
take
heed
that
hee
doe
not
charge
his
peece
with
any
bullet
whereby
any
person
may
be
maymed
or
put
in
hazard
of
his
life
or
limmes
.
8
Also
for
diuers
reasons
which
are
not
meete
to
be
expressed
in
this
booke
,
let
no
person
at
any
time
vse
to
shoote
out
of
his
peece
any
pellet
of
lead
after
hee
hath
chawed
it
in
his
mouth
and
bitten
it
with
his
teeth
.
The
75
Chapter
.
How
to
mount
a
morter
peece
for
to
shoote
out
of
the
same
fireworks
or
great
stones
ouer
walles
or
other
high
places
into
cities
,
townes
,
or
camps
,
to
burne
and
beate
downe
houses
,
tents
,
and
lodgings
within
the
same
places
.
IT
behooueth
him
which
will
shoote
out
of
a
morter
peece
any
fireworke
or
great
stone
for
to
haue
it
fall
right
downe
vppon
the
appointed
place
to
know
these
3
things
.
The
waight
of
the
shot
,
how
much
ground
his
peece
wil
shoote
at
the
best
of
the
randon
,
&
how
far
the
place
which
he
would
burne
or
beate
downe
is
from
him
.
The
said
three
things
being
knowne
,
he
may
easily
by
this
example
following
learne
to
doe
as
he
intended
.
depiction of the firing of a piece of artillery
Example
.
The
peece
will
shoote
the
fireworke
,
or
the
great
stone
at
the
best
of
the
randon
800
paces
,
and
the
place
to
be
burned
or
beaten
downe
is
distant
from
that
peece
600
paces
,
therefore
that
peece
must
be
mounted
for
to
doe
this
exploit
at
48
degrees
and
½
degree
.
But
if
the
fireworke
or
the
great
stone
will
flie
at
the
best
of
the
randon
900
paces
,
and
the
place
to
bee
burned
or
beaten
downe
bee
distant
from
the
peece
sixe
hundred
paces
,
then
the
saide
peece
must
bee
mounted
at
fortie
one
degrees
and
almost
½
of
a
degree
.
And
when
the
fireworke
or
stone
will
flie
at
the
best
of
the
raudon
1000
paces
,
and
the
space
betweene
the
peece
and
the
said
place
doth
containe
600
paces
,
the
said
peece
must
be
mounted
at
sixe
&
thirtie
degrees
and
½
part
of
a
degree
,
but
for
the
better
vnderstanding
hereof
marke
well
this
figure
following
.
diagram of the use of a quadrant
●
for
t
to
be
burned
or
beaten
downe
.
The
●…etus
or
perpendiculer
line
.
A
morter
peece
set
vpright
.
In
the
said
figure
there
is
a
Quadrant
,
and
vppon
the
same
with
a
moueable
Hipothenuasa
or
Index
a
right
angled
triangle
is
fashioned
.
The
base
of
that
triangle
representing
the
space
betweene
the
peece
&
the
marke
ought
to
bee
diuided
into
so
many
equal
partes
as
the
said
distance
betweene
the
peece
and
the
marke
doth
containe
paces
.
Likewise
the
said
Hipothenusa
or
Index
representing
the
way
of
the
shot
would
be
marked
with
so
many
of
such
like
equall
partes
as
may
shew
the
number
of
paces
which
the
peece
wil
shoote
at
the
best
of
the
randon
to
be
numbred
from
the
center
downewardes
.
Now
when
a
fireworke
or
a
great
stone
is
to
be
shot
out
of
a
morter
peece
vnto
an
appointed
place
,
the
gunner
hauing
in
a
readinesse
such
a
Quadrant
,
and
knowing
how
much
ground
his
said
peece
wil
shoote
at
the
best
of
the
randon
,
&
also
what
distance
is
betweene
the
peece
&
the
place
to
be
Burned
or
beaten
downe
,
must
mooue
vpwardes
or
downewardes
the
said
Hipothenusa
or
Index
vntill
that
part
of
the
Hipothenusa
which
is
equall
to
the
number
of
paces
which
the
peece
will
shoote
at
the
best
randon
doth
touch
the
Cathetus
or
perpendiculer
line
of
the
said
triangle
:
And
then
he
must
note
the
degree
vpon
the
Quadrant
which
is
touched
with
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
sayde
Hipothenusa
or
Index
,
and
mount
the
sayd
morter
peece
to
that
degree
for
to
shoote
the
fireworke
or
the
great
stone
to
the
appoynted
place
.
The
76
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
an
yron
dart
which
being
shot
out
of
any
great
peece
of
artillerie
,
or
out
of
the
inguine
called
Balista
,
or
throne
out
of
your
handes
against
any
woodden
obiect
,
will
burne
and
consume
the
same
obiect
if
it
shall
strike
and
sticke
in
the
same
obiect
.
MAke
an
yron
dart
of
two
foote
in
length
(
more
or
lesse
at
your
pleasure
)
with
yron
winges
placed
a
little
below
the
vpper
end
like
the
feathers
of
an
arrow
or
Butshaft
,
and
aboue
or
vnder
the
said
winges
pearce
a
hole
thorow
the
stem
of
the
dart
.
depiction of an iron dart
Also
make
a
round
pype
of
yron
plate
about
foure
ynches
in
length
,
and
in
compasse
a
little
lesse
than
the
compasse
of
the
concauitie
in
the
peece
which
shall
shoote
the
same
dart
,
and
hauing
pearced
a
little
hole
thorow
both
sides
of
this
pype
put
the
pype
filled
full
of
the
mixture
following
vppon
the
dart
aboue
the
said
winges
,
or
if
you
wil
below
the
said
wings
,
so
as
his
hole
may
lie
directly
vppon
the
other
hole
which
was
first
made
in
the
stemme
of
the
dart
,
because
you
must
driue
a
naile
thorow
both
these
holes
from
one
side
of
the
saide
pype
vnto
the
other
side
of
the
same
pype
to
fasten
it
and
the
dart
togeather
,
that
when
the
dart
shal
be
shot
out
of
a
peece
of
artillerie
,
the
saide
yron
pype
may
not
flie
from
it
.
Likewise
I
would
haue
you
to
pearce
one
hole
at
the
vpper
end
●f
this
pype
,
and
diuers
other
holes
thorow
the
sides
of
this
pype
,
and
to
put
into
the
side
holes
short
yron
pypes
like
vnto
the
Canons
of
pocket
dagges
,
and
to
set
fast
these
short
pypes
within
the
said
great
pype
so
as
their
mouthes
may
lie
a
little
without
the
said
holes
according
to
the
picture
next
following
,
and
that
their
other
endes
may
rest
vppon
a
part
of
the
dart
.
For
these
short
pypes
charged
with
powder
and
pellet
(
as
dagges
ought
to
be
)
will
shoote
out
their
pellets
when
the
mixture
in
the
said
great
pype
shall
burne
about
them
,
and
astonish
all
those
that
shall
then
be
neare
vnto
them
,
especially
if
the
dart
bee
shotte
from
an
high
place
downewardes
.
Moreouer
,
put
vppon
the
dart
neare
vnto
his
point
a
bagge
wide
in
the
middest
and
narrow
towards
both
his
endes
according
to
the
picture
next
following
,
&
with
a
mixture
made
of
12
parts
of
Saltpeeter
,
eight
partes
of
Brimstone
brused
grosselie
like
pepper
cornes
,
and
foure
partes
of
grosse
gunpowder
mingled
togeather
,
fill
that
bagge
,
and
also
the
said
great
pype
of
yron
as
full
as
you
can
,
binding
well
togeather
both
the
endes
of
the
said
bagge
so
filled
,
and
nailing
the
full
bagge
vnto
the
dart
with
a
naile
driuen
thorow
a
hole
which
for
that
purpose
ought
to
be
in
the
dart
according
to
the
picture
next
following
,
to
the
ende
that
the
said
bagge
may
not
mooue
from
his
place
when
the
dart
shall
be
shot
out
of
a
peece
of
great
Ordinance
,
or
throne
with
your
hande
.
Also
you
shall
dippe
hempe
in
the
mixture
which
you
learned
to
make
in
the
nineteenth
Chapter
of
this
Appendix
for
gunmatches
,
and
binde
the
same
with
pack
threede
when
it
is
drie
rounde
about
the
dart
from
the
said
yron
wings
vnto
the
said
bagge
,
laying
the
loose
ends
of
the
hempe
towardes
the
great
pype
of
yron
,
or
in
steede
of
hempe
binde
a
gunmatche
rounde
about
the
dart
betweene
the
said
yron
wings
and
the
said
bagge
,
that
the
mixture
in
the
said
great
pype
of
yron
being
a
fire
may
giue
fire
to
the
saide
hempe
or
gunmatche
which
will
carrie
fire
vnto
the
mixture
in
the
bagge
.
depiction of an incendiary dart
And
forasmuch
as
these
dartes
touched
with
mens
handes
or
wet
with
raine
will
waxe
worse
and
marre
,
therefore
cote
them
with
canuas
and
winde
packthreede
very
hard
vppon
the
same
canuas
,
and
then
couer
the
said
canuas
all
ouer
with
paste
made
of
meale
sod
in
water
:
and
when
the
said
couer
of
paste
is
thorow
drie
,
make
a
close
and
hard
binding
net
of
wiar
round
about
vppon
the
saide
couer
of
paste
according
to
picture
next
folloing
depiction of a cover for an incendiary dart
When
you
will
shoote
this
dart
put
into
the
said
hole
at
the
vpper
end
of
the
saide
great
pype
a
peece
of
a
gunmatch
,
and
charge
not
the
peece
out
of
which
this
dart
shall
be
shot
with
so
much
gunpowder
as
is
his
ordinarie
charge
nor
with
any
tampion
or
wadde
.
The
77
Chapter
.
To
make
balles
or
pellets
of
fire
which
being
shot
out
of
great
ordinance
,
or
throne
out
of
mens
hands
will
sticke
fast
and
burne
the
obiect
in
which
they
shall
strike
.
PRepare
three
sharpe
pointed
barres
of
yron
a
little
lesse
in
their
lengths
than
the
heigth
of
the
peece
his
concauitie
in
which
they
shal
lie
.
This
done
,
lay
2
of
those
barres
crosse-wise
in
their
middle
parts
one
vppon
an
other
,
binding
the
contingent
partes
of
the
same
crosse
fast
about
with
an
yron
wier
.
Also
lay
the
middle
part
of
the
3
barre
ouerthwart
and
crossewise
vpon
the
middle
and
contingent
parts
of
the
other
2
crosse
barres
,
tying
them
in
like
maner
fast
togeather
with
an
yron
wier
,
so
as
one
point
at
the
least
of
the
same
double
and
ouertwart
crosse
may
sticke
fast
in
euery
obiect
that
shal
be
strooken
with
the
same
.
Moreouer
winde
a
gunmatch
round
about
the
contingent
partes
of
the
the
said
crosse
till
you
haue
made
vppon
the
same
a
round
bottome
as
bigge
as
an
Orrange
,
&
then
weauing
the
rest
of
the
gunmatch
in
and
out
vppon
the
said
crosse
barres
,
you
shall
make
certaine
void
and
emptie
roomes
like
vnto
birdes
neastes
,
which
must
be
filled
with
a
mixture
that
ought
to
be
made
after
this
maner
.
Take
of
Saltpeeter
12
parts
,
of
Brimstone
grosly
bruised
like
pepper
cornes
8
partes
,
of
grosse
gunpowder
4
parts
,
&
with
all
these
things
mingled
togeather
fill
the
said
emptie
roomes
so
as
your
worke
may
bee
a
rounde
body
like
a
pellet
.
Furthermore
winde
round
about
ouer
the
said
mixture
more
of
the
gunmatch
,
&
vppon
this
gunmatch
winde
very
hard
a
handfull
of
packthreed
in
such
sort
as
some
men
vse
to
winde
threed
vppon
a
bottome
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
make
an
other
mixture
after
this
maner
.
Take
of
Brimstone
one
part
,
of
Orpiment
,
one
part
,
of
Colophonia
pitch
or
Colophonia
gum
2
parts
,
of
Ship
pitch
one
part
,
of
Turpentine
one
part
,
of
the
wood
of
a
yew
tree
one
part
,
of
Frankensence
½
of
a
part
,
of
Oyle
of
lynseed
½
of
a
part
,
of
Oyle
of
stone
⅓
of
a
part
,
of
vitriall
grosly
beaten
one
part
:
and
in
these
things
mingled
togeather
,
and
boiled
a
little
while
in
a
copper
vessel
,
dip
toe
or
bumbase
much
or
scarsely
according
as
you
will
haue
this
pellet
to
burne
furiously
or
slowly
,
which
toe
or
bumbase
must
afterwardes
be
wrapped
round
about
the
pellet
,
&
well
couered
ouer
with
pitch
,
remembring
that
the
sharpe
points
of
the
said
yron
barres
must
stand
two
ynces
at
the
least
without
the
said
couer
of
pytch
,
and
that
a
hole
must
be
made
thorow
the
midst
of
the
pellet
from
one
side
to
the
other
to
containe
a
gunmatch
,
which
lying
along
in
the
saide
hole
shall
when
neede
requireth
make
the
saide
ball
or
pellet
to
burne
.
depiction of incendiary pellets
The
78
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
holloe
baules
of
mettall
which
being
shot
out
of
great
Ordinance
or
morter
peeces
,
or
throne
with
slings
out
of
mens
hands
among
soldiers
standing
or
marching
in
battaile
ray
,
will
sodainely
breake
in
many
peeces
and
doe
great
hurt
.
EVery
holloe
ball
of
mettall
that
shal
be
shot
out
of
any
great
peece
of
Artillerie
or
morter
peece
,
or
that
shal
be
throne
with
mens
handes
among
soldiers
in
battaile
ray
,
ought
to
be
made
of
brickle
mettall
,
as
of
Copper
,
Lattin
,
Tynne
,
or
cast
yron
and
haue
a
little
hole
in
it
,
through
which
the
concauitie
of
that
baule
may
bee
filled
with
fine
corne
gunpowder
,
and
in
which
after
the
said
concauitie
is
filled
with
gunpowder
,
a
short
end
of
a
gunmatch
may
be
put
that
shall
fire
the
sayd
gunpowder
incontinently
after
the
baule
commes
among
them
at
whom
it
was
shot
,
to
the
ende
that
the
sayd
baule
being
vnable
to
abide
the
violent
blast
of
the
gunpowder
that
is
within
his
concauitie
,
may
thereby
breake
in
many
peeces
,
and
kill
or
greeuously
hurt
more
men
than
one
whole
pellet
will
doe
.
You
may
also
fill
holloe
baules
of
mettall
with
that
kinde
of
gunpowder
which
I
haue
taught
you
to
make
in
the
thirteenth
way
and
sixteenth
chapter
of
this
Appendix
,
for
the
said
gunpowder
is
of
so
great
force
,
as
that
vndoubtedly
it
wil
breake
any
holloe
baule
of
brickle
mettall
filled
with
the
same
.
Some
make
these
holloe
baules
with
three
partes
of
brasse
,
and
one
of
tynne
,
in
thickenesse
¼
of
an
ynche
,
and
they
doe
melt
the
brasse
before
they
put
the
Tynne
vnto
it
,
and
when
such
baules
shall
be
vsed
they
fill
them
halfe
full
of
good
corne
gunpowder
,
and
to
fill
vp
the
rest
of
the
hollonesse
in
this
baule
,
they
put
in
three
partes
of
serpentine
powder
mingled
with
one
part
of
rosen
beaten
into
powder
,
&
then
hauing
put
into
the
mouthes
of
the
holes
that
are
in
the
baules
a
little
fine
corne
gunpowder
for
to
make
the
residue
of
the
stuffe
to
fire
the
sooner
,
they
shoote
them
out
of
great
Ordinance
,
or
throe
them
with
slings
out
of
their
hands
among
men
in
battaile
ray
,
or
ouer
walles
into
townes
,
fortresses
,
and
camps
,
to
terrifie
,
hurt
,
and
kill
all
those
that
at
the
time
of
their
breaking
shall
bee
neare
vnto
them
.
Moreouer
you
may
for
that
purpose
make
a
holloe
pellet
of
one
pounde
of
tynne
,
and
three
poundes
of
copper
:
and
this
pellet
being
made
halfe
a
finger
thicke
,
you
must
pearce
two
holes
so
bigge
as
a
man
may
thrust
into
them
his
little
finger
in
both
sides
of
the
pellet
,
one
directly
against
the
other
.
This
done
,
fill
the
holloe
pellet
full
of
fine
gunpowder
pressed
downe
very
hard
and
put
into
this
pellet
thoroe
the
saide
holes
a
holloe
pype
of
yron
which
must
reach
from
one
of
those
holes
vnto
the
other
,
and
be
fast
riueted
in
the
pellet
.
But
before
you
doe
put
the
pype
so
into
the
pellet
,
remember
to
pearce
about
the
middle
part
of
the
pype
two
or
three
holes
thoroe
the
sides
of
it
,
and
after
the
pype
is
riueted
fast
in
the
pellet
to
make
this
next
mixture
folloing
.
Take
of
grosse
gunpowder
sixtie
partes
,
of
Saltpeeter
stamped
twelue
partes
,
of
vernish
in
graines
sixe
partes
of
Spanish
pitch
sixe
partes
,
incorporate
all
these
thinges
togeather
,
and
after
both
the
endes
of
that
yron
pype
are
fast
riueted
in
the
pellet
,
fill
the
saide
pype
almost
full
of
that
mixture
,
I
say
almostful
because
you
must
put
fine
gunpowder
into
both
endes
of
the
said
yron
pype
.
Moreouer
,
after
you
haue
so
done
you
shall
first
annoint
the
outside
of
this
pellet
all
ouer
with
Turpentine
,
and
then
hauing
roled
the
pellet
in
fine
gunpowder
to
make
it
apte
to
take
fire
quickly
,
you
shall
shoote
the
same
out
of
a
great
peece
of
Artillerie
with
a
traine
of
gunpowder
,
which
lying
along
in
the
peece
from
the
mouth
of
it
vnto
the
gunpowder
behinde
the
said
pellet
,
must
first
bee
set
on
a
fire
at
the
mouth
of
the
peece
.
Also
you
may
if
you
will
put
into
the
saide
holloe
baule
or
pellet
certaine
square
or
rounde
peeces
of
lead
,
or
diuers
shorte
pypes
of
yron
like
vnto
pocket
dagges
full
charged
with
gunpowder
and
pellettes
,
and
fill
vp
the
rest
of
the
concauitie
in
that
baule
or
pellet
with
fine
gunpowder
,
and
hauing
annointed
it
with
Turpentine
,
and
roled
it
in
fine
gunpowder
,
shoote
it
out
of
a
peece
of
Artillery
with
a
trayne
as
aboue
you
haue
beene
taught
to
doe
.
depiction of explosive pellets
The
79
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
diuers
sortes
of
baules
of
wildefire
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
Morter
peeces
,
and
also
out
of
other
great
peeces
of
Ordinance
:
And
how
you
may
make
diuers
sortes
of
baules
of
wildefire
and
other
firewoorkes
which
may
be
throen
out
of
mens
hands
with
slinges
,
cordes
,
or
other
such
like
thinges
,
into
a
Towne
,
Forte
,
Trenche
,
or
Campe
,
or
among
men
set
in
battelray
.
TAke
brimstone
,
oyle
of
brimstone
,
stone
oyle
,
Iuniper
oyle
,
Saltpeeter
very
well
refined
,
and
for
euery
parte
of
these
thinges
take
fiue
partes
of
Aspalto
:
Moreouer
,
take
Goose
grease
,
or
Duckes
grease
,
pure
Greeke
pitch
,
vernish
,
Pigens
dunge
dried
and
beaten
into
fine
powder
,
and
so
much
Aqua
vitae
as
will
couer
all
the
same
thinges
.
After
you
haue
put
all
these
thinges
together
into
a
glasse
or
into
an
earthen
pot
(
which
must
bee
glased
or
nealed
)
stoppe
close
the
mouth
of
that
glasse
or
potte
with
waxe
,
or
with
the
clay
which
we
call
Lutum
sapientiae
in
Latin
,
and
in
English
Lute
of
wisdome
,
and
burie
the
sayde
glasse
or
potte
in
hotte
dung
for
25
or
30
dayes
togeather
.
Then
(
to
the
ende
all
that
mixture
may
be
the
better
incorporated
)
set
the
sayde
glasse
or
potte
vppon
a
softe
fire
,
and
hauing
so
done
,
dippe
toe
or
linnen
clothe
in
the
sayd
mixture
,
and
make
a
round
baule
fitte
for
your
Morter
peece
,
or
for
an
other
peece
of
Ordinance
of
the
same
toe
or
linnen
clothe
wel
dipped
and
imbrued
in
the
sayd
mixture
.
2
You
may
also
if
you
will
take
a
small
pellet
of
yron
or
stone
,
and
winde
about
the
same
so
much
of
that
toe
or
linnen
clothe
well
dipped
and
imbrued
in
the
sayd
mixture
,
as
will
suffice
to
make
the
same
a
fitte
shotte
for
your
great
peece
of
Ordinance
,
or
Morter
peece
.
But
when
you
will
throe
the
sayd
ball
of
toe
or
linnen
clothe
with
your
handes
,
you
shall
hang
a
ringe
about
the
same
,
and
tie
vnto
that
ringe
a
cord
¾
of
a
yarde
in
length
,
which
corde
you
shall
take
in
one
of
your
hands
,
and
with
the
same
tosse
the
ball
after
it
is
set
on
a
fire
rounde
about
you
,
till
you
shall
perceaue
by
casting
it
about
that
it
is
readie
to
departe
from
you
,
and
then
with
all
your
strength
throe
it
into
the
appoynted
place
.
Also
Canes
,
holloe
staues
,
and
pottes
may
bee
filled
with
this
mixture
,
or
you
may
fill
bagges
therewith
,
and
after
you
haue
set
them
on
a
fire
,
throe
them
with
slinges
,
or
such
like
instruments
whether
you
will
.
3
An
other
kinde
of
firewoorke
which
may
be
throne
out
of
mens
handes
among
enemies
set
in
battell
ray
,
and
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
and
Morter
peeces
into
Townes
,
Castles
,
Campes
and
Shippes
.
TAke
of
the
vernish
which
is
occupied
to
guilde
leather
an
hundred
twenty
partes
,
of
quick
brimstone
forty
eyght
parts
,
of
the
oyle
of
rozen
or
gumme
twenty
foure
parts
,
of
Saltpeeter
eyghteene
parts
,
of
the
oyle
called
Oleum
Olibani
twelue
parts
,
of
Camphire
sixe
parts
,
of
very
good
Aqua
vitae
fourteene
parts
:
Mingle
all
these
thinges
togeather
in
a
pot
,
or
some
other
vessell
set
ouer
a
softe
fire
,
then
dip
or
imbrue
toe
or
linnen
clothe
in
that
mixture
,
and
keepe
the
same
imbrued
toe
and
linnen
clothe
in
pottes
,
to
throe
after
it
is
kindled
with
a
gunpowder
match
among
enemies
,
standing
or
marching
in
battel
ray
:
or
make
of
the
same
imbrued
toe
and
linnen
clothe
fitte
pellets
for
to
be
shot
out
of
great
Ordinance
,
and
Morter
peeces
into
Townes
,
Castles
,
Campes
and
Shippes
:
For
this
kinde
of
firewoorke
being
well
kindled
,
can
not
be
quenched
wheresoeuer
it
falles
.
4
An
other
firewoorke
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
and
Morter
peeces
,
or
throne
out
of
mens
handes
.
TAke
of
the
vernish
which
is
occupied
to
guilde
leather
120
parts
,
of
the
oyle
of
rozen
or
gumme
12
parts
,
of
the
oyle
of
waxe
12
parts
,
of
the
oyle
of
turpentine
8
parts
,
of
quick
brimstone
24
parts
,
of
saltpeeter
48
parts
,
of
camphire
12
parts
,
of
very
good
Aqua
vitae
24
parts
,
of
greeke
pitch
beaten
into
fine
powder
36
parts
:
Mingle
all
these
things
togeather
in
a
pot
or
some
other
vessel
set
ouer
a
softe
fire
,
then
dip
and
imbrue
toe
or
linnen
clothe
in
that
mixture
,
and
keepe
the
same
imbrued
toe
in
pottes
,
to
be
throne
with
slinges
after
it
is
kindled
,
into
any
place
that
you
will
burne
:
or
make
of
the
imbrued
toe
and
linnen
clothe
rounde
balles
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
and
Morter
peeces
into
Townes
,
Fortes
,
Campes
,
and
Shippes
,
for
this
firewoorke
being
kindled
,
can
not
be
quenched
.
5
An
other
firewoorke
which
will
burne
in
water
,
and
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
and
Morter
peeces
in
holloe
balles
of
mettall
,
&
throne
with
slinges
out
of
mens
hands
.
TAke
of
good
gunpowder
72
parts
,
of
colophonia
24
parts
,
of
common
oyle
of
Oliues
18
parts
,
of
brimstone
12
parts
,
of
Naphra
or
stone
oyle
12
parts
:
These
things
being
well
mingled
togeather
will
burne
all
drie
things
,
and
as
by
adding
vnto
the
same
mixture
a
greater
quantitie
of
gunpowder
you
may
increase
the
strength
of
this
firewoorke
,
so
by
putting
vnto
that
mixture
somewhat
more
of
Colophonia
and
brimstone
,
you
may
abate
the
strength
of
the
same
firewoorke
.
After
you
haue
made
a
mixture
of
the
said
things
,
wrap
the
same
in
little
bags
of
linnen
as
well
and
as
straight
bound
about
as
may
be
,
then
hauing
tied
a
corde
vnto
euery
of
the
said
bags
,
holde
fast
the
endes
of
the
cordes
in
your
handes
,
that
by
the
same
you
may
dip
and
imbrue
the
said
bags
in
hote
pitch
,
which
done
,
let
the
said
bags
imbrued
with
pitch
drie
:
When
they
are
drie
wrap
them
in
linnen
clothe
as
before
you
did
the
said
mixture
,
&
afterwards
dip
and
imbrue
the
said
wrappers
in
hote
pitch
as
before
you
did
the
bagges
,
through
which
they
shall
not
onely
be
defended
from
the
moysture
of
water
,
but
also
from
breaking
asunder
with
the
force
of
fire
.
After
this
,
drie
the
said
wrappers
in
the
sunne
,
&
hauing
so
done
,
pearce
a
little
hole
quite
thoroe
the
said
imbrued
wrappers
&
bags
&
into
that
hole
put
fire
:
After
the
fire
is
kindled
,
and
hath
burned
a
while
in
the
said
hole
,
throe
the
aforesaid
composition
into
water
,
and
by
so
doing
you
shall
see
the
said
firewoorke
to
go
downe
to
the
bottome
of
the
water
,
and
to
rise
vp
againe
to
the
top
of
the
water
,
and
to
flame
and
burne
both
on
the
toppe
of
the
water
,
&
also
in
the
bottome
of
the
water
,
and
neuer
to
be
quenched
with
water
.
Some
vse
to
shoote
this
kinde
of
firewoorke
in
holloe
balles
of
mettall
out
of
great
Ordinance
,
and
Morter
peeces
,
and
for
that
purpose
they
put
a
quantitie
of
gunpowder
in
toe
,
and
after
they
haue
imbrued
the
said
toe
in
the
aforesaide
mixture
of
Gunpowder
,
Colophonia
oyle
of
Oliues
,
oyle
of
brimstone
,
oyle
of
stone
or
naphra
,
they
fill
therewith
hollow
balles
of
mettall
,
which
being
also
couered
on
the
outside
with
the
sayde
mixture
,
and
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
,
or
Morter
peeces
with
other
gunpowder
,
will
for
a
while
flie
burning
in
the
ayre
,
and
at
the
length
breake
in
many
peeces
to
the
spoyle
and
destruction
of
all
those
that
shall
be
strooken
with
any
peece
of
the
same
ball
.
That
this
firewoorke
may
burne
the
longer
and
be
more
stronger
,
some
put
vnto
the
sayd
mixture
Swines
grease
,
Goose
grease
,
brimstone
that
hath
neuer
beene
on
any
fire
,
oyle
of
brimstone
,
oyle
of
naphra
,
oyle
of
lintseede
,
Saltpeeter
oftentimes
refined
,
Aqua
vitae
or
burning
water
,
oyle
of
turpentine
,
Iuniper
oyle
,
liquide
pitch
or
vernish
,
oyle
of
the
yolke
of
egges
:
and
for
to
thicken
and
incorporate
those
liquide
thinges
,
sawe
duste
of
a
Bay
tree
:
And
after
they
haue
well
mingled
all
these
thinges
togeather
,
and
haue
put
the
same
in
a
glasse
well
stopped
with
waxe
that
no
ayre
may
breathe
out
,
they
bury
the
sayde
glasse
in
a
doonghill
for
two
or
three
moneths
space
,
and
at
euery
tenne
dayes
ende
within
that
time
they
take
that
glasse
out
of
the
dunghill
,
and
hauing
shaken
well
togeather
the
mixture
in
the
same
,
they
bury
it
againe
in
fresh
dung
.
After
the
sayd
mixture
hath
beene
so
buried
in
dung
by
the
sayd
space
of
two
or
three
monethes
,
it
may
be
vsed
for
a
firewoorke
,
which
being
a
fire
with
gunpowder
,
or
with
a
gunpowder
match
,
will
burne
and
not
be
quenched
with
water
till
all
his
substance
shal
be
consumed
,
and
yet
with
drie
durte
,
drie
earth
,
drie
sande
,
and
with
such
other
drie
thinges
may
be
choaked
and
cleane
put
out
.
If
this
kinde
of
firewoorke
shall
happen
to
fall
vppon
a
mans
helmet
,
corslet
,
target
,
sworde
,
or
other
weapon
,
it
will
make
the
same
redde
hote
,
and
force
the
man
armed
with
the
same
to
throe
his
sayde
armour
and
weapon
away
for
to
saue
him selfe
from
burning
.
6
An
other
vnquenchable
firewoorke
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
and
Morter
peeces
,
and
may
be
throne
in
pottes
out
of
mens
handes
with
slinges
.
TAke
of
Turpentine
twelue
poundes
,
of
liquide
pitch
twelue
poundes
,
of
pitch
vernish
twelue
poundes
,
of
Frankensence
twelue
poundes
,
of
Camphire
twelue
poundes
,
of
quick
brimstone
sixe
poundes
,
of
Saltpeeter
refined
twenty
foure
poundes
,
of
burning
water
thirtie
sixe
poundes
,
of
the
oyle
of
naphra
thirtie
sixe
poundes
,
of
coles
made
of
willoe
beaten
into
fine
powder
three
poundes
and
½
pound
.
Mingle
all
these
thinges
togeather
,
and
make
thereof
with
toe
or
linnen
clothe
imbrued
in
the
same
round
balles
,
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
and
Morter
peeces
,
or
if
you
will
,
you
may
throe
certayne
pottes
filled
with
the
sayd
mixture
among
enemies
,
for
this
kinde
of
firewoorke
is
vnquenchable
.
7
An
other
firewoorke
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
,
or
out
of
Trombes
or
Trunkes
,
or
throne
in
pottes
,
and
which
will
serue
for
Pykes
,
Dartes
,
Arrowes
,
or
any
other
kinde
of
firewoorke
,
and
may
be
kept
good
for
a
very
long
time
.
TAke
of
fine
gunpowder
well
beaten
one
parte
,
of
Saltpeeter
refined
,
dry
,
and
well
beaten
one
parte
,
of
brimstone
well
beaten
fiue
partes
,
of
softe
coles
well
beaten
ten
parts
,
of
vernish
in
grayne
well
beaten
two
partes
,
of
Spanish
pitch
well
beaten
two
partes
,
of
Orpiment
well
beaten
two
partes
,
of
Camphire
well
beaten
sixe
partes
:
Also
take
of
oyle
of
Lynseede
one
parte
,
of
oyle
of
bayes
three
parts
,
of
liquide
vernish
two
partes
,
of
turpentine
three
partes
:
Melte
the
gumme
,
waxe
,
and
oyles
ouer
a
sloe
fire
,
and
when
they
are
melted
put
all
the
other
thinges
into
them
,
and
sturre
them
well
together
till
all
the
oyle
is
dryed
vp
.
With
this
mixture
you
may
fill
Trombes
or
Trunkes
,
and
Pottes
,
and
make
thereof
pellettes
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
,
and
also
out
of
Morter
peeces
.
Also
you
may
tie
this
mixture
vnto
the
endes
of
Pykes
,
Dartes
;
and
Arrowes
,
and
if
you
will
sprinkle
it
with
Aqua
vitae
,
and
put
it
into
a
nealed
potte
well
and
close
stopped
,
you
may
keepe
it
good
so
long
as
you
will
for
such
purposes
.
depiction of types of fireworks
8
An
other
kinde
of
firewoorke
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
.
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
refined
with
water
thirtie
sixe
parts
,
of
brimstone
fiue
parts
,
of
cole
sixe
parts
,
of
Camphire
three
parts
,
beate
euery
materiall
thing
by
it selfe
,
moysten
them
with
Aqua
vitae
,
incorporate
them
togeather
,
and
make
pellets
of
the
same
mixture
and
shoote
the
same
pellets
out
of
great
Ordinance
.
9
An
other
kinde
of
firewoorke
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
.
FIrst
take
of
grosse
gunpowder
sixe
partes
,
of
Saltpeeter
refined
two
parts
,
of
brimstone
one
parte
,
of
ship
pitch
two
parts
,
of
gumme
of
a
Pine
tree
½
parte
.
Beate
well
all
these
things
and
incorporate
them
togeather
.
That
done
,
take
of
turpentine
two
parts
,
of
nwe
waxe
½
parte
,
of
stone
oyle
one
parte
,
of
common
oyle
foure
parts
:
Melte
the
Turpentine
,
Gumme
,
and
waxe
,
and
oyles
ouer
a
sloe
fire
,
and
then
putting
into
this
liquide
mixture
the
composition
which
was
first
made
,
make
thereof
an
other
mixture
.
Then
hauing
in
a
readinesse
certain
round
bags
of
canuas
,
fill
euery
of
those
round
bags
with
the
said
composition
,
and
binde
euery
of
those
bags
or
pellets
so
filled
rounde
about
with
yron
wier
.
That
done
,
cote
them
(
as
the
Gunners
terme
is
)
twise
all
ouer
with
a
mixture
of
brimstone
and
gumme
and
winde
yron
wier
harde
vppon
euery
cote
.
After
this
make
foure
holes
in
euery
pellet
from
one
side
to
the
other
,
let
euery
hole
be
so
big
as
a
mans
finger
,
and
putting
into
euery
hole
an
ende
of
a
gunmatch
well
roled
in
gunpowder
,
fill
vp
the
vacant
roome
of
euery
hole
with
good
and
fine
gunpowder
.
When
you
will
charge
a
peece
of
Artillerie
with
one
of
these
pellets
,
put
first
into
the
same
peece
⅔
partes
of
his
ordinarie
charge
in
gunpowder
:
Secondly
,
make
a
hole
with
a
staffe
thoroe
the
middest
of
the
same
charge
in
gunpowder
:
Thirdly
,
of
purpose
refrayning
to
thruste
a
wadde
into
the
peece
next
after
the
powder
,
and
put
the
pellet
into
the
peece
&
close
vnto
the
gunpowder
,
and
so
as
his
said
holes
may
lie
directly
against
the
Gunpowder
,
and
then
geuing
fire
to
the
Gunpowder
in
the
touchhole
of
the
Peece
,
you
shall
see
that
the
pellette
will
burne
,
and
be
a
fearefull
fire
.
10
An
other
kinde
of
firewoorke
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Ordinance
,
or
throne
with
mens
hands
,
and
will
burne
in
water
,
armour
,
stones
and
euery
other
thing
vppon
which
it
shall
fal
,
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
,
of
cole
made
of
willoe
,
of
Aqua
vitae
,
of
brimstone
of
Greeke
pitch
or
Spanish
pitch
,
gumme
of
a
Pine
tree
,
Shippe
pitch
,
camphire
,
stone
oyle
,
liquide
vernish
and
Turpentine
,
of
each
one
parte
.
Mingle
all
these
thinges
togeather
,
and
boyling
this
mixture
in
a
Kettle
ouer
a
sloe
fire
,
make
thereof
a
paiste
which
must
not
bee
made
too
harde
,
nor
too
softe
.
Then
hauing
in
a
readinesse
rounde
bagges
of
linnen
clothe
full
stuffed
with
pure
grose
gunpowder
,
and
well
bounde
,
couer
euery
bagge
or
pellette
all
ouer
with
the
saide
paiste
,
and
winde
toe
vppon
euery
couer
of
paiste
to
keepe
faste
the
paiste
vppon
the
saide
pellettes
.
This
done
,
couer
againe
the
saide
bags
or
pellettes
all
ouer
with
the
said
payste
,
and
winde
toe
as
you
did
before
vppon
euery
of
those
couers
,
and
binde
the
toe
fast
vppon
the
pellettes
with
good
packthreede
,
then
make
a
hole
u●●…ery
of
those
pellettes
,
euen
to
the
gunpowder
which
is
within
them
,
and
put
into
euery
of
those
holes
an
ende
of
a
gunmatch
well
roled
in
fine
gunpowder
.
Now
if
you
will
shoote
any
of
these
pellettes
out
of
a
peece
of
Ordinance
,
you
must
charge
the
Peece
with
no
more
Gunpowder
than
with
halfe
of
the
gunpowder
which
is
requisite
for
the
same
Peece
when
it
shooteth
a
pellette
of
yron
,
and
you
must
thrust
the
hole
which
is
in
euery
of
these
Pellettes
right
against
the
middest
of
the
peece
his
charge
in
gunpowder
.
You
may
also
without
hurte
to
your selfe
throe
with
your
handes
any
of
these
pellettes
among
your
enemies
,
if
you
will
hurle
the
pellette
away
from
you
so
soone
as
you
haue
kindled
the
Gunmatch
lying
within
it
,
for
after
the
Gunpowder
within
the
pellet
is
a
fire
with
the
saide
Gunmatch
,
the
pellette
doth
open
,
and
bring
an
vnquenchable
fire
to
the
saide
paiste
,
which
will
burne
Armour
,
Stones
,
and
euery
other
thing
vpon
which
it
shall
fall
though
the
thing
be
in
water
.
An other
kinde
of
Firewoorke
which
may
be
shotte
out
of
great
Peeces
of
Artillerie
or
throne
out
of
mens
handes
.
MAke
a
rounde
purse
of
canuasse
,
fill
it
full
of
grose
gunpowder
,
and
binde
well
the
mouth
of
the
purse
according
to
the
picture
in
the
margent
.
And
then
make
with
a
greate
bodkin
two
or
three
holes
or
a
more
number
of
holes
in
that
purse
,
and
put
into
euery
of
the
same
holes
a
woodden
pinne
.
After
this
role
the
purse
oftentimes
in
the
mixture
following
,
till
you
haue
well
couered
the
same
with
that
mixture
,
as
before
you
haue
beene
taught
to
couer
pellettes
with
an
other
mixture
.
To
make
the
mixture
in
which
the
purse
must
be
so
roled
,
take
fiue
partes
of
grose
gunpowder
,
three
parts
of
Saltpeeter
refined
,
one
parte
of
brimstone
,
one
parte
and
½
parte
of
the
gumme
of
a
Pine
tree
,
½
parte
of
camphire
,
½
parte
of
Turpentine
,
½
parte
of
Vitriall
not
too
small
beaten
,
½
parte
of
common
salte
,
½
parte
of
oyle
of
stone
,
and
of
oyle
of
Linseede
,
and
one
parte
of
Aqua
vitae
:
Mingle
all
these
thinges
well
togeather
,
and
hauing
roled
the
purse
in
this
mixture
according
as
you
haue
beene
taught
before
to
role
pellettes
in
an
other
mixture
,
take
away
out
of
the
purse
so
soone
as
the
mixture
which
is
vppon
it
is
drie
,
all
the
saide
pinnes
of
wood
,
because
they
were
put
into
the
saide
holes
for
no
other
purpose
than
to
keepe
the
saide
mixture
out
of
them
,
and
fill
vp
all
those
holes
with
fine
gunpowder
,
which
touched
with
fire
will
cause
the
purse
to
burne
,
and
be
a
fire
that
can
not
be
quenched
with
any
other
thing
than
with
ashes
,
duste
,
or
drie
sande
.
depiction of a type of firework
The
80
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
diuers
sortes
of
Firewoorkes
,
which
being
shotte
in
a
darke
night
out
of
a
Morterpeece
,
or
out
of
any
other
peece
of
Artillerie
,
or
throne
out
of
mens
hands
into
an
appointed
place
,
will
geue
so
great
a
light
as
that
you
may
discerne
by
the
same
light
whether
or
no
any
enemies
are
in
or
neare
vnto
that
place
.
1
MAke
certaine
round
bagges
or
balles
of
double
folded
canuasse
,
which
being
filled
with
the
2
mixtures
following
may
be
fitte
pellets
for
morter
peeces
,
and
also
for
other
peeces
of
Artillerie
.
Likewise
make
some
such
rounde
balles
of
double
folded
canuasse
sixe
ynches
in
widenes
or
thereaboutes
,
for
to
be
throne
out
of
mens
handes
.
When
you
doe
paiste
or
glue
togeather
the
sides
of
those
bagges
,
leaue
a
hole
open
in
euery
great
ball
,
so
bygge
as
the
toppe
of
your
Thombe
,
and
in
euery
ball
of
the
lesser
sorte
no
wyder
than
that
you
may
put
into
it
the
toppe
of
one
of
your
fingers
:
This
done
,
take
of
Saltpeeter
not
much
refined
sixty
partes
,
of
Brimstone
forty
partes
,
of
grose
gunpowder
two
partes
:
bruse
the
said
brimstone
grossely
like
cornes
of
pepper
,
and
pound
the
said
grose
gunpowder
(
if
it
be
corned
)
into
fine
powder
,
and
incorporate
all
those
things
togeather
.
Moreouer
,
make
an
other
mixture
thus
.
Take
of
brimstone
48
partes
,
melte
the
same
brimstone
in
an
yron
potte
ouer
a
quick
fire
of
coles
,
and
put
to
that
quantitie
of
melted
brimstone
12
partes
of
drie
&
harde
gumme
of
a
Pine
tree
,
and
6
parts
of
Colophonia
or
Greeke
Pitch
,
or
Spanish
pitch
,
which
must
in
like
manner
be
melted
by
a
little
and
a
little
with
the
said
brimstone
.
Then
put
to
the
saide
liquide
mixture
by
a
little
and
a
little
,
18
partes
of
Saltpeeter
grosely
beaten
,
still
sturring
the
same
in
the
saide
mixture
with
a
staffe
or
sticke
.
After
this
remoue
the
said
potte
from
the
fire
,
and
then
mingle
well
with
the
said
mixture
12
partes
of
grose
gunpowder
.
When
you
haue
so
done
,
put
into
that
mixture
by
a
little
and
a
little
so
much
sawe
dust
of
a
drie
Pine
tree
as
will
(
after
it
hath
been
therein
wel
sturred
with
a
sticke
)
soke
and
drinke
vp
al
the
saide
liquide
mixture
.
Then
laying
this
confection
while
it
is
warme
vppon
a
rough
&
rugged
boorde
,
breake
the
same
confection
into
diuers
peeces
,
so
bigge
as
walnuttes
or
chestnuttes
,
and
that
done
let
them
lie
till
they
are
colde
,
then
mingle
a
conuenient
number
of
those
peeces
with
the
mixture
which
you
did
learne
in
this
Chapter
to
make
first
,
and
after
you
haue
so
done
,
fill
the
saide
round
bagges
with
that
confection
pressed
downe
harde
,
and
leaue
a
hole
open
in
euery
bagge
of
the
greater
sorte
that
shal
be
filled
in
such
manner
with
the
saide
mixture
so
bigge
as
that
you
may
put
the
toppe
of
your
little
finger
into
it
.
After
all
this
,
thruste
a
long
woodden
pyn
thoro
euery
such
hole
a
finger
deepe
into
the
saide
mixture
,
and
couer
euery
such
ball
all
ouer
with
a
double
folded
paper
paisted
togeather
on
the
sides
.
Againe
,
vppon
euery
such
couer
of
paper
you
must
put
an
other
couer
of
browne
paper
double
folded
and
paisted
togeather
on
the
sides
,
and
when
you
shall
see
that
all
the
saide
couers
are
drie
,
make
ouer
the
last
couer
vppon
euery
of
the
saide
ba●les
a
strong
nette
of
yron
wire
to
keepe
the
confection
in
euery
ball
fast
togeather
,
and
then
pulling
the
saide
woodden
pinnes
out
of
the
holes
in
the
saide
pellettes
,
thruste
one
ende
of
a
match
of
fiue
fingers
in
length
or
thereabouts
,
well
roled
in
good
,
grose
,
or
fine
gunpowder
,
into
euery
of
the
saide
holes
a
finger
deepe
,
and
let
the
other
ende
of
that
gunmatch
hang
out
a
little
vppon
the
outside
of
the
pellettes
last
couer
vnder
the
nette
.
Now
when
you
will
shoote
these
pellets
so
made
,
out
of
a
Morter
peece
,
or
out
of
any
other
peece
of
artillery
,
take
a
quantitie
of
toe
,
stuffe
the
same
toe
made
like
vnto
a
little
pilloe
or
cusshin
with
the
peece
his
dutie
in
gunpowder
rammed
downe
softly
,
and
lay
one
of
those
pellets
next
vpon
the
same
cusshin
,
and
then
making
a
traine
of
gunpowder
from
the
saide
cusshin
vnto
the
mouth
of
the
peece
mounted
to
shoote
into
the
appointed
place
,
geue
fire
to
the
ende
of
the
traine
at
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
shoote
diuers
of
those
pellettes
into
diuers
places
of
that
fielde
or
plaine
where
the
thing
is
which
you
desire
to
see
.
The
pellets
which
for
the
same
purpose
may
be
throne
with
slinges
in
mens
handes
are
stuffed
in
euery
respect
with
the
saide
mixtures
as
you
haue
beene
taught
to
fill
the
other
pellettes
for
peeces
,
but
you
must
couer
the
canuasse
of
these
pellettes
all
ouer
with
two
sundrie
smoothe
couers
of
thrise
folded
paper
paisted
togeather
on
the
sides
,
and
well
bounde
crossewise
rounde
about
with
good
pack
threede
,
to
this
ende
that
after
they
are
drie
you
may
with
a
sling
or
corde
of
two
foote
and
½
in
length
tyed
faste
at
one
ende
to
the
pellet
,
throe
any
of
the
same
pellettes
into
the
appoynted
places
.
An other
kinde
of
Firewoorke
which
being
shotte
in
a
darke
night
out
of
a
Morter
peece
,
or
out
of
any
other
peece
of
Artillerie
,
or
throne
out
of
mens
hands
into
an
appoynted
place
,
will
geue
so
great
a
light
as
that
you
may
discerne
by
the
same
light
whether
or
no
any
enemies
are
in
or
neare
vnto
that
place
.
2
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
refined
1
part
,
of
Brimstone
3
partes
,
of
gumme
of
a
Pine
tree
one
parte
,
of
that
which
in
Italian
is
called
Antimonio
4
partes
,
and
of
coles
made
of
soft
wood
1
part
.
Beate
well
all
these
things
and
incorporate
them
togeather
with
Linseed
oyle
so
as
the
mixture
may
be
like
a
softe
paiste
.
Then
make
of
toe
and
of
the
saide
mixture
pellets
,
and
shoote
them
out
of
Morter
peeces
,
or
out
of
other
great
Peeces
,
as
before
you
haue
beene
taught
to
shoote
other
like
pellettes
:
for
this
kinde
of
pellet
wil
also
geue
a
very
great
light
,
and
discouer
all
things
that
are
neere
vnto
the
place
where
it
doth
burne
.
An other
kinde
of
firewoorke
which
being
shot
out
of
great
peeces
will
geue
a
great
light
.
3
TAke
of
turpentine
4
pounds
,
of
saltpeeter
1
pound
,
and
of
coles
made
of
softe
wood
4
pounds
:
stampe
all
these
things
togeather
,
incorporate
them
with
flaxe
,
and
make
thereof
pellets
or
round
balles
.
For
these
pellets
shot
out
of
Morter
peeces
or
out
of
other
great
peeces
of
artillery
,
or
throne
with
mens
hands
into
a
darke
place
after
they
are
a
fire
wil
geue
so
great
a
light
as
that
you
may
see
by
it
whether
or
no
any
enemy
or
other
person
is
there
.
An other
kinde
of
firewoorke
which
being
shot
out
of
great
peeces
will
geue
a
great
light
and
serue
to
burne
the
enemies
munition
.
4
TAke
a
pellet
of
yron
in
diameter
2
fingers
shorter
than
the
heigth
of
the
concauitie
in
the
peece
which
shall
shoote
this
ball
or
pellet
that
is
now
to
bee
made
,
&
paiste
paper
all
ouer
vppon
this
yron
pellet
,
and
when
the
paiste
is
drie
,
cut
a
slash
in
the
paper
,
&
pull
away
out
of
the
paper
thorow
that
slash
the
said
yron
pellet
.
This
done
,
fill
the
saide
round
and
empty
ball
of
paper
with
this
mixture
.
Take
of
grosse
gunpowder
48
parts
,
of
saltpeeter
12
parts
,
of
greeke
pitch
12
parts
,
of
coles
6
parts
,
of
oyle
of
Linseede
12
parts
.
Incorporate
al
these
things
wel
togeather
,
and
hauing
filled
the
said
rounde
&
empty
ball
of
paper
with
the
same
mixture
,
couer
the
ball
all
ouer
with
canuasse
paisted
vppon
it
,
and
well
bounde
rounde
about
with
packthreede
,
to
the
ende
it
may
not
fall
of
when
the
ball
shal
be
shot
out
of
a
peece
.
After
this
,
thruste
long
woodden
pinnes
or
pricks
round
about
the
ball
into
the
middle
parte
thereof
,
and
then
take
of
grosse
gunpowder
sifted
thorow
a
●ercer
24
parts
,
of
turpentine
18
parts
,
of
brimstone
6
parts
,
of
saltpeeter
6
parts
.
Moysten
wel
al
these
things
with
oyle
,
seeth
them
and
incorporate
them
togeather
in
a
liquide
mixture
,
&
imbrue
well
the
said
ball
in
that
liquide
mixture
.
Moreouer
,
when
you
will
shoote
this
ball
out
of
a
peece
,
let
the
mixture
vppon
the
ball
be
drie
,
and
pulling
the
sayd
woodden
pinnes
or
prickes
out
of
the
ball
,
fill
vp
all
their
holes
with
fine
gunpowder
.
After
this
,
lade
the
appointed
Peece
with
a
due
charge
in
gunpowder
,
&
with
the
saide
ball
thrust
home
vnto
the
powder
.
But
in
this
action
put
no
wadde
into
the
peece
after
the
ball
,
because
you
must
make
a
trayne
of
gunpowder
within
the
peece
from
the
ball
vnto
the
mouth
of
the
peece
,
and
hauing
layde
the
mouth
of
the
peece
directly
against
the
place
at
which
you
will
shoote
,
discharge
the
peece
geuing
fire
to
the
ende
of
the
said
trayne
at
the
mouth
of
the
Peece
.
An other
kinde
of
firewoorke
which
being
shotte
in
a
darke
night
out
of
Morter
peeces
,
or
out
of
other
great
peeces
of
Artillerie
,
or
throne
out
of
mens
hands
into
any
place
,
will
geue
so
great
a
light
as
that
you
may
see
by
the
same
light
whether
or
no
any
enemies
are
in
,
or
neare
vnto
that
place
,
and
will
burne
sackes
of
bumbase
,
sackes
of
wooll
,
and
such
other
things
which
are
sometimes
hanged
before
a
wall
to
defend
the
same
from
the
force
of
battering
peeces
.
5
TAke
2
ounces
of
Saltpeeter
,
1
ounce
of
brimstone
,
2
ounces
of
camphire
,
and
a
little
of
mans
grease
or
fatte
.
Mingle
all
these
thinges
togeather
,
and
moysten
them
wel
in
a
kettle
ouer
a
fire
with
aqua
vitae
,
then
hauing
in
a
readinesse
diuers
pellets
of
wood
,
stone
,
or
yron
,
you
shall
role
euery
of
those
pellettes
well
in
the
same
liquide
mixture
,
and
when
they
are
drie
you
shall
role
them
well
againe
in
that
mixture
:
Likewise
after
the
pellettes
are
drie
againe
,
you
shall
role
well
euery
of
them
the
thirde
time
in
that
liquide
mixture
.
Moreouer
,
if
these
pellettes
shall
happen
to
be
drie
when
you
will
shoote
them
out
of
any
peece
of
Artillery
,
or
when
you
will
throe
them
from
you
with
your
hands
to
see
who
is
in
a
darke
place
,
you
must
moysten
them
againe
with
Aqua
vitae
.
Or
you
may
if
you
will
prepare
certaine
holloe
pellets
of
Copper
plate
,
white
plate
,
or
yron
plate
,
and
hauing
made
rounde
about
euery
of
them
foure
or
sixe
or
a
more
number
of
holes
,
fil
the
same
empty
pellets
with
the
aforesaid
mixture
,
and
with
shippe
pitch
,
leane
or
drie
gumme
,
and
quicksiluer
mingled
with
the
saide
mixture
,
and
role
them
well
at
3
sundry
times
in
this
mixture
,
as
you
haue
beene
taught
before
to
role
the
other
pellets
in
the
other
mixture
,
remembring
that
with
these
pellets
shotte
out
of
Morter
peeces
,
or
out
of
other
great
peeces
of
Artillerie
,
or
throne
out
of
mens
hands
vppon
sackes
of
bumbasse
or
sackes
of
wooll
,
or
vppon
any
other
thing
hanged
before
a
wall
to
defende
the
same
from
the
force
of
battering
peeces
,
you
may
burne
and
consume
the
same
sackes
and
other
things
of
defence
.
The
81
Chapter
.
To
make
and
vse
halfe
baked
pottes
,
and
fiue
sundrie
sortes
of
firewoorkes
which
may
be
put
into
the
same
pottes
,
and
be
throne
out
of
mens
hands
for
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
.
depiction of half-baked pots
1
The
first
mixture
with
which
the
said
pottes
may
be
charged
.
Take
of
-
Grosse
gunpowder
sifted
thorow
a
sercer
24
partes
.
-
Saltpeeter
sifted
thorow
a
sercer
2
partes
.
-
Brimstone
sifted
thorow
a
sercer
2
partes
.
-
Vernish
in
graine
2
partes
.
-
Cole
made
of
a
willoe
tree
sifted
1
parte
.
Moysten
all
these
things
with
Aqua
vitae
,
and
incorporate
them
togeather
.
2
The
second
mixture
which
is
an
excellent
mixture
to
be
throne
in
those
halfe
baked
pottes
vppon
enemies
which
will
offer
to
scale
any
Forte
,
or
wall
,
&
is
very
good
to
burne
such
stuffe
as
shal
be
by
enemies
throne
into
ditches
for
to
fill
them
vp
.
Take
of
-
Grosse
gunpowder
96
partes
.
-
Saltpeeter
18
partes
.
-
Brimstone
4
partes
.
-
Liquide
vernish
2
partes
.
-
Stone
oyle
2
partes
.
-
Greene
coperesse
2
partes
.
-
Arsenick
2
partes
.
-
Assa
fetida
2
partes
.
-
Shippe
pitch
2
partes
.
Mingle
all
these
things
very
well
togeather
,
for
the
more
better
that
they
are
mingled
togeather
,
the
more
better
will
the
same
mixture
doe
his
effect
.
3
The
3
mixture
with
which
the
said
pottes
may
be
charged
.
Take
of
-
Grosse
gunpowder
4
pounds
.
-
Greeke
pitch
1
pound
.
-
Vernish
in
graines
1
pound
.
-
Brimstone
1
pound
.
-
Saltpeeter
1
pound
.
-
Oyle
of
stone
1
pound
.
Stampe
wel
all
these
things
together
,
and
make
a
mixture
of
the
same
as
you
haue
learned
to
make
the
other
two
mixtures
.
4
The
4
mixture
with
which
the
said
pottes
may
be
charged
.
Take
of
-
Grosse
gunpowder
48
partes
.
-
Greeke
pitch
12
partes
.
-
Drie
or
leane
gumme
6
partes
.
-
Brimstone
6
partes
.
-
Saltpeeter
12
partes
.
Stampe
wel
all
these
things
togeather
,
and
make
a
mixture
of
the
same
things
.
5
The
5
mixture
with
which
the
said
pottes
may
be
charged
.
Take
of
-
Grosse
gunpowder
10
pounds
.
-
Saltpeeter
2
pounds
.
-
Vernish
in
graines
1
pound
.
-
Spanish
pitch
1
pound
.
Stampe
all
these
things
moystned
with
Aqua
vitae
in
a
morter
,
&
incorporate
them
together
.
You
may
also
if
you
will
charge
the
said
pottes
with
square
or
rounde
peeces
of
yron
and
lead
after
this
manner
:
Note
.
Melte
in
a
ladle
or
in
some
other
thing
a
conuenient
quantity
of
redde
or
yellowe
waxe
,
and
with
the
same
liquide
waxe
line
and
couer
the
inside
of
euery
potte
:
this
done
,
sticke
in
the
waxe
round
about
the
inside
of
euery
potte
so
many
smal
,
square
,
or
round
peeces
of
yron
and
lead
as
you
shall
thinke
needefull
.
Then
hauing
in
a
readines
for
euery
potte
a
holloe
trunke
or
pipe
which
in
compasse
must
be
equal
with
the
widenesse
of
the
pottes
mouth
,
and
in
length
agree
with
the
heigth
of
the
potte
within
,
you
shall
pearce
3
or
4
holes
in
the
sides
of
euery
of
the
said
pipes
,
and
fill
the
saide
pipes
full
of
a
mixture
thus
made
.
Take
of
-
Grosse
gunpowder
10
pounds
.
-
Brimstone
sifted
thorow
a
sercer
2
pounds
.
-
Vernish
in
graines
1
pound
.
-
Saltpeeter
beaten
to
powder
1
pound
.
-
and
sifted
thorow
a
sercer
Moysten
all
these
things
with
common
water
,
and
mingle
them
togeather
,
and
after
you
haue
put
into
euery
potte
so
much
fine
gunpowder
as
will
lie
(
the
said
pipes
being
within
the
pottes
)
betweene
the
outsides
of
the
said
pipes
,
and
the
insides
of
the
pottes
,
you
shall
thruste
into
euery
potte
one
of
those
pipes
filled
full
of
the
saide
mixture
,
and
couer
euery
potte
all
ouer
with
canuasse
well
bounde
about
and
imbrued
in
pitch
.
Also
when
you
will
thro
any
such
potte
among
enemies
,
geue
fire
to
the
mixture
in
the
pipe
of
that
potte
,
and
suffer
it
for
a
little
while
to
burne
before
you
doe
cast
the
same
potte
from
you
,
which
any
man
may
doe
without
harme
to
himselfe
.
The
82
Chapter
.
To
make
5
diuers
kindes
of
firewoorkes
which
may
be
put
into
pottes
,
holloe
staues
,
canes
,
or
other
vessels
,
and
throne
out
of
mens
handes
in
defensiue
and
offensiue
seruice
.
TAke
greeke
pitch
,
alchitrean
,
quick
brimstone
,
tartar
,
sarcocolla
,
niter
,
stone
oyle
,
of
euery
of
these
1
parte
,
and
of
vnslaked
lime
2
parts
and
somewhat
more
:
Incorporate
all
these
things
togeather
with
the
oyle
of
the
yolkes
of
egges
,
then
put
al
that
mixture
into
a
glasse
or
into
a
glased
earthen
potte
,
and
hauing
wel
and
closely
stopped
the
mouth
of
the
said
potte
or
glasse
with
waxe
,
bury
the
same
glasse
or
potte
in
a
dunghil
or
in
hote
dung
for
the
space
of
a
moneth
.
After
the
ende
of
a
moneth
take
it
out
of
the
dung
,
and
set
the
said
glasse
or
potte
wel
and
closely
stopped
vppon
a
softe
fire
that
the
mixture
in
the
same
may
melte
,
&
be
liquide
.
This
done
,
fill
with
that
licor
holloe
staues
,
canes
,
pottes
,
or
other
vessels
made
of
purpose
to
receaue
the
same
,
and
in
the
middest
of
euery
of
them
put
a
gunmatch
,
or
rather
a
little
good
corne
gunpowder
which
will
when
neede
shall
require
set
them
quickly
in
a
fire
.
2
An
other
firewoorke
which
may
be
put
into
pottes
and
throne
out
of
mens
hands
in
offensiue
and
defensiue
seruice
,
and
may
be
shotte
out
of
Trunkes
,
or
tied
to
the
endes
of
arrowes
or
dartes
,
and
will
serue
to
burne
gates
,
carts
,
&
all
other
woodden
things
that
shal
be
annoynted
with
the
same
.
TO
make
this
liquide
kinde
of
firewoorke
put
into
a
Cauldron
Hogges
grease
,
stone
oyle
,
Oyle
of
Brimstone
,
Saltpeeter
twise
refined
,
Aqua
vitae
,
Greeke
pitch
,
Turpentine
,
and
some
Serpentine
gunpowder
.
But
first
the
Pitch
,
Brimstone
,
and
Saltpeeter
ought
to
be
made
liquide
,
and
that
done
,
put
the
saide
Hogges
grease
,
Turpentine
,
Oyle
,
and
Gunpowder
into
the
sayde
I●cor
set
ouer
a
fire
,
that
you
may
well
incorporate
the
sayde
mixture
,
by
sturring
and
mingling
the
same
with
a
sticke
in
a
potte
or
other
vessell
prepared
for
that
purpose
.
After
this
,
couer
the
sayde
composition
all
ouer
with
good
Gunpowder
,
that
it
may
take
fire
quickly
when
neede
shall
require
.
After
you
haue
so
done
,
let
it
settle
,
that
when
you
wil
vse
it
you
may
thro
it
out
of
your
handes
with
a
sling
,
or
with
a
corde
tied
vnto
the
potte
,
or
with
a
chaine
,
or
otherwise
as
you
shall
thinke
best
.
Also
you
may
fill
certaine
little
bagges
of
linnen
with
this
licor
,
which
being
bounde
about
with
cordes
,
and
made
rounde
like
pellets
,
may
be
shotte
out
of
yron
Trunkes
.
Moreouer
,
you
may
with
this
liquide
composition
anoynte
gates
of
Cities
,
woodden
Bridges
,
Cartes
,
Munition
,
and
such
like
thinges
which
are
apte
to
burne
,
easie
to
be
penetrated
with
fire
,
and
able
to
maintayne
fire
.
And
you
may
tie
some
of
the
saide
linnen
bags
about
the
endes
or
heades
of
dartes
,
or
arrowes
,
and
if
you
will
you
may
fill
certaine
linnen
purses
full
of
the
sayde
composition
,
and
throe
them
out
of
your
handes
in
defensiue
and
offensiue
seruice
.
3
An
other
firewoorke
which
may
be
put
into
pottes
,
and
throne
out
of
mens
handes
in
defensiue
and
offensiue
seruice
.
YOu
ought
for
this
purpose
to
prepare
so
many
pots
or
other
vessels
as
you
shall
thinke
needefull
,
and
it
is
no
matter
whether
the
same
pots
or
vessels
be
baked
or
vnbaked
,
so
that
the
humiditie
of
their
earthie
substance
be
dried
vp
.
This
done
,
fill
those
pots
or
vessels
more
than
halfe
full
with
Serpentine
gunpowder
,
and
mingle
with
that
gunpowder
Greek
pitch
&
brimstone
wel
beaten
to
powder
,
in
quantitie
so
much
as
⅓
part
therof
at
the
least
.
After
this
,
couer
the
said
mixture
a
finger
thick
with
hogges
grease
strayned
,
to
the
ende
that
the
said
mixture
when
it
shal
be
throne
may
holde
togeather
and
not
fall
asunder
,
and
that
it
may
cause
the
fire
burning
sloely
to
endure
til
it
shall
fall
among
the
enemies
at
whom
it
was
throne
.
When
you
haue
done
all
this
,
make
a
hole
thorow
the
said
couering
of
hogs
greace
into
the
aforesaid
mixture
of
gunpowder
,
pitch
,
and
brimstone
,
and
hauing
put
into
the
said
hole
a
shorte
peece
of
a
gunmatch
,
or
a
little
of
good
corne
gunpowder
,
fire
the
said
gunmatch
,
or
gunpowder
,
and
keepe
the
potte
of
that
firewoorke
in
your
hand
til
you
shall
perceaue
the
fire
in
it
to
be
wel
kindled
,
for
then
is
the
time
to
cast
it
.
4
An
other
kinde
of
firewoorke
which
may
be
put
into
pottes
,
and
throne
out
of
mens
hands
in
defensiue
and
offensiue
seruice
.
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
5
ounces
,
of
grosse
gunpowder
4
ounces
,
and
of
gumme
2
ounces
.
Hauing
beaten
euery
of
these
simples
by
it selfe
grossely
,
mingle
them
togeather
,
and
incorporate
them
with
oyle
of
Linseede
:
that
done
,
fill
a
potte
with
the
same
mixture
,
and
suffer
it
for
the
space
of
one
day
to
lie
stil
in
the
same
potte
.
After
the
end
of
that
day
make
a
round
hole
with
a
pearcer
,
or
an
auger
,
beginning
at
the
mouth
of
the
potte
,
thorow
the
said
mixture
,
and
also
thorow
the
bottome
of
the
same
potte
,
and
to
close
vp
the
same
hole
againe
put
into
it
a
cane
or
pipe
of
softe
wood
,
which
being
open
at
both
endes
,
and
equall
in
bignesse
with
the
said
hole
must
in
one
halfe
be
filled
with
grosse
gunpowder
,
and
in
the
other
halfe
with
the
said
mixture
.
When
all
this
is
perfourmed
,
couer
the
mouth
of
the
potte
with
a
peece
of
canuasse
bound
round
about
the
same
,
and
before
you
doe
cast
the
potte
among
your
enemies
cutte
a
hole
in
the
canuasse
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
potte
,
&
putting
a
suffycient
quantitie
of
good
gunpowder
within
that
hole
vppon
the
said
mixture
,
geue
fire
thereunto
.
5
An
other
firewoorke
which
may
be
throne
out
of
mens
hands
in
defensiue
and
offensiue
seruice
,
&
can
not
be
quenched
with
any
other
thing
than
with
vineger
or
vrine
.
TAke
of
quick
brimstone
1
parte
,
of
orpiment
1
parte
of
colophonia
2
parts
,
of
shippe
pitch
1
parte
,
of
vernish
in
graine
1
parte
,
of
turpentine
1
parte
,
of
that
which
sticketh
like
a
gumme
in
the
inside
of
a
butte
of
wine
2
parts
,
of
that
which
in
Italian
is
called
Tasso
1
parte
,
of
frankencense
½
of
a
parte
,
of
oyle
of
linseede
½
of
a
parte
,
and
of
stone
oyle
⅓
of
a
parte
.
Beate
well
all
these
things
togeather
,
that
done
,
boyle
them
a
little
in
a
vessell
of
Copper
,
and
then
put
toe
or
bumbasse
into
the
same
confection
,
and
after
you
haue
well
imbrued
the
said
toe
or
bumbasse
therein
,
make
thereof
pellettes
which
being
a
fire
will
not
be
quenched
with
any
other
thing
than
with
vineger
or
vrine
.
The
83
Chapter
.
To
make
5
sundrie
sortes
of
firewoorkes
which
will
kindle
with
water
or
rayne
.
TAke
nwe
lime
made
of
Flintstone
,
calamite
burned
to
powder
,
vitrioll
grossely
beaten
32
parts
,
saltpeeter
oftentimes
refined
8
parts
,
of
camphire
asmuch
as
all
the
aforesaid
things
,
oyle
of
quick
brimstone
,
oyle
of
turpentine
,
saltpeeter
,
salte
armoniack
,
in
waight
so
much
as
the
vitrioll
,
and
so
much
of
tartar
,
bay
salte
,
salte
of
vrine
,
and
aqua
vitae
made
of
strong
wine
,
as
will
suffice
to
dissolue
all
the
same
composition
,
which
must
be
put
into
an
Alcumist
glasse
named
in
Italian
Boccia
,
so
well
and
closely
stopped
with
waxe
,
that
no
ayre
may
breathe
out
of
the
same
,
and
hauing
so
done
,
bury
the
same
glasse
in
hot
dung
for
the
space
of
2
or
3
moneths
,
how
be
it
within
that
time
you
must
remoue
the
saide
glasse
,
and
change
the
dung
in
which
it
lyeth
buryed
at
the
least
euery
tenne
dayes
,
to
the
ende
that
the
said
composition
may
ripe
well
,
and
be
incorporated
,
and
be
like
vnto
a
licor
of
one
kinde
,
the
which
must
afterwards
be
boiled
vppon
a
soft
fire
til
al
the
oylie
,
moysture
,
and
all
the
other
moysture
that
is
in
it
be
vapored
away
,
and
that
the
rest
of
it
be
drie
,
and
harde
like
a
stone
.
When
you
haue
in
such
manner
made
that
mixture
drie
,
and
harde
like
a
stone
,
breake
the
said
glasse
to
take
out
of
it
the
said
drie
and
stonie
mixture
.
That
being
done
,
grinde
the
said
mixture
to
powder
,
and
when
you
will
vse
the
same
powder
,
strowe
it
vppon
a
place
where
it
shall
take
wette
with
raine
or
other
water
,
for
therewith
it
will
kindle
,
and
burne
.
But
forasmuch
as
this
kinde
of
firewoorke
may
sometimes
fayle
to
kindle
with
rayne
or
water
,
it
will
be
expedient
for
you
to
put
fire
vnto
the
said
gunpowder
,
for
to
make
it
kindle
and
burne
according
to
your
desire
.
2
An
other
firewoorke
which
wil
kindle
with
rayne
or
water
.
MAke
pellets
of
vnslaked
lime
,
quicke
brimstone
,
oyle
of
linseede
,
or
of
oyle
of
Oliues
mingled
togeather
,
and
lay
the
same
pellets
where
raine
or
other
water
may
fall
vppon
them
,
for
they
being
wette
with
raine
or
other
water
will
suddenly
kindle
and
burne
.
3
An
other
firewoorke
which
will
kindle
with
water
or
rayne
.
TAke
of
the
thing
which
in
Italian
is
called
Gloriatto
one
pound
,
of
the
oyle
of
the
yolks
of
egges
one
pounde
,
of
oyle
of
brimstone
one
pound
,
of
vnslaked
lime
beaten
to
fine
powder
eighteene
poundes
:
Incorporate
these
things
togeather
,
and
lay
a
quantity
thereof
where
you
will
haue
it
to
burne
,
for
when
any
raine
or
other
water
shall
fall
vppon
the
same
quantitie
of
mixture
,
it
wil
kindle
and
burne
.
4
An
other
firewoorke
which
will
kindle
with
water
or
rayne
.
TAke
of
baulme
or
of
blessed
oyle
1
pound
,
of
oyle
of
linseede
3
pounds
,
of
the
oyle
of
the
yolkes
of
egges
1
pound
,
of
vnslaked
lime
8
pounds
.
Beate
well
all
these
thinges
togeather
,
and
make
thereof
a
confection
.
That
done
,
when
neede
shal
require
lay
the
same
confection
in
an
open
place
where
raine
may
fall
vppon
it
:
or
anointe
therewith
gates
,
woodden
bridges
,
cartes
,
and
such
like
things
which
are
apt
to
burne
,
for
the
thing
so
anointed
will
burne
so
soone
as
it
shal
be
wette
with
raine
or
other
water
.
5
An
other
firewoorke
which
will
kindle
and
burne
with
water
,
and
also
with
spittle
.
TAke
of
brimston
oyle
,
of
the
gumme
of
the
tree
called
in
Latin
Larix
,
in
English
Larch
,
of
the
rozen
that
runneth
out
of
a
Cedar
tree
,
of
liquide
pitch
of
each
14
parts
,
of
saltpeeter
16
parts
,
of
the
salte
of
that
sweete
gumme
which
is
called
in
Latin
Salammoniacum
,
&
in
English
Beniemine
,
or
of
armoniake
salte
,
of
vitriol
,
of
lime
made
of
tartar
,
of
each
one
parte
,
of
lime
made
of
the
lode
stone
,
of
vnslaked
lime
made
of
flintes
lying
by
the
sides
of
riuers
,
of
each
5
parts
,
of
tallowe
and
of
duckes
grease
,
of
each
sixe
parts
.
Put
all
these
materiall
things
togeather
into
a
pot
,
and
poure
into
that
pot
so
much
Aqua
vitae
as
wil
drowne
and
couer
all
those
things
.
Then
bury
the
same
pot
wel
luted
in
a
dunghil
of
horsedung
for
the
space
of
3
monethes
,
and
at
euery
4
dayes
ende
during
that
time
,
take
the
pot
out
of
the
dunghil
,
and
shake
wel
togeather
al
the
things
which
are
in
the
pot
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
bury
the
pot
againe
in
an
other
place
of
the
said
dunghil
,
and
after
the
end
of
the
said
3
moneths
,
set
the
said
pot
ouer
a
hote
fire
vntill
all
the
moysture
within
the
same
shal
be
cleane
dried
vp
,
&
the
mixture
within
the
pot
shal
be
as
lies
or
dregs
.
Then
breake
the
pot
,
and
keepe
the
same
lies
or
dregs
which
you
shall
finde
there
:
for
the
powder
of
the
same
lies
or
dregs
being
wet
with
spittle
or
water
wil
kindle
and
burne
.
The
84
Chapter
.
To
make
2
sundry
sorts
of
firewoorkes
which
will
kindle
with
the
heate
of
the
sunne
,
&
burne
in
water
.
THere
is
a
very
thinne
and
burning
licor
with
which
if
you
will
anointe
in
the
caniculer
daies
any
wood
or
other
thing
apt
to
burn
,
you
shal
see
that
the
heate
of
the
sun
without
any
other
fire
wil
make
the
same
anointed
things
to
burn
.
Some
say
that
Marcus
Graccus
deuised
this
fireworke
to
burne
the
Romanes
Nauie
,
and
it
is
also
reported
that
if
materiall
fire
be
put
into
this
kinde
of
oyntment
it
will
sodainlie
burne
,
&
be
vnquenchable
,
except
it
be
choked
with
drie
sande
,
or
wet
with
old
and
long
kept
vrine
,
or
with
very
strong
vineger
.
Also
this
kinde
of
fireworke
will
burne
in
water
,
and
as
the
saide
Marcus
Graccus
writeth
,
it
may
thus
be
made
.
Take
Camphire
,
oyle
of
quicke
Brimstone
,
oyle
of
Turpentine
,
oyle
called
in
Italian
Oglio
Laterino
,
Iuniper
oyle
,
Stone
oyle
oyle
of
Lynseede
,
Alchitrean
,
Colophonia
finely
beaten
,
oyle
of
the
yolkes
of
egges
,
ship
pitch
,
Cera
Zagora
,
Duckes
greace
strained
,
Saltpeeter
,
and
twise
so
much
aqua
vitae
as
all
the
composition
,
and
so
much
of
Arsinicke
and
Tartar
as
⅛
part
of
the
whole
composition
,
and
some
Armoniacke
salt
,
and
hauing
put
all
these
things
in
an
Alcumist
pot
or
glasse
well
stopped
with
waxe
,
burie
the
said
pot
or
glasse
(
that
the
stuffe
within
the
same
may
putrifie
)
in
hot
doung
for
the
space
of
two
monethes
.
Then
all
the
said
thinges
being
in
a
vessell
called
Storta
,
which
Alcumistes
doe
vse
,
must
bee
distilled
with
a
soft
fire
through
which
within
sixe
or
eight
houres
after
the
said
things
haue
been
ouer
the
fire
,
there
will
come
a
very
thinne
licor
,
into
which
you
must
put
so
much
pigens
dung
,
or
oxe
dung
dried
in
an
ouen
,
beaten
into
verie
fine
powder
,
and
searced
,
as
will
make
of
it
a
substance
like
sope
,
or
rather
a
more
liquide
thing
,
This
liquide
mixture
may
thus
bee
vsed
.
Anoynt
the
thing
which
is
to
be
burned
with
that
liquide
mixture
,
and
(
as
it
is
said
)
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
in
the
Caniculer
daies
will
set
the
same
in
a
fire
,
so
as
it
will
not
onely
burne
the
annointed
thing
,
but
also
euery
other
thing
apt
to
take
fire
which
is
neare
vnto
it
.
Galen
doth
report
that
in
Mysia
which
is
a
part
of
Asia
,
the
dung
of
a
Pigen
fell
vppon
a
part
of
a
woodden
windoe
painted
with
rosen
,
and
that
after
the
saide
dung
was
drie
,
it
did
kindle
with
the
heat
of
the
Sunne
,
and
burne
not
only
the
said
windoe
,
but
also
the
whole
house
where
that
windoe
was
,
by
reason
that
the
dung
of
Pigens
being
drie
,
is
apt
and
hath
power
to
kindle
fire
.
2
An
other
fire
worke
which
will
kindle
with
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
,
and
burne
in
water
,
and
that
may
be
choked
with
drie
sand
or
earth
,
and
can
not
bee
quenched
with
any
other
thing
than
with
stale
vrine
,
or
strong
vineger
.
TAke
of
the
refuse
or
dregges
of
the
gumme
of
the
Larix
or
Larch
tree
after
the
distillation
of
the
oyle
of
the
Larix
or
Larche
tree
,
of
the
oyle
of
the
Larix
or
Larche
tree
,
of
liquide
pytch
,
of
Cedar
pytch
,
of
Camphire
,
of
the
lime
or
clay
named
Bitumen
,
of
the
d●ug
called
Mumia
,
of
nwe
wax
,
of
Duckes
greace
,
of
Pigens
dung
,
of
the
oyle
of
quicke
Brimstone
,
of
the
oyle
of
Iuniper
of
the
oyle
of
Bayes
,
of
the
oyle
of
Lynseed
,
of
the
oyle
of
hempseed
,
of
stone
oyle
,
of
Philosophers
oyle
,
of
the
oyle
of
the
yolkes
of
egges
,
of
euery
of
these
things
60
parts
,
of
Saltpeeter
120
partes
,
of
salt
Armoniacke
seuen
parts
:
all
these
things
being
put
into
a
vessell
of
glasse
,
must
be
first
well
moistened
,
and
couered
with
burning
water
,
and
then
buried
in
horse
dung
for
the
space
of
sixe
monethes
.
But
at
euery
three
daies
end
during
the
saide
time
,
the
saide
vessell
must
be
taken
out
of
the
dung
,
and
(
after
the
things
in
the
same
haue
been
well
shaken
togeather
)
it
must
bee
buried
againe
in
fresh
horse
dung
.
When
the
said
time
of
6
monethes
shall
be
expired
,
put
the
same
mixture
into
the
Distillatorie
vessell
which
is
named
a
Seraphine
,
and
draw
out
the
quintessence
of
the
said
mixture
in
the
Seraphine
,
the
which
quintessence
may
be
thickned
with
very
fine
powder
of
Oxe
or
Cowe
dung
.
This
done
,
put
the
said
mixture
into
pots
or
other
vessels
,
and
when
you
will
vse
the
same
fire
worke
,
I
counsell
you
to
set
it
in
a
fire
with
a
gunpowder
match
,
or
with
good
corne
gunpowder
as
you
haue
before
been
taught
to
giue
fire
vnto
other
fireworkes
,
and
to
throe
the
sayd
pots
with
slings
after
they
are
well
kindled
,
among
your
enemies
.
The
85
Chapter
.
To
make
balles
of
fire
which
will
burne
in
water
.
MElt
in
a
pot
ouer
a
fire
two
poundes
of
cleane
Brimstone
,
&
while
it
is
warme
mingle
wel
therewith
one
pounde
of
Saltpeeter
,
and
halfe
a
pounde
of
fine
gunpowder
.
This
done
,
take
the
pot
from
the
fire
,
and
put
into
the
said
mixture
two
poundes
of
grosse
gunpowder
:
after
that
beate
in
a
morter
the
said
mixture
moystened
with
strong
and
distilled
vineger
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
make
thereof
rounde
balles
or
pellets
:
Then
wrappe
euery
of
the
same
balles
or
pellets
in
canuas
,
binding
them
rounde
about
vppon
their
wrappers
as
hard
as
may
be
with
packthreed
,
and
imbrue
their
wrappers
so
bounde
all
ouer
with
hot
and
liquide
pytche
,
and
remember
after
the
pytch
is
colde
and
drie
,
to
make
a
hole
in
euery
of
the
said
pellets
,
and
to
put
a
peece
of
a
gunmatch
into
euery
hole
for
to
fire
the
pellets
when
you
will
haue
them
burne
.
2
An
other
fireworke
which
will
burne
in
water
,
and
consume
armor
,
wood
,
and
euery
other
thing
that
it
shall
fall
on
.
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
two
partes
,
of
Brimstone
two
parts
,
of
Greeke
pitch
or
Spanish
pitch
one
part
,
of
Assa
fetida
½
of
a
part
,
of
Camphire
three
parts
,
and
a
few
graines
of
Barly
brused
,
wet
in
aqua
vitae
,
and
roled
in
good
and
fine
gunpowder
.
Beat
well
and
sift
all
these
materials
except
the
Camphire
,
Assa
fetida
,
&
the
graines
of
Barly
,
which
you
shall
neuer
pound
well
,
vnlesse
you
doe
first
beate
a
Nutte
or
two
Almondes
in
the
morter
where
the
Assa
fetida
,
Camphire
,
and
barlie
must
be
pounded
.
This
done
beate
very
well
so
much
gunpowder
as
will
counterpease
in
waight
all
the
said
materials
,
&
hauing
sifted
the
same
powder
thorow
a
Seeue
,
mingle
it
among
the
other
aforesaide
materials
,
and
moysten
the
whole
mixture
with
oyle
of
Lynseed
,
and
with
oyle
of
stone
:
then
hauing
in
a
readinesse
rounde
bagges
of
canuas
,
put
into
their
bottomes
lead
,
to
make
the
rounde
bagges
or
balles
stand
vpright
and
after
fill
vp
those
rounde
bagges
with
the
aforesayd
mixture
pressed
hard
downe
.
Also
take
of
Brimstone
,
Gumme
,
and
of
Spanish
pyth
of
each
one
parte
,
melt
them
togeather
ouer
a
sloe
fire
,
and
while
this
mixture
is
warme
,
couer
the
said
round
balles
all
ouer
with
the
same
,
and
bynde
well
the
said
mixture
vppon
the
balles
with
yron
or
copper
wiers
.
Then
wrap
or
soe
canuas
round
about
the
said
balles
,
and
hauing
couered
the
said
wrappers
with
the
mixture
last
named
,
binde
the
said
mixture
vppon
them
as
you
did
before
with
yron
or
copper
wiers
:
and
after
you
haue
in
this
maner
couered
the
said
balles
thrise
,
make
thorow
the
side
of
euery
ball
,
and
thorow
the
middest
of
the
saide
peece
of
lead
which
you
haue
put
into
euery
ball
to
make
it
stand
vpright
a
hole
so
bigge
as
a
mans
finger
,
and
two
fingers
deepe
within
the
mixture
that
was
first
put
into
the
pellet
,
and
then
filling
vp
the
said
holes
with
good
and
fine
gunpowder
,
giue
fire
to
the
same
,
and
when
the
fire
is
well
,
kindeled
throe
the
ball
from
you
into
water
,
for
it
will
burne
armor
,
wood
,
and
euery
other
thing
and
can
not
be
quenched
with
water
.
3
An
other
fireworke
which
will
burne
in
water
and
consume
armor
,
wood
,
and
euery
other
thing
that
it
shall
fall
on
.
TAke
of
grosse
gunpowder
one
part
,
of
Saltpeeter
one
part
,
of
Amber
one
part
,
of
Camphire
½
of
a
part
:
Beate
all
these
thinges
into
fine
powder
,
sift
them
thorow
a
fine
Seeue
or
searser
,
and
incorporate
them
togeather
:
then
take
more
of
gunpowder
wel
beaten
so
much
as
will
counterpease
in
waight
all
the
said
materials
,
and
incorporate
the
same
with
the
other
mixture
.
After
this
mingle
sixe
ounces
of
aqua
vitae
with
the
said
composition
,
and
also
incorporate
with
the
saide
mixture
,
of
oyle
petriol
foure
partes
,
of
stone
oyle
three
parts
,
of
oyle
of
Brimstone
,
or
rather
of
Iuniper
oyle
which
is
better
two
partes
,
and
with
this
composition
fill
certaine
rounde
bagges
,
or
balles
of
canuas
as
before
you
haue
been
taught
to
fill
other
like
rounde
bagges
with
other
mixtures
.
Also
couer
and
binde
the
rounde
bagges
filled
with
this
mixture
in
like
maner
as
you
haue
been
taught
to
couer
and
bynde
other
like
rounde
bagges
,
and
hauing
made
a
hole
in
euery
bagge
euen
to
the
mixture
within
the
bagge
,
and
filled
the
same
hole
with
good
and
fine
gunpowder
,
giue
fire
vnto
the
same
gunpowder
,
and
after
the
fire
is
well
kindeled
,
throe
the
ball
from
you
into
water
,
for
it
will
burne
armor
,
wood
,
and
euery
other
thing
that
it
shall
fall
on
,
and
can
not
be
quenched
with
water
.
4
An
other
fireworke
which
will
burne
in
water
and
consume
armor
,
wood
,
and
euery
other
thing
that
it
shall
fall
on
,
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
refined
drie
,
of
quicke
Brimstone
,
of
nwe
pitch
,
of
Camphire
,
of
quicke
lime
,
of
the
thing
called
in
Italian
comiranti
,
of
each
one
part
beaten
togeather
into
very
fine
powder
,
and
searced
thorow
a
searcer
.
Also
take
of
olde
petriol
oyle
,
&
oyle
of
comuranti
,
melt
them
with
nwe
waxe
ouer
a
soft
fire
,
and
while
they
are
liquide
and
warme
but
not
seething
hot
,
incorporate
them
and
the
other
mixture
of
powder
togeather
,
and
of
this
composition
make
pellets
or
rounde
balles
as
before
you
haue
been
taught
.
For
this
sort
of
pellets
will
burne
in
water
,
and
consume
armor
,
wood
,
and
euery
other
thing
that
it
shall
fall
on
.
The
Saltpeeter
in
this
composition
must
bee
sodde
in
strong
vineger
,
and
well
dried
before
you
doe
beate
it
among
the
other
things
to
powder
.
5
An
other
fireworke
which
will
burne
in
water
,
and
consume
armor
,
wood
,
and
euery
other
thing
that
it
shall
fall
on
,
and
can
not
be
quenched
but
with
strong
vineger
.
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
refined
drie
one
part
,
of
Brimstone
one
part
,
of
Orpiment
one
part
,
of
ship
pytch
one
part
,
of
Spanish
pytch
½
of
a
part
,
of
vernishe
in
graine
one
part
,
of
Frankensence
one
part
,
beate
all
these
things
into
very
fine
powder
,
and
incorporate
them
togeather
:
Also
take
of
Turpentine
one
part
,
of
Sheepes
suet
one
part
,
of
petriol
oyle
½
of
a
part
,
and
hauing
made
the
same
to
boyle
a
little
in
a
pot
ouer
a
sloe
fire
,
put
the
other
mixture
into
it
,
and
incorporate
them
togeather
:
then
dip
fine
toe
or
bumbase
into
the
said
composition
,
and
make
pellets
thereof
&
when
need
shall
require
giue
fire
vnto
them
as
before
you
haue
beene
taught
,
and
thro
them
vppon
enemies
which
will
offer
to
assault
the
fort
,
towne
,
or
cittie
where
you
are
.
For
these
pellets
will
burne
in
water
and
consume
armor
,
wood
,
and
euerie
other
thing
that
they
shall
fall
on
and
can
not
be
quenched
but
with
strong
vineger
.
The
86
Chapter
.
To
make
a
fireworke
which
will
burne
stones
and
yron
.
TAke
of
Camphire
three
partes
,
of
salt
Armoniacke
twelue
partes
,
of
oyle
of
Bayes
24
partes
,
of
vernish
24
partes
,
of
Gumme
36
partes
,
of
liquide
vernish
twelue
partes
.
of
Turpentine
24
partes
,
of
Spanish
pitch
60
partes
,
of
Brimstone
60
partes
,
of
liquide
pitch
twelue
partes
,
of
nwe
waxe
twelue
partes
,
of
Coles
made
of
willoe
144
parts
of
fine
gunpowder
for
handgunnes
twelue
partes
,
and
of
oyle
of
Lynseede
36
partes
:
incorporate
all
these
things
togeather
and
keepe
this
confection
to
burne
stones
and
yron
.
The
87
Chapter
.
To
make
a
fireworke
which
was
first
inuented
by
the
sonnes
of
Amram
.
TAke
of
liquide
picth
,
of
the
gumme
of
Iuniper
,
of
the
oyle
and
gumme
of
Turpentine
,
of
the
oyle
of
that
lime
or
clay
which
is
called
Bitumen
,
of
the
oyle
of
Brimstone
,
of
the
oyle
of
Niter
,
of
the
oyle
of
the
yolkes
of
egges
,
of
the
oyle
of
Bayes
,
of
euery
of
these
thinges
sixe
partes
,
of
the
powder
of
a
drie
Bay
tree
,
of
Camphire
,
of
euery
of
them
well
soked
in
aqua
vitae
fourteene
partes
,
put
all
these
things
togeather
into
a
glasse
narrowe
towardes
the
mouth
,
and
well
stopped
about
the
mouth
with
waxe
:
This
done
,
bury
the
same
glasse
in
horse
dung
for
the
space
of
sixe
monethes
,
and
at
euery
foure
dayes
ende
within
that
time
,
take
the
glasse
out
of
the
said
dung
,
and
when
you
haue
well
shaken
those
thinges
togeather
in
the
glasse
,
burie
the
glasse
againe
in
other
horse
dung
,
and
after
the
ende
of
the
said
sixe
monethes
distill
all
those
things
in
that
kinde
of
vessell
which
of
some
Alcumistes
is
named
a
Seraphine
.
The
88
Chapter
.
To
make
an
vnquenchable
fireworke
which
will
burne
without
any
flame
.
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
refined
two
partes
,
of
Coles
made
of
a
firre
tree
¼
of
one
part
,
and
with
the
whites
of
egges
incorporate
them
together
.
This
done
,
role
or
drawe
a
cord
made
of
fine
wooll
or
bombase
thoroe
the
saide
mixture
,
and
then
putting
fire
vnto
the
same
cord
you
shall
see
that
it
will
burne
without
any
flame
and
be
vnquenchable
.
The
89
Chapter
.
To
make
a
fireworke
which
shall
burne
and
doe
his
desired
effect
at
any
appointed
time
.
TAke
of
Orpiment
twelue
parts
,
of
pitch
one
part
,
of
waxe
one
part
,
of
Saltpeeter
one
part
,
of
Cole
made
of
soft
wood
foure
partes
:
melt
or
dissolue
all
these
things
togeather
in
water
,
and
after
they
are
so
dissolued
thrust
a
gunmatch
of
a
knowne
length
into
the
said
mixture
,
and
wet
it
well
in
the
same
.
When
you
haue
so
done
,
and
haue
also
dried
this
gunmatch
wel
againe
,
kindle
one
end
of
that
gunmatch
with
fire
,
and
noting
diligentlie
by
a
true
watch
or
houre
glasse
,
how
long
time
it
continueth
,
let
it
burne
for
a
proofe
till
all
of
it
shall
with
the
fire
be
consumed
.
And
let
it
be
here
supposed
that
the
gunmatch
which
was
so
wet
in
the
said
mixture
was
three
yardes
in
length
,
and
that
it
did
continue
in
burning
one
iust
quarter
of
an
houre
,
and
that
I
am
appointed
to
burne
a
thing
with
a
like
gunmatch
at
the
end
of
one
iust
houre
after
the
gunmatch
shall
bee
kindeled
,
nowe
therefore
I
take
a
like
gunmatch
of
twelue
yardes
in
length
which
is
foure
times
so
long
as
was
the
gunmatch
by
which
I
made
the
saide
proofe
,
because
it
must
burne
one
houre
,
which
is
4
times
so
long
as
the
other
gunmatch
did
burne
,
&
I
wreath
this
gunmatch
about
a
staffe
,
placing
one
wreath
somewhat
farre
from
the
other
,
to
the
end
that
the
sayd
gunmatch
may
burne
in
no
more
places
than
in
one
onely
place
at
one
time
.
For
if
the
sayde
wreathes
should
be
set
neare
togeather
,
it
might
be
that
one
wreath
woulde
set
an
other
wreathe
in
a
fire
,
and
thereby
making
the
gunmatch
to
doe
his
effect
before
the
appointed
time
,
discredite
the
workman
,
and
frustrate
his
intent
.
Likewise
if
I
should
bee
appointed
to
fire
a
thing
with
a
like
gunmatch
at
the
iust
end
of
two
houres
after
the
match
shall
bee
kindeled
,
I
must
take
a
like
gunmatch
of
24
yardes
in
length
which
is
eight
times
so
long
as
was
the
gunmatch
by
which
I
made
the
said
proofe
,
because
it
must
burne
two
houres
,
which
is
eight
times
so
long
as
the
other
gunmatch
did
burne
,
and
wreathing
as
I
did
before
this
gunmatch
about
a
staffe
,
I
doe
put
that
ende
of
the
gunmatch
which
shall
bee
last
touched
at
the
end
of
two
houres
with
fire
,
in
a
vessell
of
gunpowder
,
or
in
a
ball
of
wilde
fire
,
that
it
may
without
faile
doe
thereby
his
effect
at
the
appointed
time
.
Thus
noting
well
what
I
haue
here
written
,
you
may
fire
any
ship
,
myne
,
forte
,
or
any
other
thing
at
an
appointed
time
.
The
90
Chapter
.
To
make
a
fireworke
which
may
be
vsed
in
militarie
seruice
,
and
also
in
triumphes
.
TAke
of
grosse
gunpowder
three
partes
,
of
Saltpeeter
two
parts
,
of
Brimstone
one
part
,
of
vernish
in
graines
foure
partes
,
of
Romane
vitriol
sixe
partes
,
of
Spanish
pitch
sixe
partes
,
of
Amber
foure
partes
,
of
Orpiment
foure
partes
,
of
Arsenike
foure
partes
,
of
greene
Coperesse
two
partes
,
and
of
Salt
Armoniake
two
parts
:
beate
well
all
these
things
(
except
the
Saltpeeter
and
Brimstone
which
must
not
bee
much
beaten
)
and
incorporate
them
togeather
.
Also
take
of
liquide
vernish
sixe
parts
,
of
Petriol
oyle
foure
partes
,
of
oile
of
Lynseede
foure
partes
,
and
of
aqua
vitae
sixe
partes
.
First
put
the
aqua
vitae
alone
into
the
said
mixture
,
and
incorporate
them
well
togeather
:
then
put
the
liquide
vernish
into
the
said
composition
,
and
incorporate
them
togeather
,
and
last
of
all
put
the
saide
oyles
into
the
said
composition
,
and
in
like
manner
incorporate
them
well
togeather
.
This
done
,
you
may
vse
the
said
composition
for
militarie
seruice
,
and
also
for
triumphes
,
and
if
you
will
put
it
into
a
nealed
pot
well
and
close
stopped
,
you
may
preserue
it
so
long
as
you
will
for
such
purposes
,
The
91
Chapter
.
To
make
a
fireworke
which
may
be
cast
vp
into
the
ayre
,
and
may
be
shot
out
of
a
trunke
or
trombe
.
TAke
of
Greeke
pytch
twelue
parts
,
of
quicke
Brimstone
two
partes
,
of
Saltpeeter
refined
drie
three
partes
,
beate
all
these
things
,
and
make
a
paiste
of
them
with
aqua
vitae
,
and
oyle
of
Lynseede
,
and
then
of
that
composition
make
certaine
pellets
,
and
when
you
will
charge
a
trombe
or
trunke
with
any
of
these
pellets
,
role
them
in
fine
gunpowder
,
and
hauing
made
holes
crossewise
thoro
the
sides
of
the
same
pellets
,
to
the
ende
that
the
fire
may
enter
into
them
,
fill
vp
the
said
holes
with
fine
gunpowder
.
The
92
Chapter
.
To
make
a
fireworke
which
at
a
triumph
may
be
cast
vp
into
the
ayre
.
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
refined
drie
two
partes
,
of
Brimstone
one
part
and
½
of
a
part
,
of
liquide
Camphire
one
part
,
of
Coles
one
part
and
½
part
:
beate
all
these
thinges
into
fine
powder
,
and
after
you
haue
so
done
take
of
petriol
oyle
and
of
aqua
vitae
of
eache
an
equall
quantitie
,
and
incorporate
them
with
the
Camphire
,
and
with
the
saide
powder
,
and
then
make
of
that
mixture
pellets
which
must
be
dryed
in
the
Sunne
:
and
when
you
will
thro
any
of
these
pellets
vp
into
the
ayre
,
you
must
first
make
a
hole
into
the
pellet
,
and
hauing
filled
vp
the
said
hole
with
good
gunpowder
giue
fire
vnto
the
same
gunpowder
.
The
93
Chapter
.
To
make
Rockettes
or
Squibbes
which
being
throne
vp
into
the
ayre
wil
cast
foorth
flames
of
fire
,
and
in
comming
downe
towards
the
ground
will
shew
like
starres
falling
from
heauen
.
TO
make
these
Rockets
you
must
prepare
a
fourme
or
model
of
wood
of
a
conuenient
length
,
and
role
paper
vppon
the
same
foure
or
fiue
folde
,
and
tie
a
packthreede
very
harde
about
one
end
of
this
holloe
trunke
of
paper
,
leauing
all
this
notwithstanding
a
small
hole
in
that
ende
.
This
holloe
trunke
of
paper
ought
to
be
of
such
length
that
it
may
conueniently
hold
all
the
things
which
must
be
put
into
it
,
and
you
ought
to
put
no
more
waight
vppon
a
Rocket
than
the
iust
poyse
of
the
same
Rocket
.
When
this
trunke
of
paper
shall
be
filled
with
such
things
as
will
flame
and
giue
crackes
or
bloes
,
put
fine
gunpowder
into
the
said
trunke
for
to
kindle
the
gunmatch
,
which
must
lie
along
in
the
stuffe
that
will
flame
and
cracke
.
The
stuffe
which
is
to
be
put
into
the
Rocket
for
to
flame
and
giue
crackes
is
made
of
twelue
partes
of
Saltpeeter
refined
,
of
Citrine
Brimstone
nine
partes
,
of
grosse
gunpowder
fiue
partes
and
¼
of
a
part
mingled
togeather
with
your
hand
.
The
Brimstone
and
Saltpeeter
must
be
grosly
pounded
like
vnto
the
cornes
of
grosse
gunpowder
.
This
done
,
make
of
som
hemp
or
toe
a
thing
like
vnto
a
taile
¾
of
a
foote
or
more
in
length
,
and
tie
a
packthreed
about
the
said
taile
neare
vnto
the
biggest
end
of
it
:
Also
at
that
greatest
end
of
the
taile
,
a
holloe
place
must
be
made
like
vnto
a
birds
nest
,
&
after
you
haue
put
into
that
nest
one
part
and
⅓
of
a
part
of
the
said
mixture
,
winde
the
rest
of
that
taile
rounde
about
vppon
the
nest
and
all
ouer
the
saide
mixture
,
make
a
rounde
ball
thereof
,
and
crossewise
binde
packthreed
very
hard
vppon
it
to
the
ende
that
the
said
ball
may
therewith
be
made
very
harde
.
And
finally
thrust
a
gunmatch
well
roled
in
good
gunpowder
cleane
thorow
the
said
ball
and
mixture
to
kindle
the
saide
mixture
,
and
to
make
this
Rocket
for
to
flame
.
The
94
Chapter
.
To
make
Torches
and
candles
which
after
they
are
lighted
cannot
be
extinguished
with
any
winde
or
water
.
TAke
foure
cordes
so
bigge
as
a
mans
finger
of
fine
wooll
or
bumbase
,
seethe
them
in
Saltpeeter
water
,
and
when
they
are
drie
againe
,
role
them
well
in
fine
gunpowder
and
Brimstone
tempered
with
a
sufficient
quantitie
of
aqua
vitae
:
then
take
of
waxe
three
partes
,
of
gumme
of
a
pine
tree
two
partes
,
of
Camphire
½
of
a
parte
,
of
Turpentine
½
of
a
part
,
and
of
Greeke
pytch
or
Spanish
pytch
one
part
:
melt
all
these
things
ouer
a
soft
fire
,
and
make
a
paiste
of
the
same
mixture
,
and
couer
the
saide
cordes
all
ouer
with
the
saide
mixture
as
chaundelers
doe
their
waxe
candles
.
This
done
,
sticke
and
lay
the
same
foure
cordes
so
couered
vppon
a
drie
firre
tree
staffe
,
as
waxe
candles
are
stucke
and
laide
vppon
like
staues
commonly
called
staffe
torches
,
and
fill
vppe
the
emptie
places
vppon
the
staffe
which
will
be
betweene
the
said
cordes
,
with
a
mixture
made
of
three
partes
of
quicke
or
vnslaked
lime
,
and
of
one
part
of
quicke
Brimstone
beaten
into
fine
powder
,
and
moystened
with
a
little
of
Linseed
oyle
:
a
torch
thus
made
after
it
is
lighted
can
not
be
extinguished
with
any
winde
or
water
.
But
to
make
a
candle
for
the
like
purpose
,
take
the
weeke
of
a
candle
,
and
the
powder
of
quicke
Brimstone
,
wrappe
them
vp
togeather
in
a
fine
peece
of
lynnen
cloth
,
and
with
waxe
make
thereof
a
candle
,
for
(
as
Nostradamus
and
Weckerus
haue
written
)
a
lighted
candle
so
made
can
not
bee
extinguished
with
any
winde
so
long
as
any
peece
of
his
substance
doth
endure
.
Also
you
may
make
any
nextinguishable
torche
in
this
maner
:
Take
a
long
gunmatch
,
and
after
you
haue
boyled
it
in
lie
made
of
Saltpeeter
,
drie
it
well
:
then
take
of
Brimstone
finely
beaten
1
part
,
of
gunpowder
for
great
ordinance
one
part
,
&
of
waxe
one
part
:
Mingle
al
these
things
togeather
,
and
when
you
haue
melted
this
mixture
in
a
pan
,
put
so
much
of
the
said
gunmatch
into
it
as
will
drinke
or
soke
vp
the
greatest
part
thereof
:
then
taking
the
gunmatch
out
of
the
pan
,
cut
it
into
peeces
so
long
as
the
torch
shall
be
,
and
vnto
the
quantity
of
mixture
remaining
in
the
pan
,
put
a
like
quantity
of
the
gumme
of
a
pine
tree
,
a
like
quantitie
of
Brimstone
,
and
a
like
quantitie
of
Turpentine
.
Which
done
,
melt
in
that
pan
all
the
same
things
,
and
after
you
haue
there
well
mingled
them
togeather
,
couer
the
said
peeces
of
a
gunmatch
all
ouer
with
the
same
mixture
,
as
waxe
chaundelers
doe
vse
to
couer
their
torch
candles
:
and
by
so
doing
you
shall
make
excellent
torches
,
which
burning
in
a
flame
can
not
be
extinguished
with
winde
,
raine
,
or
snoe
.
The
95
Chapter
.
To
make
a
fireworke
which
will
burne
and
giue
a
great
light
in
a
Crosset
.
THrust
lynnen
ragges
into
oyle
of
hempsede
,
and
after
dippe
them
in
melte●
allowe
,
then
putting
them
into
Cressets
giue
fire
to
them
,
&
you
shall
see
that
they
●ll
burne
and
giue
a
great
light
.
The
96
Chapter
.
To
kindle
fire
with
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
.
IF
you
will
lay
a
Christall
stone
vnder
the
circle
of
the
Sunne
,
that
is
to
say
against
the
Sunne
,
and
place
a
thing
that
may
be
burned
neare
vnto
it
,
you
shall
see
that
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
will
set
that
thing
in
a
fire
.
The
97
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
a
Trunke
or
Trombe
which
will
shoote
fireworkes
,
and
may
bee
vsed
in
fight
vppon
the
Sea
,
and
in
fight
vppon
the
lande
:
how
you
may
make
a
furious
and
quicke
burning
fire-worke
for
the
said
Trunke
:
how
you
may
make
a
sloe
and
soft
burning
fireworke
for
the
said
trunke
:
and
how
you
may
make
diuers
fortes
of
fireworkes
for
the
said
trunke
:
and
how
you
ought
to
charge
the
said
trunke
with
the
said
furious
and
quicke
burning
fireworke
:
and
also
with
the
saide
sloe
and
soft
burning
fireworke
.
TO
make
a
Trunke
take
a
rounde
peece
of
wood
in
length
two
foote
,
and
in
compasse
equall
with
the
small
of
a
mans
legge
.
Bore
a
rounde
hole
in
the
middest
of
this
peece
of
wood
seuenteene
ynches
long
from
one
end
of
the
same
peece
of
wood
towardes
the
other
end
,
and
make
the
same
hole
of
such
widenesse
that
a
henne
egge
may
be
put
into
it
.
Likewise
bore
a
small
hole
three
ynches
long
at
the
other
ende
of
the
sayd
peece
of
wood
to
receaue
an
ende
of
a
staffe
of
fiue
foote
long
,
which
being
put
in
,
and
there
made
fast
,
ought
to
be
holden
in
your
hand
when
the
Trunke
shall
be
discharged
.
Now
leauing
foure
ynches
space
in
wood
betweene
the
bottome
of
this
hole
and
the
bottome
of
the
other
hole
into
which
the
mixture
for
the
charge
of
the
Trunke
shall
be
put
,
bind
the
sayd
peece
rounde
about
for
more
securitie
in
three
or
foure
places
with
hoopes
of
yron
,
to
the
end
it
may
not
breake
with
the
force
of
his
charge
.
Also
you
must
prepare
certaine
pypes
of
yron
in
length
sixe
ynches
,
like
canons
which
are
made
for
pocket
dagges
,
and
charging
them
with
gunpowder
and
pellets
,
binde
them
so
fast
with
the
said
hoopes
of
yron
vppon
the
outside
of
the
Trunke
,
that
they
in
their
discharges
may
not
flie
out
of
their
places
.
The
said
pypes
of
yron
ought
to
be
set
vnder
the
saide
hoopes
,
and
vppon
the
Trunke
according
as
they
are
drawne
in
the
figure
next
following
.
That
is
to
say
,
certaine
of
the
sayd
pypes
of
yron
must
bee
placed
vnder
euery
hoope
rounde
about
the
outside
of
the
Trunke
in
such
order
as
no
one
of
them
may
bee
perceiued
to
stande
directly
behinde
an
other
,
and
so
as
the
touch
hole
in
euery
of
the
sayd
pypes
may
lie
iustly
vppon
a
small
hole
pearced
thorow
the
thicknesse
of
the
wood
about
the
concauitie
in
the
Trunke
,
to
the
end
that
the
mixture
in
the
trombe
or
trunke
being
a
fire
may
giue
fire
thorow
the
said
holes
to
the
gunpowder
in
euery
of
the
same
yron
pypes
,
and
expell
their
pellets
.
depiction of a trunk or trombe [hand-grenade]
To
make
a
furious
and
quicke
burning
fireworke
for
the
said
trunke
,
take
twelue
partes
of
grosse
gunpowder
,
three
partes
of
Saltpeeter
grosly
brused
like
pepper
cornes
,
and
some
graines
of
Salt
equall
in
biggenesse
to
the
saide
cornes
of
Saltpeeter
:
mingle
these
things
togeather
,
and
moysten
them
with
aqua
vitae
&
with
a
little
of
oxe
gall
:
but
to
make
a
sloe
and
soft
burning
fireworke
for
the
said
trunke
,
take
tenne
partes
of
grosse
gunpowder
,
sixe
partes
of
Saltpeeter
grosly
brused
,
and
foure
partes
of
Brimstone
grosly
brused
,
and
to
prooue
whether
or
no
these
things
mingled
togeather
will
burne
so
sloly
or
softly
as
you
desire
that
they
shoulde
doe
,
lay
a
small
part
of
the
same
mixture
vppon
a
boord
or
table
,
and
hauing
put
fire
thereunto
marke
diligently
how
the
same
doth
burne
,
and
in
so
doing
remember
,
that
by
adding
more
gunpowder
vnto
this
sloe
burning
fireworke
you
shall
make
it
to
burne
more
furiously
,
&
that
by
taking
away
some
part
of
the
gunpowder
which
is
in
the
same
fireworke
,
you
shall
make
it
to
burne
in
a
Trunke
more
sloely
and
softly
.
Now
hauing
prepared
for
a
trunke
two
such
fireworkes
,
fill
the
concauitie
of
the
Trunke
first
3
ynches
in
length
with
the
said
furious
and
raging
fireworke
,
next
one
ynche
in
length
with
the
sayde
sloe
burning
fireworke
,
then
againe
three
ynches
in
length
with
the
furious
fireworke
,
after
that
one
ynche
in
length
with
the
sloe
burning
fireworke
,
and
proceede
in
this
order
till
you
haue
filled
the
concauitie
of
the
trunke
ful
of
that
fireworke
.
Or
(
if
you
will
)
you
may
before
the
trunke
is
full
charged
with
both
those
fireworkes
,
put
into
the
trunke
next
vnto
the
last
course
of
the
sloe
burning
fire-worke
one
parte
and
½
part
of
fine
gunpowder
,
and
some
quantitie
of
grosse
filinges
of
lead
,
and
small
peeces
of
glasse
wrapped
vppe
togeather
in
a
loose
peece
of
paper
like
a
pellet
,
and
thrust
lightly
home
vnto
the
gunpowder
,
so
as
a
burning
gunmatch
lying
a
long
by
one
side
of
the
said
pellet
from
the
mouth
of
the
saide
concauitie
vnto
the
sayde
fine
gunpowder
,
may
when
neede
shall
require
fire
the
gunpowder
,
and
make
the
fire-worke
in
the
trunke
to
flame
.
2
An
other
mixture
with
which
the
sayd
trunke
may
be
charged
.
TAke
of
grosse
gunpowder
48
partes
,
of
Greeke
pytch
or
Spanish
pytch
twelue
partes
,
of
Camphire
sixe
parts
,
of
glasse
beaten
into
powder
foure
partes
,
of
vernish
in
graines
three
partes
,
of
vernish
in
powder
three
partes
,
of
drie
or
leane
gumme
two
partes
,
of
Saltpeeter
sixe
partes
,
of
Brimstone
two
partes
,
of
quicksiluer
killed
with
fasting
spittle
one
part
:
beate
each
of
these
thinges
by
it selfe
,
and
hauing
moistened
them
with
aqua
vitae
mingle
them
togeather
.
With
this
mixture
you
ought
to
charge
a
trunke
in
this
maner
:
first
put
into
the
concauitie
of
the
trunke
a
little
of
grosse
gunpowder
,
next
a
little
of
the
saide
mixture
,
thrusting
it
home
to
the
gunpowder
with
a
woodden
rammer
,
then
a
little
of
bumbase
or
cotten
wooll
wet
in
Iuniper
oyle
or
in
aqua
vitae
,
after
that
a
little
quickesiluer
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
put
againe
into
the
trunke
a
little
gunpowder
vnmixed
,
some
of
the
sayde
mixture
,
and
a
little
quicksiluer
in
such
measure
and
like
sort
as
you
did
before
,
keeping
still
the
same
order
till
you
haue
filled
the
trunke
full
of
the
saide
gunpowder
,
mixture
,
bumbase
,
and
quicksiluer
.
After
all
this
is
done
,
couer
the
mouth
of
the
trunke
with
paper
bounde
fast
about
the
trunke
with
packthreede
,
and
making
a
little
hole
right
against
the
mouth
of
the
trunke
,
thrust
into
the
same
a
gunmatch
,
which
lying
along
within
the
concauitie
of
the
trunke
from
the
outside
of
the
hole
in
the
said
paper
couer
,
vnto
the
gunpowder
that
is
in
the
trunke
,
may
when
neede
shall
require
,
giue
fire
vnto
the
said
gunpowder
.
3
An
other
mixture
with
which
a
trunke
may
be
charged
.
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
,
Brimstone
,
oyle
of
Lynseede
,
oyle
of
the
pyne
tree
,
gumme
melted
,
Spanish
pitch
,
drie
gumme
,
of
eache
a
like
portion
:
and
when
you
haue
mingled
all
these
things
togeather
,
charge
your
trunke
with
the
said
mixture
.
4
An
other
mixture
with
which
a
trunke
may
be
charged
.
TAke
of
Brimstone
,
Orpiment
,
Colophonia
pytch
,
or
gumme
of
the
hearb
Colophonia
,
nwe
pytch
,
Vernish
in
graines
,
Turpentine
,
mans
fat
or
mans
grease
,
Masticke
,
Greeke
pytch
,
Frankensence
,
oyle
of
Lynseede
,
of
each
one
part
:
beate
well
all
these
thinges
,
and
then
mingle
them
togeather
,
and
cause
the
same
mixture
to
seethe
a
good
while
in
a
glasse
.
That
done
,
dippe
bumbase
or
toe
into
the
same
mixture
,
and
make
therof
as
it
shall
please
you
great
or
little
pellets
.
My
Authour
Leonardo
Cataneo
writeth
that
you
may
charge
the
aforesaid
trunk
with
these
pellets
,
and
that
the
same
pellets
being
once
a
fire
can
not
bee
quenched
with
any
other
thing
than
with
vrine
,
vineger
,
ashes
,
dust
or
sand
.
The
98
Chapter
.
How
you
may
make
foure
sundrie
sortes
of
Trunkes
or
Trombes
:
how
you
may
make
foure
sundry
sortes
of
mixtures
for
the
said
Trunkes
:
how
you
may
make
balles
or
pellets
for
the
said
trunks
:
and
how
you
ought
to
charge
the
said
Trunkes
with
the
said
mixtures
and
pellets
.
MAke
a
rounde
Trunke
of
Willoe
,
or
of
Oliue
,
or
of
the
wood
named
in
Italian
Bedolo
,
or
of
the
wood
named
Onizzo
,
for
making
it
of
any
other
wood
which
is
not
a
softe
and
fast
wood
,
the
trunke
will
not
only
by
breaking
put
you
in
danger
,
but
will
bee
all
in
a
fire
vppon
a
sodaine
and
destroy
you
and
your
friends
about
you
.
Make
this
round
Trunke
three
foote
and
¼
of
a
foote
in
length
,
and
fiue
ynches
in
thicknesse
from
outside
to
outside
,
And
let
the
concauitie
of
this
Trunke
bee
in
length
thirtie
ynches
,
and
the
Diameter
of
the
said
concauitie
two
ynches
:
also
make
a
rounde
hole
in
the
breech
of
this
Trunke
foure
ynches
long
towards
the
loer
end
of
the
saide
concauitie
in
the
trunke
,
and
one
ynch
and
½
ynche
in
Diameter
or
widenesse
for
to
receiue
and
hold
fast
the
ende
of
a
round
staffe
which
must
be
put
into
the
same
hole
when
you
will
vse
the
Trunke
.
Furthermore
,
take
away
the
wood
rounde
about
vppon
the
outside
of
the
trunke
sixe
ynches
beneath
the
mouth
of
the
trunke
,
in
deepnesse
so
much
as
the
backe
of
a
knife
is
thicke
,
and
in
breadth
three
ynches
,
and
winde
or
binde
very
hard
a
strong
corde
,
or
a
strong
yron
wier
round
about
all
ouer
and
vppon
the
trunke
in
that
&
in
all
his
other
like
holloe
places
,
for
sixe
ynches
beneath
this
hollo
place
you
must
make
an
other
like
holloe
place
:
I
meane
you
must
take
away
the
wood
rounde
about
vppon
the
outside
of
the
Trunke
in
deepnesse
so
much
as
the
backe
of
a
knife
is
thick
and
in
breadth
three
ynches
,
and
binde
very
hard
a
strong
cord
or
a
strong
yron
wier
rounde
about
all
ouer
and
vppon
that
holloe
place
.
Likewise
you
must
make
round
about
vppon
the
trunke
sixe
ynches
beneath
this
second
holloe
place
,
a
third
holloe
place
like
and
equall
in
breadth
and
deepenesse
to
the
said
second
holloe
place
,
and
binde
very
harde
a
strong
corde
or
a
strong
yron
wier
rounde
about
all
ouer
and
vppon
this
third
holloe
place
,
as
you
did
vppon
the
first
and
second
holloe
places
according
to
the
two
figures
A
B
and
A
C
next
following
:
for
A
B
is
a
trunke
with
three
such
holloe
places
as
before
haue
been
spoken
of
:
and
A
C
is
a
trunke
which
hath
three
such
holloe
places
bounde
all
ouer
with
strong
cordes
or
strong
wiers
and
hath
a
staffe
set
fast
in
his
loer
end
.
depiction of two trunks or trombes [hand-grenades]
After
you
haue
framed
a
Trunke
in
this
sorte
,
take
of
grosse
gunpowder
which
is
vncorned
72
partes
,
of
Saltpeeter
beaten
like
vnto
the
seed
of
millet
nine
partes
,
of
Brimstone
beaten
and
sifted
sixe
partes
,
of
Coles
made
of
the
wood
of
Willoe
beaten
and
sifted
foure
partes
,
and
of
vernish
beaten
and
sifted
two
parts
,
put
all
these
things
togeather
in
a
bole
of
wood
,
and
sprinkle
a
little
water
vppon
them
that
the
Coles
may
not
be
blone
out
of
the
bole
,
and
by
so
doing
you
shall
make
of
those
things
a
sloe
mixture
to
burne
in
the
said
trunke
.
Also
you
shall
prepare
balles
or
pellets
for
the
saide
trunke
in
this
manner
.
Make
a
flatte
Cake
of
hempe
in
greatnesse
so
much
as
the
paulme
of
a
mans
hande
,
and
in
thickenesse
so
muche
as
the
backe
of
a
knife
,
wette
well
this
Hemppen
Cake
in
aqua
vitae
,
and
after
you
haue
so
done
wryng
the
aqua
vitae
out
of
it
.
Then
hauing
in
a
readinesse
a
mixture
made
of
twelue
partes
of
grosse
gunpowder
sifted
,
and
of
three
partes
of
Saltpeeter
sifted
,
put
a
parcell
thereof
vppon
the
middest
of
the
said
cake
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
role
vppe
that
Cake
like
a
Ball
or
Pellet
which
must
bee
½
finger
lesse
in
his
Diameter
than
the
heigth
of
the
concauitie
in
the
Trunke
,
and
muste
bee
well
bounde
rounde
about
with
packthreede
.
Moreouer
,
thrust
sixe
Pinnes
or
prickes
of
Wood
into
this
ball
euen
vnto
the
mixture
which
is
within
the
ball
,
and
let
euerie
of
these
prickes
or
pinnes
be
of
such
length
that
one
ende
of
euery
of
them
may
touche
the
said
mixture
within
the
ball
,
and
the
other
ende
of
euery
of
them
may
be
two
ynches
at
the
least
without
the
ball
.
After
all
this
is
done
,
cote
the
whole
ball
with
melted
Brimstone
,
&
make
in
this
maner
a
great
number
of
these
balles
which
you
may
keepe
till
you
shall
haue
cause
to
vse
them
in
trunkes
:
at
which
time
you
must
take
out
of
them
the
said
prickes
or
pinnes
and
fill
vp
their
holes
with
good
gunpowder
which
will
easily
and
very
quickely
set
the
said
balles
in
a
fire
.
When
this
trunke
shall
bee
charged
,
you
must
haue
in
a
readinesse
grosse
gunpowder
mingled
with
filings
of
yron
in
this
proportion
.
Vnto
one
part
of
the
filings
of
yron
put
12
parts
of
grosse
gunpowder
:
and
this
done
,
you
must
first
thrust
so
much
of
that
mixture
into
the
bottome
or
loest
ende
of
the
concauitie
in
the
trunke
as
will
fill
the
saide
concauitie
three
ynches
in
length
after
it
hath
been
rammed
downe
hard
with
a
staffe
.
And
after
this
you
shall
put
one
of
the
aforesaid
balles
or
pellets
into
the
trunke
:
and
after
the
same
pellet
so
much
gunpowder
as
you
can
take
vp
and
hold
with
your
thombe
and
foure
fingers
,
and
after
the
quantitie
of
gunpowder
last
named
,
so
much
of
the
said
sloe
mixture
as
will
fill
the
concauitie
in
the
trunke
three
ynches
more
in
length
,
and
then
you
shall
put
againe
into
the
concauitie
of
the
trunke
so
much
of
the
said
gunpowder
mingled
with
the
filings
of
yron
rammed
downe
very
hard
with
a
staffe
,
as
will
fill
the
saide
concauitie
three
ynches
more
in
length
,
and
after
the
saide
gunpowder
and
filinges
,
one
other
of
the
saide
balles
,
and
after
the
said
ball
so
much
gunpowder
as
you
can
take
vp
and
hold
with
your
thombe
and
foure
fingers
,
and
after
this
quantitie
of
gunpowder
last
named
,
so
much
of
the
sloe
mixture
as
will
fill
the
saide
concauitie
three
ynches
more
in
length
,
and
you
shall
proceede
to
put
the
said
gunpowder
mingled
with
filings
of
yron
,
balles
,
gunpowder
vnmingled
,
and
sloe
mixture
into
the
trunke
in
such
order
as
you
did
before
vntill
you
haue
filled
the
said
concauitie
full
within
½
ynch
of
his
mouth
,
and
in
so
doing
you
must
put
the
balles
in
the
saide
concauitie
directly
vnder
the
saide
holloe
places
which
are
bounde
for
more
safetie
all
ouer
with
strong
cordes
or
strong
wiers
of
yron
.
An
admonition
.
When
you
haue
so
filled
the
concauitie
of
this
trunke
within
½
ynch
of
his
mouth
,
binde
a
lynnen
cloth
well
imbrued
or
coted
with
pitch
all
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
said
concauitie
,
to
saue
the
gunpowder
,
balles
,
and
sloe
mixture
in
the
saide
concauitie
from
sparkles
of
fire
,
and
from
moisture
,
and
let
it
remaine
there
vntill
you
shal
be
readie
to
put
fire
with
a
gunmatch
,
or
other
wise
,
vnto
the
thinges
in
the
concauitie
of
the
trunke
,
for
then
it
must
be
taken
away
.
Also
you
must
put
the
end
of
a
staffe
of
sixe
foote
long
into
the
said
round
hole
of
foure
ynches
in
length
at
the
breeche
of
the
trunke
,
and
pynne
it
fast
there
that
it
may
not
come
out
agayne
.
The
vse
of
Trunkes
.
With
such
trunkes
as
this
is
,
walles
may
be
assaulted
,
breaches
may
bee
defended
,
and
shippes
may
be
boorded
.
Also
with
such
trunks
the
forefront
of
an
armie
may
be
preserued
from
the
force
of
horsemen
,
campes
,
gates
,
fortes
,
and
townes
,
may
with
the
fire
issuing
out
of
these
trunkes
be
burned
.
This
trunke
may
also
be
charged
in
an
other
sort
without
any
of
the
saide
pellets
:
for
a
round
box
of
good
yron
plate
being
made
like
the
woodden
couer
of
a
round
Marmelaid
box
,
&
¼
of
an
ynch
lesse
in
his
Diameter
than
is
the
widenesse
of
the
concauitie
in
the
trunke
,
you
shall
fill
the
said
yron
boxe
full
of
square
peeces
of
yron
or
lead
,
and
binde
paper
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
boxe
that
the
square
peeces
which
are
in
the
saide
boxe
may
not
fall
out
.
And
when
you
will
charge
your
trunke
with
this
boxe
full
of
such
square
peeces
of
yron
or
lead
,
you
must
first
put
into
the
trunke
so
much
of
vnmingled
grosse
gunpowder
as
wil
fil
the
concauitie
in
the
trunke
thre
ynches
in
length
after
it
hath
been
pressed
downe
very
hard
:
and
secondly
you
must
put
into
the
trunke
after
the
sayd
grosse
gunpowder
so
much
of
fine
gunpowder
as
you
can
take
vp
and
holde
with
your
thombe
and
foure
fingers
:
and
thirdly
you
must
put
into
the
said
trunke
the
said
boxe
of
yron
full
of
square
peeces
of
yron
or
lead
with
his
bottome
towardes
and
next
to
the
saide
gunpowder
.
Fourthly
you
must
put
into
the
sayd
trunke
next
after
the
said
boxe
so
much
of
grosse
gunpowder
as
will
bee
enough
to
carrie
fire
vnto
the
fine
gunpowder
which
is
behinde
or
vnder
the
bottome
of
the
saide
boxe
.
Fiftly
you
must
put
into
the
saide
trunke
so
much
of
the
sloe
mixture
nexte
following
as
wyll
fill
the
concauitie
in
the
Trunke
three
or
foure
ynches
more
in
length
.
Sixtly
,
you
must
put
into
the
Trunke
so
much
of
grosse
gunpowder
as
you
did
at
the
first
,
and
then
you
must
proceede
in
the
aforesaide
order
to
fill
vp
the
concauitie
in
the
the
said
trunke
with
gunpowder
,
&
the
sloe
mixture
next
folloing
,
vntill
the
saide
concauitie
shall
bee
full
within
½
ynch
of
his
mouth
.
Which
done
,
binde
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
trunke
a
linnen
cloth
wel
imbrued
or
coted
with
pitch
,
and
let
it
remaine
there
till
you
will
giue
fire
vnto
the
things
in
the
trunke
with
a
gūmatch
or
otherwise
,
for
then
it
must
be
taken
away
.
Also
remember
to
thrust
the
saide
yron
boxe
into
the
trunk
so
as
it
may
lie
directly
vnder
one
of
the
said
holloe
places
which
are
bound
all
ouer
with
strong
cordes
or
strong
wiers
of
yron
,
as
you
haue
been
willed
before
to
place
the
said
pellets
.
The
sloe
mixture
(
which
as
before
I
haue
tolde
you
)
must
be
put
into
the
concauitie
of
the
trunke
when
you
doe
charge
the
same
trunke
with
the
saide
boxe
of
yron
,
is
made
of
102
partes
of
grosse
gunpowder
sifted
,
of
sixe
partes
of
Saltpeeter
sifted
grosly
,
of
two
partes
of
vernish
in
graine
,
of
two
partes
of
quickesiluer
killed
,
of
two
parts
of
Assa
fetida
,
and
of
three
parts
of
Turpentine
mingled
togeather
.
Vppon
this
trunke
you
may
also
if
you
will
put
an
yron
hoope
of
3
fingers
in
breadth
,
and
½
finger
in
thicknesse
,
and
placing
two
sworde
blades
very
fast
in
the
said
yron
hoope
according
to
the
picture
folloing
,
you
may
vse
the
said
trunke
to
offend
and
defend
as
you
would
vse
a
Pertisant
.
depiction of a trunk or trombe [hand-grenade]
Also
a
long
two
handed
sword
may
be
aptlie
put
into
the
staffe
of
the
said
trunke
in
this
manner
.
Saw
the
staffe
iust
in
the
middest
from
the
loer
end
towards
the
vpper
end
,
and
see
that
the
part
of
the
staffe
which
is
so
sawne
do
iustlie
agree
in
thickenesse
and
length
with
the
breadth
and
length
of
the
sword
blade
.
This
done
put
the
sword
blade
into
the
saide
staffe
so
sawne
as
you
would
put
the
same
blade
into
a
scabbord
,
and
with
two
rings
of
wood
made
of
purpose
to
slide
vp
&
downe
vppon
the
said
staffe
,
you
may
shut
the
staffe
so
close
that
the
blade
shall
not
come
out
,
and
open
the
staffe
(
when
you
will
)
so
wide
,
that
the
blade
shall
come
foorth
easilie
.
The
bearer
of
this
trunke
seeing
his
trunke
in
a
fire
may
soone
thro
it
away
,
and
vse
the
two
handed
sword
that
was
in
the
staffe
of
the
trunke
:
and
therefore
he
that
doth
beare
such
a
trunke
ought
to
be
a
curragious
,
skilfull
,
and
an
able
soldier
to
vse
it
.
depiction of a trunk or trombe [hand-grenade]
How
you
may
make
a
Trunke
or
Trombe
after
an
other
fashion
,
and
a
mixture
to
charge
the
sayde
Trunke
:
and
how
you
ought
to
charge
this
Trunke
with
the
said
mixture
.
MAke
a
Trunke
of
a
plate
of
yron
which
ought
to
be
so
thicke
as
the
back
of
a
knife
,
put
thereon
three
hoopes
of
yron
,
and
let
euery
of
them
be
one
ynch
in
bredth
,
nayle
the
said
hoopes
very
fast
vppon
the
trunke
which
must
be
two
foote
in
length
,
and
one
ynche
and
½
ynch
in
his
Diameter
or
widenesse
:
all
this
being
done
,
take
a
rounde
peece
of
wood
in
length
one
foote
,
&
driue
the
said
round
peece
of
wood
sixe
ynches
at
the
least
into
one
end
of
the
concauitie
in
the
trunke
,
and
then
put
a
staffe
into
that
end
of
the
rounde
peece
of
wood
which
is
without
the
said
concauitie
.
The
trunke
being
thus
made
must
be
charged
,
and
filled
almost
vp
to
the
mouth
with
the
mixture
next
folloing
.
But
in
so
charging
this
trunke
,
forget
not
after
his
concauitie
shall
be
filled
three
ynches
in
length
,
to
presse
well
and
ramme
downe
the
saide
mixture
.
After
you
haue
so
filled
the
concauitie
of
the
trunke
almost
vp
to
the
mouth
with
the
sayd
mixture
,
put
into
the
mouth
of
the
said
concauitie
a
sufficient
quantitie
of
good
gunpowder
,
and
binde
a
lynnen
cloth
imbrued
or
coted
with
pytch
all
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
saide
concauitie
as
you
haue
been
willed
to
doe
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
trunke
before
mentioned
.
The
mixture
for
this
trunke
is
thus
made
:
Take
of
grosse
gunpowder
sifted
144
parts
,
of
Saltpeter
sifted
grosly
24
parts
,
of
Brimstone
sifted
12
parts
,
of
Coles
made
of
the
wood
of
Willoe
sifted
18
parts
,
of
Assa
fetida
two
parts
,
of
greene
Coperesse
one
part
,
of
Arsenick
one
part
of
vitriol
beaten
one
part
,
of
the
filings
of
yron
sifted
one
part
:
incorporate
all
these
things
well
togeather
,
and
moisten
them
with
aqua
vitae
.
The
99
Chapter
.
To
tie
a
fireworke
at
the
vpper
end
of
a
scaling
ladder
.
COuer
the
vpper
part
of
the
scaling
ladder
with
plates
of
yron
&
in
the
very
top
let
the
ladder
haue
one
or
two
great
and
strong
hookes
of
yron
to
catch
and
holde
fast
whatsoeuer
thing
you
shall
lay
it
on
.
Also
set
in
the
foote
of
the
ladder
long
yron
pykes
which
may
be
thrust
into
the
ground
to
keepe
the
ladder
from
slyding
.
All
this
being
done
,
tie
vppon
the
the
said
yron
plates
a
canuas
bagge
filled
with
some
one
kinde
of
burning
mixture
,
binde
the
said
bagge
all
ouer
with
yron
wiers
,
and
couer
it
all
ouer
with
such
paste
as
doth
serue
to
couer
pellets
and
balles
of
wildefire
.
Then
making
holes
thorow
the
bag
into
the
said
mixture
,
fil
vp
the
saide
holes
againe
with
fine
and
good
gunpowder
,
or
with
gunmatches
roled
in
fine
and
drie
gunpowder
,
and
when
you
shall
haue
cause
to
vse
any
such
ladder
,
giue
fire
to
the
said
gunpowder
or
gunmatches
which
will
cause
the
said
mixture
to
burne
in
such
maner
,
as
no
enemie
will
offer
to
come
neere
vnto
the
ladder
.
depiction of fireworks tied to a ladder
A
scaling
ladder
which
may
be
folded
togeather
.
The
100
Chapter
.
1
To
make
three
sundrie
Firewoorkes
which
will
bloe
vp
walles
,
towres
,
fortes
,
and
such
like
thinges
,
and
spoyle
many
enemies
.
PVt
a
barrell
full
of
fine
gunpowder
within
a
Butte
well
hooped
,
let
the
barrell
stand
fast
in
the
middest
of
the
Butte
,
filling
vp
the
rest
of
the
roome
within
the
Butte
with
round
shelles
,
or
stones
,
so
byg
as
walnuttes
,
or
egges
,
and
lay
about
the
Butte
certaine
gunmatches
which
may
geue
fire
at
an
appointed
time
to
the
gunpowder
in
the
bottome
of
the
barrell
.
For
if
you
should
geue
fire
to
the
gunpowder
in
the
top
of
the
barrell
,
you
would
before
you
could
escape
,
hurte
your selfe
so
soone
as
your
enemie
.
Likewise
if
you
should
not
lay
gunmatches
about
the
Butte
to
geue
fire
vnto
the
gunpowder
at
an
appoynted
time
when
you
may
be
in
an
other
place
a
good
distance
from
the
said
Butte
and
Barrell
,
you
would
kill
your selfe
:
For
this
kinde
of
firewoorke
laide
in
a
trench
vnder
the
ground
,
or
vnder
a
wall
,
forte
,
or
tower
,
will
be
a
very
offensiue
thing
to
all
those
that
are
neare
vnto
it
when
it
doth
his
effect
.
Girolamo
Russelli
in
his
booke
entituled
Precetti
della
militia
moderna
writeth
,
that
at
the
assault
of
Saint
Andrewes
in
Scotlande
Anno
Domini
1542
,
this
kinde
of
firewoorke
did
kill
321
persons
,
and
mayme
more
than
600
persons
.
depiction of a type of barrel firework
A
gunmatch
to
fire
the
powder
in
the
Barrel
.
A
gunmach
to
fire
the
powder
in
the
Barrel
.
2
An
other
Firewoorke
which
will
bloe
vp
walles
,
towers
,
fortes
,
and
such
like
thinges
,
and
spoyle
many
enemies
.
MAke
of
good
and
thicke
plates
of
yron
certayne
barrels
,
hoope
them
well
with
yron
hoopes
,
vppon
their
hoopes
fixe
certaine
thicke
peeces
of
yron
of
an
ynche
and
¼
of
an
ynch
in
length
with
sharpe
poyntes
,
and
with
an
harde
cheesel
hack
euery
barrell
in
diuers
places
,
but
not
thoroe
,
because
euery
barrel
ought
to
be
made
very
close
,
so
as
no
fire
may
breathe
out
of
it
till
the
force
of
fiered
gunpowder
with
which
euery
barrell
must
be
full
stuffed
shall
cause
the
same
barrels
to
breake
in
many
peeces
.
Also
vpon
the
head
or
one
ende
of
euery
such
barrell
,
fixe
well
a
holloe
pipe
of
yron
,
making
it
to
goe
close
downe
foure
fingers
deepe
into
the
barrell
,
and
to
extende
three
fingers
in
heigth
aboue
the
head
of
the
barrell
.
This
done
,
fill
euery
of
those
barrels
with
good
and
fine
gunpowder
,
and
euery
of
those
yron
pipes
with
some
one
kinde
of
mixture
that
will
burne
slolie
:
and
when
you
will
vse
these
barrels
in
time
of
military
seruice
,
geuing
fire
to
the
mixture
in
their
sayd
pipes
,
thro
them
away
from
you
ouer
the
Towne
walles
,
or
being
in
sea
seruice
,
out
of
your
shippe
into
an
other
shippe
or
galey
among
your
enemies
.
For
so
soone
as
the
fire
in
the
said
mixture
shall
come
to
the
gunpowder
within
the
barrell
,
the
barrell
through
the
force
of
gunpowder
,
and
by
reason
of
the
said
hackes
,
will
breake
and
flie
in
many
peeces
.
Also
with
yron
buttes
or
great
barrels
of
yron
filled
full
of
gunpowder
,
and
made
like
vnto
the
said
small
barrels
,
you
may
bloe
vp
any
appointed
wall
or
tower
,
if
you
wil
lay
such
great
barrels
filled
full
of
fine
gunpowder
in
the
ground
vnder
the
appointed
place
.
depiction of a type of barrel firework
3
An
other
Firewoorke
which
will
bloe
vp
Walles
,
Towers
,
Fortes
,
and
such
like
thinges
,
and
spoyle
many
enemies
.
MAke
of
long
,
thick
,
smoothe
,
and
well
wrought
plates
of
yron
,
a
vessell
of
eyght
or
ten
feete
in
length
like
vnto
the
picture
following
,
hoope
the
same
vessell
with
yron
hoopes
,
&
also
make
a
bottome
for
the
same
vessell
of
like
plates
of
yron
,
laying
one
plate
a
finger
breadth
vpon
the
middle
parte
of
an
other
plate
his
thicknesse
,
and
set
this
bottome
fast
in
a
fitte
creast
made
round
about
the
loer
ende
of
the
said
vessell
.
This
done
,
hacke
the
vessell
but
not
thorow
,
in
diuers
places
with
a
cheesell
,
and
make
a
hole
in
euery
plate
about
that
loer
ende
,
and
then
to
stoppe
vp
those
holes
againe
that
no
fire
may
breathe
out
of
any
one
of
them
,
driue
an
yron
pinne
ouerthwarte
into
euery
of
the
sayde
holes
.
Moreouer
,
make
a
little
hole
in
the
bottome
of
the
saide
vessell
,
and
put
into
the
same
hole
a
pype
of
yron
,
and
after
you
haue
stuffed
the
saide
vessell
full
of
drie
and
fine
gunpowder
,
fill
the
saide
pype
with
a
burning
mixture
,
or
with
a
Gunmatch
which
may
bring
fire
vnto
the
said
gunpowder
when
it
shall
doe
his
effect
.
Now
this
vessell
being
so
prepared
to
bloe
vp
a
wall
,
tower
,
or
forte
,
digge
a
caue
vnder
the
wall
,
towre
,
or
forte
,
that
shal
be
blone
vp
,
which
caue
must
be
no
bigger
than
will
receaue
the
said
vessel
,
and
setting
proppes
in
the
ground
vnder
the
said
wall
,
tower
,
or
forte
,
geue
fire
to
the
end
of
a
Gunmatch
that
shall
at
the
ende
of
halfe
an
houre
or
thereabouts
after
you
haue
done
all
this
geue
fire
to
the
gunpowder
in
the
said
barrell
.
For
you
must
before
that
time
(
if
you
will
saue
your
owne
life
)
be
a
good
distance
from
the
same
place
that
shal
be
blone
vp
with
the
said
gunpowder
.
depiction of a type of barrel firework
The
101
Chapter
.
How
Frauncesse
George
of
Sena
was
the
first
inuentor
of
Mynes
:
how
caues
or
mynes
for
the
subuersion
of
Fortes
,
Castles
,
and
walles
of
Cities
ought
to
be
made
:
and
how
gunpowder
ought
to
be
placed
in
the
ouens
of
such
Mynes
,
that
the
same
gunpowder
may
ouerthroe
and
bloe
the
Forts
,
Castles
,
and
Walles
of
Cities
which
shall
stande
directly
ouer
the
sayde
ouens
.
IOan
:
Iacobus
Weckerus
,
and
Vannuccio
Biringuccio
,
doe
reporte
in
their
bookes
that
Frauncesse
George
of
Sena
was
the
first
inuentor
of
Mynes
for
the
subuersion
of
Fortes
,
Castles
,
Sena
is
a
citie
in
that
part
of
Italie
which
is
called
Tulcane
distant
from
Roome
an
hundred
miles
.
and
walles
of
Cities
:
And
the
said
Weckerus
,
Biringuccio
,
and
other
authors
haue
written
,
that
such
mynes
ought
to
be
made
in
this
sorte
following
.
The
mouth
and
beginning
of
the
myne
ought
not
to
be
neare
vnto
the
place
that
is
appointed
to
be
blone
vp
with
gunpowder
,
to
this
ende
that
the
men
of
the
saide
place
may
not
perceaue
the
myne
,
nor
issue
out
to
molest
the
Pioners
,
nor
know
where
to
make
countermines
to
let
the
fire
breathe
out
,
or
to
cause
the
myne
by
any
manner
of
meanes
to
be
of
no
effect
.
And
to
the
intent
that
the
saide
myne
may
not
ende
before
it
comes
to
the
very
pointe
of
ground
which
l●eth
directly
vnder
the
saide
place
that
shal
be
ouerthrone
,
nor
extende
beyonde
the
same
,
you
must
measure
exactly
with
your
Quadrant
or
Semicircle
the
distance
betweene
the
beginning
of
the
myne
and
the
place
where
it
shall
ende
,
and
note
circumspectly
by
the
helpe
of
a
Geographicall
plaine
Sphere
,
how
the
end
of
the
myne
lieth
from
the
place
of
his
beginning
.
This
done
,
drawe
a
platte
of
a
myne
that
may
vppon
paper
expresse
the
true
proportion
and
symetrie
of
the
same
myne
which
you
doe
now
goe
about
to
make
,
and
instruct
the
Pyoners
to
vndermyne
according
to
the
same
platte
.
If
the
Pioners
shall
happen
to
finde
water
in
the
way
of
the
myne
,
you
must
teach
them
to
sinke
welles
,
and
to
digge
gutturs
which
may
carry
the
water
out
of
the
way
into
the
same
welles
,
and
after
they
haue
laide
plankes
ouer
the
saide
welles
,
to
proceede
in
their
woorke
according
to
your
platte
.
But
when
the
Pioners
shal
not
be
able
by
reason
of
other
lettes
within
the
ground
(
which
in
many
places
will
happen
)
to
vndermine
according
to
your
platte
,
then
your
platte
must
be
altered
in
such
sorte
as
the
way
of
the
myne
vnder
ground
may
in
breadth
,
length
,
and
fourme
,
agree
with
the
said
platte
.
While
the
Pioners
doe
worke
in
the
way
of
the
myne
,
cause
them
to
bore
diuers
deepe
holes
in
each
side
of
the
myne
with
a
long
augar
,
and
when
they
haue
so
done
,
if
you
will
lay
your
eare
to
the
saide
holes
,
I
meane
first
to
one
hole
and
after
to
an
other
,
you
shall
heare
whether
the
enemies
doe
dig
any
countermyne
.
Some
men
doe
thinke
that
a
myne
,
and
also
a
countermyne
may
with
little
or
no
noise
at
all
be
thus
made
.
Prepare
strong
and
bigge
augars
of
8
or
9
feete
in
length
,
bore
with
them
diuers
holes
vnder
the
ground
thorow
the
earth
,
and
also
thorow
the
stones
which
shall
lie
in
the
way
of
the
myne
or
countermyne
:
This
done
,
breake
downe
the
earth
and
stones
about
the
saide
holes
with
croes
of
yron
,
and
then
boring
other
holes
,
and
breaking
downe
againe
the
earth
and
stones
about
the
same
holes
as
you
did
before
,
woorke
forwardes
,
and
keepe
this
order
in
your
woorke
till
you
haue
finished
the
myne
.
A
myne
may
be
made
in
fashion
like
vnto
TV
or
XY
in
the
pictures
next
following
.
depiction of two types of mines
Also
the
Pyoners
(
if
the
grounde
will
permitte
them
so
to
worke
)
may
digge
foorthright
from
the
beginning
of
the
myne
towardes
the
thing
that
is
appoynted
to
be
ouerthrone
,
vntill
they
shall
come
neare
vnto
the
ground
which
lyeth
directly
vnder
the
saide
thing
,
and
of
some
is
named
the
Ouen
,
and
place
of
greatest
effect
:
But
of
necessitie
the
way
of
the
myne
from
the
saide
neare
place
vnto
the
saide
Ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
,
must
be
crooked
&
oblique
according
to
BDEC
in
the
two
Figures
following
.
After
you
haue
made
a
myne
platte
according
to
this
doctrine
or
in
any
other
manner
,
you
must
instruct
the
Pyoners
to
vndermine
deepe
within
harde
grounde
,
and
to
make
the
way
of
the
myne
three
foote
in
breadth
,
and
sixe
foote
in
heigth
,
and
to
digge
the
sayd
Ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
sixe
or
seuen
foote
in
breadth
,
and
nine
or
tenne
foot
in
heigth
,
to
this
ende
that
the
gunpowder
laide
in
that
place
may
make
his
vent
vpwardes
,
and
that
the
ayre
which
is
within
the
saide
holloe
place
may
ayde
the
gunpowder
to
open
and
ouerturne
the
ground
which
is
right
ouer
it
.
When
the
saide
Ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
shall
happen
to
be
made
in
a
stonie
grounde
where
the
stones
are
like
to
fall
,
then
you
must
vnderproppe
them
with
holloe
pypes
of
timber
filled
ful
of
good
gunpowder
:
and
remember
alwaies
to
obserue
a
meane
in
making
the
Ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
,
because
it
ought
in
no
manner
of
grounde
to
be
too
bigge
or
too
little
.
The
myne
being
finished
according
to
your
saide
platte
,
couer
the
ground
or
floore
in
the
saide
Ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
with
boordes
,
and
hauing
stroed
vppon
those
boordes
a
sufficient
quantitie
of
good
gunpowder
,
put
so
many
barrelles
without
any
heads
or
couers
,
full
of
good
and
strong
gunpowder
vppon
the
same
boordes
,
as
will
execute
the
thing
appointed
to
be
done
,
and
in
so
doing
perswade
your selfe
that
the
better
and
greater
the
quantitie
of
gunpowder
which
shal
be
laide
in
the
saide
Ouen
&
place
of
greatest
effect
is
,
the
more
greater
will
be
the
effect
of
the
same
.
Moreouer
,
for
to
fire
the
said
gunpowder
when
time
shall
require
,
lay
a
gunmatch
made
of
fine
bumbase
cotten
that
hath
beene
well
sodde
in
vineger
,
brimstone
,
and
saltpeeter
,
well
roled
in
gunpowder
,
and
well
dried
in
the
Sunne
,
within
a
Trunke
,
Pype
,
or
case
of
boordes
:
which
gunmatch
and
trunke
must
extende
and
reache
in
length
from
the
gunpowder
stroed
vppon
the
boordes
in
the
saide
Ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
,
vnto
the
mouth
and
beginning
of
the
myne
,
and
also
somewhat
without
the
same
,
and
hauing
couered
the
saide
gunmatch
all
ouer
with
a
traine
of
dry
gunpowder
,
close
vp
the
said
trunke
with
a
couer
of
boordes
,
so
as
no
soile
or
moysture
may
come
vnto
the
gunpowder
within
the
same
Trunke
.
Or
if
you
will
,
you
may
tie
a
peece
of
a
gunmatch
vnto
the
ende
of
a
small
line
,
and
when
the
saide
ende
of
a
gunmatch
shal
be
a
fire
,
drawe
the
same
by
that
line
running
on
a
pulley
thorow
a
traine
of
gunpowder
made
within
a
Trunke
vnto
the
barrels
of
gunpowder
in
the
saide
ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
.
But
before
you
doe
fire
the
gunpowder
in
the
myne
with
a
gunmatch
after
the
doctrine
last
taught
,
or
in
any
other
manner
,
you
must
with
earth
,
rootes
of
trees
,
blockes
of
timber
,
stones
,
and
such
like
things
,
walle
,
fortefie
,
and
ramme
vp
the
mouth
of
the
saide
Ouen
,
or
rather
all
that
parte
of
the
myne
which
C
D
and
E
in
the
figure
next
following
doth
represent
,
so
as
no
fire
,
or
aire
may
breath
out
of
the
said
ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
by
any
other
way
than
by
the
saide
holloe
Trunke
.
For
in
so
much
as
that
parte
of
the
myne
which
is
noted
in
this
figure
next
following
with
E
,
lieth
not
right
against
the
saide
ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
,
and
likewise
for
that
the
place
of
the
myne
which
D
in
this
figure
following
doth
represent
,
lieth
not
right
against
C
,
and
also
for
that
the
mouth
of
the
myne
which
B
representeth
in
the
figure
next
following
,
is
not
right
against
E
and
D
,
it
is
certaine
,
when
the
gunpowder
in
the
saide
ouen
and
place
of
greatest
effect
shall
be
set
in
a
fire
(
after
the
way
of
the
myne
from
C
to
D
is
so
stopped
vp
with
earth
,
rootes
of
trees
,
blockes
of
timber
,
stones
,
and
such
like
thinges
)
that
the
saide
gunpowder
will
with
a
great
and
horrible
violence
bloe
and
ouerturne
all
the
ground
and
buildings
ouer
the
same
.
depiction of two types of mines
The
102
Chapter
.
How
a
caue
ought
to
be
made
rounde
about
a
Castle
or
Forte
that
is
besieged
,
to
the
intent
that
they
which
are
in
the
saide
caue
may
heare
and
perceaue
at
all
times
whether
or
no
the
enemie
doth
woorke
to
vndermyne
the
same
Castle
or
Forte
.
WHen
a
Castle
or
Forte
is
besieged
,
and
the
Captaine
of
that
Castle
or
Forte
doth
feare
that
the
enemie
will
vndermine
the
same
place
,
then
the
Captaine
(
to
auoid
the
hurte
which
may
come
by
the
saide
myne
)
ought
to
commaunde
his
Souldiers
to
make
a
deepe
pitte
within
their
Castle
or
Forte
,
and
from
the
bottome
of
the
same
to
dyg
a
caue
vnder
the
foundation
of
the
walles
of
their
saide
Castle
or
Forte
,
and
also
vnder
the
ditch
which
enuironeth
the
saide
place
vntill
they
shall
come
vnto
the
outside
of
the
saide
ditch
,
and
from
thence
to
vndermine
on
the
outside
of
the
saide
ditch
(
as
the
ground
will
suffer
them
to
woorke
)
rounde
about
the
saide
Castle
or
Forte
.
When
the
Souldiers
haue
brought
out
of
the
saide
caue
all
the
earth
which
was
in
the
same
,
they
may
fortefie
the
walles
of
their
Castle
or
Forte
with
the
same
earth
,
and
laying
sackes
of
wooll
straightly
bounde
about
with
cordes
in
diuers
places
of
the
saide
caue
,
they
ought
to
put
vppon
euery
of
the
saide
sackes
a
latten
bason
,
and
cast
into
euery
of
the
saide
basons
sixe
or
eight
harde
peason
,
to
this
ende
that
they
which
are
in
the
saide
caue
may
heare
and
perceaue
at
all
times
by
those
peason
,
whether
or
no
the
enemie
doth
worke
to
vndermine
the
same
Castle
or
Forte
,
for
at
euery
stroke
that
the
Pioners
shall
strike
,
the
peason
in
the
saide
basons
will
vndoubtedly
make
an
audible
iarre
,
whereof
the
Captaine
ought
presently
to
haue
warning
,
that
he
may
in
conuenient
time
with
countermines
,
or
by
some
other
pollicie
,
make
the
myne
of
his
enemies
to
be
of
no
effect
.
Moreouer
,
to
knowe
whether
or
no
the
enemies
doe
make
any
myne
against
you
this
may
be
done
:
Sinke
diuers
deepe
welles
in
diuers
places
towardes
the
suspected
myne
,
and
hauing
made
diuers
holes
with
a
long
auger
in
the
sides
of
those
welles
,
cause
vigilant
and
skilfull
men
to
watch
and
harken
continually
at
the
saide
holes
,
or
in
the
bottome
of
the
saide
welles
,
whether
or
no
the
enemies
doe
vndermine
towards
you
.
But
if
this
way
shall
not
like
you
,
take
a
drumme
and
set
one
ende
of
it
flatte
vppon
a
very
plaine
peece
of
ground
,
neare
vnto
the
head
of
one
of
the
saide
welles
,
and
then
vppon
the
vpper
ende
or
head
of
the
drumme
lay
fiue
or
sixe
haukes
belles
,
or
such
belles
as
are
commonly
set
in
collars
for
little
dogges
,
or
for
wante
of
such
belles
a
conuenient
number
of
drie
beanes
which
will
make
a
sounde
at
euery
stroke
geuen
in
the
myne
with
any
mattocke
or
pickaxe
,
if
the
enemies
doe
vndermine
within
fourty
or
fifty
paces
of
the
saide
drumme
,
and
that
sound
will
be
by
so
much
more
audible
by
how
much
more
nearer
to
the
drumme
the
enemies
Pioners
doe
come
.
Also
you
may
knowe
whether
the
enemies
doe
vndermine
towardes
you
,
if
you
will
place
a
conuenient
number
of
copper
or
latten
basons
filled
full
of
cleane
water
in
the
bottome
of
euery
of
the
aforesaide
welles
,
and
set
the
sides
of
the
same
basons
in
the
grounde
,
for
when
the
enemies
doe
vndermine
,
the
water
in
the
basons
will
tremble
at
euery
bloe
which
shal
be
geuen
in
the
myne
of
the
enemies
with
any
pickaxe
or
mattocke
,
and
therein
this
is
to
be
noted
,
that
the
more
lighter
the
saide
basons
are
,
the
better
will
they
moue
and
bewray
the
strokes
of
pickaxes
and
mattocks
.
The
103
Chapter
.
To
make
a
burning
oyle
of
Saltpeeter
and
Brimstone
mingled
togeather
for
Firewoorkes
.
TAke
of
Saltpeeter
well
refined
one
parte
,
of
Brimstone
one
parte
,
beate
the
Saltpeeter
by
it selfe
,
and
also
the
Brimstone
by
it selfe
into
very
fine
powder
:
After
this
incorporate
them
in
a
potte
of
nwe
earth
,
putting
so
much
strong
white
vineger
into
the
potte
as
will
couer
the
mixture
.
This
done
,
couer
the
potte
so
as
no
ayre
may
breathe
out
of
it
:
and
when
the
vineger
in
the
potte
shal
be
consumed
,
and
the
saide
mixture
dry
,
you
must
distill
the
saide
mixture
in
a
Limbecke
,
and
reserue
the
burning
oyle
that
will
come
from
it
for
Firewoorkes
.
The
104
Chapter
.
To
make
oyle
of
Brimstone
for
Firewoorkes
.
MElte
Brimstone
in
a
potte
ouer
a
fire
,
and
taking
a
sufficient
quantitie
of
the
eldest
redde
brickes
that
may
be
gotten
,
beate
them
into
peeces
so
bigge
as
beanes
:
This
done
,
put
into
the
melted
Brimstone
so
many
of
those
small
peeces
as
will
drinke
vp
all
the
same
melted
Brimstone
:
And
after
you
haue
so
done
,
distill
them
in
a
Limbecke
,
for
that
which
shall
come
out
of
the
saide
peeces
of
brickes
thoroe
the
Limbecke
,
is
oyle
of
Brimstone
which
will
serue
for
Firewoorkes
.
The
105
Chapter
.
To
make
two
sortes
of
burning
waters
for
Firewoorkes
.
1
TAke
the
rines
or
peeles
of
Lemons
or
rather
of
Oranges
which
are
better
,
pull
away
all
the
white
skinnes
which
sticke
fast
on
their
insides
,
and
then
distil
the
said
rines
in
a
limbeck
:
so
doing
you
shall
drawe
out
of
those
rines
a
burning
water
.
An other
burning
water
which
burned
vppon
a
mans
hande
will
doe
no
harme
thereunto
.
2
TAke
of
Turpentine
,
of
oile
of
stones
,
of
Sheepes
suet
,
of
Brimstone
,
of
vnslaked
Lime
,
of
Hogges
grease
,
of
each
an
equall
quantitie
:
Beate
all
these
things
to
powder
,
and
after
you
haue
well
mingled
them
togeather
,
distill
the
mixture
,
and
keepe
the
distilled
licor
for
a
burning
water
,
which
burned
vppon
your
hande
will
doe
no
harme
thereunto
,
as
Girolamo
Ruscelli
writeth
.
The
106
Chapter
.
How
the
clay
which
some
men
name
Lutum
sapientiae
,
and
some
men
doe
call
Lute
of
wisdome
,
is
made
:
And
how
the
said
clay
will
serue
to
stoppe
vessels
of
glasse
and
Fornaces
,
and
to
make
thicke
mouldes
,
and
many
other
thinges
.
THe
clay
which
some
men
name
Lutum
sapientiae
,
and
some
men
doe
call
Lute
of
wisdome
,
(
of
which
in
diuers
places
of
this
booke
I
haue
spoken
)
may
bee
made
in
this
maner
.
Take
of
good
white
or
ashie
cullor
chalk
which
wil
make
white
pipkins
,
white
pots
,
white
dishes
,
&
other
white
vessels
,
4
partes
,
of
common
ashes
which
haue
serued
in
a
buck
of
clothes
½
part
,
of
drie
horsedung
or
assedung
one
part
,
&
a
little
quantitie
of
the
powder
of
a
brick
stone
,
or
a
small
portion
of
the
filings
of
yron
,
beate
all
these
things
into
a
very
fine
powder
,
then
sifte
them
thoroe
a
fine
seeue
or
searcer
,
and
that
being
done
,
mingle
them
togeather
.
After
this
,
lay
the
saide
mixture
vppon
a
faire
floore
,
and
cast
or
strowe
one
parte
of
floxe
vppon
the
saide
mixture
by
little
and
little
in
as
equall
portions
as
you
can
.
Also
sprinkle
so
much
water
as
shal
be
needefull
vppon
the
saide
mixture
.
Furthermore
,
sturre
the
said
moyste
mixture
well
togeather
,
first
with
a
staffe
,
afterwardes
with
a
spade
or
shouel
,
and
make
a
heape
thereof
.
When
the
saide
mixture
hath
in
that
sort
byn
well
wrought
,
lay
it
vppon
a
boorde
and
moysten
it
againe
,
and
beate
it
with
a
spade
or
shouell
till
you
haue
beaten
it
enough
,
for
the
longer
that
you
shall
beate
and
moysten
it
,
the
better
it
will
be
.
This
kinde
of
clay
is
very
good
to
lute
or
stoppe
vessels
of
glasse
,
and
Fornaces
,
and
to
make
thicke
mouldes
,
and
many
other
things
.
If
you
will
not
bestow
all
this
labor
to
make
Lutum
sapientiae
,
or
lute
of
wisdome
,
then
take
onely
of
the
saide
white
chaulke
,
floxe
,
horsedung
or
assedung
,
and
a
few
ashes
.
Some
make
this
lute
of
wisdome
without
floxe
,
others
make
the
saide
lute
of
wisdome
without
horsedung
or
assedung
,
and
euery
of
them
doth
therein
follow
his
owne
will
:
For
in
very
deede
you
may
by
diuers
wayes
make
lute
of
wisdome
,
as
you
may
reade
in
the
firste
booke
and
sixe
and
twenty
Chapter
of
the
nwe
Iewell
of
health
treating
of
distillations
.
But
to
lute
and
stoppe
the
mouthes
of
glasses
that
no
ayre
may
breathe
out
of
them
,
such
lute
of
wisdome
as
is
made
after
the
first
order
is
best
,
especially
if
two
partes
of
vnslaked
lime
,
and
so
many
whites
of
egges
as
shall
seeme
to
bee
enough
,
be
added
thereunto
,
for
vnslaked
Lime
and
the
whites
of
egges
wil
make
it
more
sure
,
and
as
harde
as
glasse
,
and
by
such
meanes
the
vente
of
ayre
will
bee
the
lesse
.
Moreouer
,
this
Lute
of
wisdome
must
alwayes
be
kept
in
a
moyste
place
,
but
so
as
the
said
Lute
bee
not
kept
too
moyste
nor
too
drie
,
for
the
same
being
drie
will
waxe
harde
,
and
then
it
serues
to
no
vse
,
and
if
you
shall
goe
about
to
make
it
softe
by
casting
water
vppon
it
,
the
outside
thereof
will
be
moyste
and
mollified
therewith
,
but
the
inside
of
the
same
will
continue
harde
,
wherefore
when
the
lute
of
wisdome
is
very
harde
,
it
is
best
for
you
to
let
it
drie
well
,
and
afterwardes
to
beate
it
into
fine
powder
,
and
then
to
make
thereof
againe
lute
of
wisdome
in
such
sorte
as
before
you
were
taught
to
doe
.
The
107
Chapter
.
How
you
may
way
with
feure
seuerall
waightes
any
quantitie
from
one
pounde
waight
vnto
fourtie
poundes
in
waight
:
how
you
may
way
with
fiue
seuerall
waightes
any
quantitie
from
one
pounde
waight
vnto
an
hundred
twenty
&
one
poundes
in
waight
:
how
you
may
way
with
6
seuerall
waights
any
quantitie
from
one
pound
waight
vnto
three
hundred
sixty
&
foure
pounds
in
waight
:
and
how
vppon
a
Beame
called
a
Stater
,
you
may
with
a
small
waight
way
thinges
of
very
great
waight
.
HOw
needefull
a
thing
it
is
for
those
that
doe
deliuer
or
receaue
Gunpowder
&
pellets
by
waights
,
and
also
for
those
that
doe
make
Gunpowder
,
Cartredges
,
and
Firewoorks
by
proportion
and
waights
,
to
know
how
they
may
onely
with
4
waights
way
any
quantitie
from
one
pound
waight
to
40
poundes
in
waight
,
and
with
5
waights
any
quantitie
from
1
pound
waight
to
121
poundes
in
waight
,
and
with
6
waights
any
quantitie
from
one
pound
waight
vnto
364
poundes
in
waight
,
and
how
they
may
way
vppon
a
Beame
called
a
Stater
,
with
a
small
and
light
waight
,
great
things
of
a
very
heauie
waight
,
I
neede
not
rehearse
because
euery
man
will
confesse
that
it
is
a
pointe
of
vanity
to
vse
many
things
when
a
fewe
things
wil
serue
our
turne
,
as
this
Latin
sentence
doth
declare
:
Frustra
fit
per
plura
quod
fieri
potest
per
pauciora
.
Therefore
I
aduise
those
that
ought
to
haue
vnderstanding
in
the
science
of
waights
to
note
well
this
which
followeth
.
Foure
seuerall
waights
wil
way
any
quantitie
from
one
pound
waight
vnto
40
pounds
in
waight
,
if
the
first
of
those
foure
waightes
be
of
one
pounde
,
the
seconde
of
3
poundes
,
the
thirde
of
9
poundes
,
and
the
fourth
of
twenty
seuen
poundes
in
waight
.
As
for
example
,
a
quantitie
of
6
pounds
in
waight
will
be
iustly
wayed
if
you
put
the
saide
quantitie
and
the
waight
of
3
pounds
in
one
scale
,
and
the
waight
of
9
pounds
in
the
other
Scale
.
Also
you
may
way
a
quantitie
of
21
pounds
in
waight
,
if
you
will
put
the
saide
quantitie
and
the
waight
of
9
poundes
in
one
Scale
,
and
the
waight
of
three
pounds
,
and
the
waight
of
27
pounds
in
the
other
Scale
.
In
like
manner
with
fiue
waights
,
that
is
to
say
with
the
said
waight
of
1
pound
,
with
the
said
waight
of
3
pounds
,
with
the
said
waight
of
9
pounds
,
with
the
said
waight
of
27
pounds
,
and
with
a
waight
of
eighty
one
pounds
,
you
may
way
any
quantitie
from
one
pound
waight
vnto
121
poundes
in
waight
.
Also
with
6
waights
I
meane
with
the
waight
of
one
pound
,
with
the
waight
of
three
poundes
,
with
the
waight
of
nine
poundes
,
with
the
waight
of
twenty
seuen
poundes
,
with
the
waight
of
eightie
one
poundes
,
&
with
a
waight
of
two
hundred
fourty
and
three
poundes
,
you
may
way
any
quantitie
from
one
pounde
vnto
364
poundes
in
waight
.
depiction of weighing scales
When
you
doe
way
any
quantitie
in
an
vnknowne
paire
of
ballance
,
An
admonition
.
I
counsell
you
to
way
the
quantitie
first
in
one
scale
of
the
same
ballance
,
and
after
in
the
other
scale
of
the
same
ballance
:
For
as
a
quantitie
wayed
in
a
true
payre
of
Ballances
will
be
of
one
and
the
same
waight
in
both
the
scales
of
that
ballance
,
so
a
quantitie
wayed
in
a
false
payre
of
Ballances
will
be
of
more
waight
in
one
scale
than
in
the
other
scale
of
false
Ballances
.
And
besides
all
this
,
it
is
needefull
for
you
to
know
that
some
false
Ballances
are
so
subtillye
made
,
that
their
beames
will
lie
in
an
equall
heigth
,
and
beare
the
tunges
of
the
same
false
Ballances
vpright
betweene
their
cheekes
,
when
their
scales
doe
hang
emptie
.
But
if
you
will
way
your
thinges
with
a
Stater
,
To
make
and
vse
a
long
Stater
.
make
first
a
playne
and
smoothe
beame
of
yron
in
fashion
like
a
Pyramis
or
foure
square
Taper
,
in
length
one
yarde
,
and
in
thicknesse
about
⅓
parte
of
an
ynche
,
and
then
vppon
a
strong
pinne
of
yron
called
the
first
Axeltree
set
ouertwharte
and
very
fast
in
the
great
ende
of
the
Beame
,
hang
a
pendant
hooke
of
yron
,
that
winding
and
moouing
to
all
sides
may
claspe
and
holde
faste
all
the
ropes
of
the
scale
in
which
the
thinges
that
shall
be
wayed
must
lie
.
Moreouer
,
fixe
an
other
strong
Axeltree
of
yron
in
the
sayde
Beame
as
a
parallel
to
the
first
,
and
distant
from
the
same
about
●/21
parte
of
the
Beames
length
.
Also
you
must
set
the
tung
of
the
Stater
Squirewise
vppon
the
beame
right
ouer
this
seconde
Axeltree
,
and
put
the
cheekes
of
the
tung
vppon
the
endes
of
the
seconde
Axeltree
,
so
as
they
may
easilie
mooue
vp
and
downe
vppon
the
same
.
And
it
is
expedient
that
these
cheekes
shoulde
haue
in
their
vppermost
ende
a
ringe
or
hooke
by
which
the
Stater
may
bee
alwayes
hanged
vp
when
neede
shall
require
.
Next
after
this
,
you
must
lay
in
the
scale
of
the
Stater
depending
by
ropes
from
the
first
Axeltree
,
so
much
of
knowne
waight
as
being
reckoned
with
the
waight
of
the
scale
and
the
waight
of
the
ropes
belonging
to
the
Scale
,
will
make
both
endes
of
the
Beame
to
lie
without
any
declyning
in
an
equall
heigth
:
Which
is
perceaued
by
the
tung
of
the
Stater
when
it
doth
stande
right
vp
betweene
his
cheekes
.
Furthermore
,
to
this
waight
which
hath
made
both
endes
of
the
Beame
to
stande
precisely
equidistant
to
the
Horizon
,
and
is
supposed
by
me
to
contayne
fiftie
poundes
,
you
shall
adde
tenne
poundes
of
more
wayght
,
and
that
being
done
,
you
shall
hang
a
ringed
poyze
of
tenne
poundes
in
waight
vppon
that
parte
of
the
Beame
which
is
marked
in
the
Figure
following
with
B
F.
Now
the
sayde
poyze
hanged
vppon
B
F
the
longer
parte
of
the
beame
,
must
bee
mooued
to
and
fro
vntill
the
tung
of
the
Stater
shall
bee
perceaued
to
stande
very
vpright
beetweene
his
cheekes
,
to
this
ende
that
the
parte
of
the
Beame
which
is
then
touched
with
the
ring
of
the
poyze
may
bee
exactly
marked
with
a
small
notch
or
with
a
fine
line
.
When
you
haue
made
there
such
a
notch
or
such
a
lyne
,
lay
tenne
poundes
of
more
wayght
in
the
scale
,
and
because
the
tung
of
the
Stater
will
now
enclyne
towardes
A
the
greater
ende
of
the
beame
,
remooue
the
sayde
poyze
towardes
F
,
vntill
the
tung
of
the
Stater
standing
vpright
betweene
his
cheekes
,
shall
shewe
agayne
equalitie
of
wayght
,
and
then
as
before
you
haue
beene
taught
to
doe
,
make
an
other
notch
,
or
drawe
an
other
lyne
vppon
that
part
of
the
beame
which
is
touched
with
the
ringe
of
the
poyze
.
For
the
space
betweene
these
two
notches
or
lynes
will
exactly
shewe
a
distinction
and
separation
of
tenne
poundes
in
wayght
.
Vnto
which
if
you
adde
the
first
wayght
which
is
supposed
to
bee
fiftye
,
and
the
seconde
wayght
which
was
tenne
,
the
totall
summe
of
the
whole
wayght
which
the
ringed
poyze
doeth
counterpeyse
in
the
notch
or
lyne
last
made
,
amounteth
to
seuenty
poundes
.
Finally
you
must
marke
vppon
the
beame
the
space
that
is
betweene
the
two
notches
or
lynes
so
manye
tymes
as
the
beame
will
receaue
the
same
.
For
the
notch
or
lyne
in
each
of
those
spaces
is
a
distinction
of
tenne
poundes
in
wayght
,
so
that
if
you
will
diuide
euery
of
those
equall
spaces
into
tenne
equall
partes
,
and
euery
of
these
tenne
equall
partes
,
into
sixteene
equall
partes
,
the
beame
will
not
onely
shewe
the
places
of
poundes
in
wayght
,
but
also
the
place
of
euery
ounce
that
is
in
each
of
the
sayde
poundes
.
For
euery
of
those
equall
spaces
doe
geue
equall
increase
,
and
looke
what
proportion
the
supposed
waight
of
50
pounds
(
which
made
both
endes
of
the
beame
to
lie
in
an
equall
heigth
)
beareth
to
the
ringed
poyze
,
the
same
proportion
doth
B
F
the
longer
parte
of
the
beame
beare
to
A
B
the
shorter
parte
of
the
beame
:
And
because
B
F
the
longer
parte
of
the
beame
is
twenty
times
so
much
in
length
as
A
B
the
shorter
parte
of
the
beame
,
and
that
the
ringed
poyze
wayeth
tenne
poundes
,
multiplie
10
in
20
,
and
thereof
riseth
200
,
vnto
which
adde
the
supposed
waight
of
50
poundes
,
which
did
make
the
beame
to
lie
as
a
parallell
with
the
Horizon
before
the
ringed
poyze
was
put
on
vppon
the
same
,
and
so
the
product
thereof
will
be
250
,
wherefore
I
conclude
that
this
Stater
with
his
said
ringed
poyze
of
10
poundes
will
shewe
the
true
waight
of
any
quantitie
that
doth
not
way
aboue
250
poundes
.
depiction of a shore stater [weighing beam]
The
Type
of
a
shorre
Stater
depiction of a shore stater [weighing beam]
The
108
Chapter
.
To
make
three
sundrie
oyntments
which
will
heale
any
person
scalded
with
hotte
Saltpeeter
water
,
or
with
any
other
hotte
licour
,
and
cure
all
those
which
shal
be
burned
with
hotte
yron
,
or
gunpowder
.
method
1
BOyle
Hogges
grease
that
is
stale
and
olde
ouer
a
fire
,
and
still
as
any
scumme
shall
rise
take
it
cleane
away
.
When
you
shall
see
that
the
same
olde
and
stale
Hogges
grease
so
boyling
will
cast
vp
no
more
scumme
,
take
it
of
from
the
fire
,
and
set
it
in
the
open
ayre
for
the
space
of
three
or
foure
nightes
:
After
you
haue
so
done
,
melte
the
saide
grease
againe
ouer
a
fire
,
and
then
straine
it
into
fresh
and
cleane
water
:
after
all
this
,
wash
the
said
grease
in
diuers
faire
and
cleane
waters
till
it
shal
be
very
white
,
and
clammie
,
and
till
the
water
in
which
it
hath
beene
well
washed
doth
appeare
to
be
faire
and
cleere
.
This
done
,
the
oyntment
,
is
made
,
and
if
you
will
annoynte
with
it
the
place
that
is
scalded
or
burned
,
you
shall
heale
the
same
place
without
any
scarre
,
blemmish
,
or
paine
.
An other
oyntment
to
heale
scaldings
and
burnings
.
method
2
TAke
of
ordinarie
gray
Sope
and
annoynte
presently
the
place
scalded
or
burned
,
once
annointing
will
serue
,
if
you
take
it
so
soone
as
it
is
done
,
both
to
take
away
the
fire
,
and
to
heale
it
without
any
other
thing
.
method
3
But
if
the
greeued
place
be
not
within
a
quarter
of
an
houre
annoynted
with
graye
Sope
,
then
take
Goose
grease
which
hath
not
beene
salted
,
for
in
any
wise
take
heede
that
you
doe
not
occupie
for
this
purpose
any
Goose
grease
that
hath
salte
in
it
,
and
annoynte
the
place
therewith
well
warmed
twise
a
day
,
for
this
alone
will
heale
it
,
and
so
as
it
shall
neuer
be
seene
except
it
be
burned
very
deepe
.
The
109
Chapter
.
To
make
a
Plaister
which
will
heale
without
payne
any
wrenched
or
broken
arme
,
hande
,
legge
,
foote
,
or
ioynte
,
and
all
manner
of
bruses
.
TAke
of
mirte
named
in
Italian
Mortella
,
shippe
pitch
,
gumme
of
a
Pine
tree
,
tallowe
of
a
Gote
,
frankencense
,
masticke
,
and
garden
woormes
,
wash
well
the
said
wormes
in
water
,
and
then
drie
them
in
an
hote
Ouen
to
powder
.
Also
beate
the
saide
frankensence
,
masticke
,
and
mirte
to
powder
,
and
after
you
haue
so
done
,
mingle
togeather
one
parte
of
the
powder
of
mirte
,
one
parte
of
the
powder
of
frankensence
,
one
parte
of
the
powder
of
masticke
,
and
one
parte
of
the
powder
of
garden
woormes
.
Moreouer
,
after
you
haue
melted
in
a
potte
ouer
a
sloe
fire
the
saide
gumme
and
shippe
pitch
,
put
Gotes
tallowe
into
the
potte
among
the
said
melted
gumme
and
pitch
,
and
when
the
sayde
tallowe
is
there
also
melted
,
put
all
the
saide
partes
of
powders
into
the
same
potte
,
and
mingling
them
well
with
the
other
thinges
which
are
melted
in
the
same
potte
,
seethe
all
those
thinges
togeather
for
a
while
ouer
a
fire
till
they
shall
beginne
to
waxe
somewhat
harde
.
When
you
haue
so
done
,
take
the
potte
from
the
fire
,
and
spread
some
of
that
mixture
in
the
potte
thicke
vppon
a
white
and
softe
peece
of
leather
,
and
then
while
it
is
warme
lay
the
plaister
vppon
the
greeued
place
,
and
suffer
it
to
lie
there
till
it
doe
fall
away
of
it selfe
.
This
plaister
(
as
Girolamo
Ruscelli
writeth
)
is
of
such
vertue
that
it
will
drawe
the
bone
out
of
ioynte
into
his
place
,
and
take
away
all
the
payne
.
Also
it
is
a
soueraigne
plaister
to
be
laide
vppon
a
broken
bone
or
ribbe
,
or
vppon
any
bruise
within
a
mans
bodie
,
or
within
any
parte
thereof
,
and
it
taketh
away
all
the
paine
thereof
without
any
danger
,
&
when
it
hath
done
his
cure
,
it
will
of
it selfe
fall
away
from
the
place
that
was
greeued
.
When
you
cannot
get
of
the
saide
woormes
,
you
may
make
the
plaister
without
them
,
although
the
plaister
which
hath
such
woormes
in
it
is
of
more
vertue
than
the
other
plaister
made
without
those
woormes
.
The
110
Chapter
.
How
a
Gunner
cannot
mount
any
peece
of
Artillerie
to
make
a
perfect
shoote
at
a
marke
without
point
blanke
,
except
he
doe
knowe
the
distance
betweene
his
peece
and
the
marke
,
and
how
for
the
same
reason
,
and
also
for
other
causes
,
the
Authour
of
this
Appendix
doth
shewe
in
the
Chapters
following
diuers
rules
concerning
the
mensuration
of
Altitudes
,
Longitudes
,
Latitudes
,
and
Profundities
,
and
the
platting
of
fieldes
,
mynes
,
and
other
places
.
COnsidering
that
(
as
Nicholas
Tartaglia
in
his
epistle
at
the
beginning
of
his
Booke
intituled
La
noua
Scientia
writeth
)
a
Gunner
cannot
mount
well
any
peece
of
Artillerie
to
make
a
perfect
shoote
at
a
marke
without
pointe
blanke
,
except
he
doe
knowe
the
distance
betweene
his
Peece
and
the
marke
:
Also
considering
that
a
Gunner
may
haue
occasion
to
measure
Altitudes
,
Latitudes
,
and
Profundities
,
and
to
drawe
vppon
paper
the
platte
of
fieldes
,
mynes
,
and
other
places
,
I
will
now
before
the
ende
of
my
Booke
shewe
in
certaine
Chapters
,
some
playne
,
infallible
and
necessarie
rules
for
mensuration
of
Altitudes
,
Longitudes
,
Latitudes
,
and
Profundities
,
&
for
the
drawing
of
plattes
which
shall
containe
the
true
proportion
and
symetrie
of
any
fielde
,
myne
,
or
other
place
,
so
as
euery
Gunner
shal
be
able
thereby
to
tell
how
farre
any
place
in
his
platte
is
distant
from
other
.
The
111
Chapter
.
The
bignesse
fashion
,
and
vse
of
an
Instrument
named
a
Gunners
Semicircle
:
and
of
an
Instrument
named
a
Geometricall
Square
.
TO
perfourme
my
promise
made
in
the
last
Chapter
,
I
must
first
shewe
you
the
fashion
,
bignesse
,
and
vse
of
an
Instrument
named
a
Gunners
Semicircle
,
which
ought
to
be
made
of
harde
,
smoothe
,
and
well
seasoned
wood
,
as
of
Oke
,
Wallnut
tree
,
Peare
tree
,
or
rather
of
Cipresse
wood
,
because
the
Cipresse
wood
will
not
warpe
with
the
heate
of
the
Sunne
,
nor
with
any
moysture
.
Also
the
saide
Semicircle
fashioned
and
diuided
like
vnto
his
type
heere
drawne
,
ought
to
be
at
the
least
so
bigge
as
the
saide
type
,
and
from
his
center
a
plumbe
line
ought
to
hang
downe
,
but
in
place
of
the
two
sight
holes
which
may
bee
sette
vppon
the
saide
instrument
,
you
shall
(
if
you
wyll
followe
my
counsell
)
make
a
straight
narrow
and
shalloe
channel
along
in
the
Ruler
A
B
from
the
point
D
to
the
point
E
,
and
likewise
an
other
straight
,
shallowe
,
and
narroe
channell
in
the
Ruler
B
C
,
from
the
point
F
to
the
point
G.
This
done
,
couer
those
channels
with
a
thinne
peece
of
wood
in
such
maner
as
you
may
(
notwithstanding
the
said
couers
)
looke
thorow
those
channels
at
any
marke
whatsoeuer
.
A
Semicircle
thus
framed
will
serue
to
lay
any
great
peece
of
Artillerie
leuell
,
to
mount
all
manner
of
great
peeces
vnto
any
eleuation
,
to
imbase
the
mouth
of
any
peece
for
to
shoote
at
markes
in
vallies
,
The
vse
of
a
gunners
Semicircle
.
to
measure
heigthes
,
depths
,
and
distances
,
to
leuell
all
maner
of
groundes
,
and
to
doe
all
such
things
as
may
be
done
by
a
Gunners
Quadrant
.
Moreouer
for
mensuration
of
Altitudes
,
Latitudes
,
&
profundities
according
to
the
Rules
following
,
The
vse
of
a
Geometricall
square
.
I
doe
exhort
you
to
prepare
a
Geometricall
square
of
a
conuenient
biggenesse
,
and
to
make
it
of
mettall
,
or
of
Cypresse
,
like
in
euery
respect
vnto
his
Type
heere
placed
,
Sauing
that
I
woulde
haue
you
to
diuide
the
Quadrant
in
your
Geometricall
square
into
ninetie
equall
partes
called
degrees
,
and
euery
side
of
your
said
square
into
1200
equall
partes
,
and
the
Index
of
your
Square
into
1697
and
191/●394
of
like
equall
parts
which
in
this
side
of
Paper
for
want
of
roome
I
could
not
doe
.
depiction of a gunner's semicircle
The
112
Chapter
.
To
take
the
heigth
of
the
Sunne
with
a
Quadrant
drawne
within
your
Geometricall
square
.
SET
your
Geometricall
square
plumbe
vpright
vppon
his
side
or
ende
V
X
,
and
sette
his
side
Y
X
right
against
or
towardes
the
Sunne
.
This
do●e
,
rayse
vppe
and
downe
the
Index
of
the
square
vntill
the
Sunne
shall
shine
duely
through
his
two
sight
holes
,
and
then
looke
what
degree
in
the
edge
of
the
Quadrant
is
touched
with
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
sayde
Index
,
for
the
degree
to
touched
doth
shew
exactly
the
degrees
of
the
Sunnes
heigth
at
that
present
time
.
depiction of the use of a gunner's semicircle
The
113
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
at
one
station
in
a
Sunne
shining
day
with
your
Geometricall
square
,
and
also
with
an
Haulbert
or
any
other
staffe
perpendiculerly
erected
,
the
altitude
of
any
Tower
,
or
other
thing
whose
shadow
length
is
knowne
.
SET
your
Geometricall
square
vpright
vppon
his
side
or
end
V
X
,
and
with
the
Quadrant
drawne
vppon
the
said
square
,
take
the
heigth
of
the
Sun
as
you
haue
been
taught
in
the
last
Chapter
.
This
done
,
when
the
Sunne
is
45
degrees
in
heigth
,
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
index
wil
lie
directly
betweene
the
right
and
contrary
shadowe
,
I
meane
vppon
the
line
V
Y
and
then
the
shadowes
of
all
things
perpendicularly
eleuated
are
equall
to
their
bodies
.
Wherefore
after
you
haue
measured
the
length
of
the
shadowe
which
a
Tower
doth
giue
,
you
may
note
that
measure
for
the
altitude
of
the
same
Tower.
depiction of the use of a gunner's semicircle
If
the
Sunne
be
aboue
fortie
fiue
degrees
in
heigth
,
the
Index
will
fall
vppon
the
right
shadow
of
the
square
,
and
forasmuch
as
then
the
shadowes
of
all
bodies
perpendicularlie
erected
are
shorter
than
their
bodies
,
you
must
now
multiplie
all
the
partes
in
one
side
of
the
square
in
the
measure
of
the
shadowe
which
the
Tower
to
bee
measured
doth
giue
,
and
diuide
the
product
thereof
by
the
part
of
right
shadowe
touched
with
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
Index
,
and
take
the
quotient
number
for
the
heigth
of
the
said
Tower.
depiction of the use of a gunner's semicircle
But
if
the
Altitude
of
the
Sunne
bee
lesse
than
fortie
fiue
degrees
,
the
said
Index
will
fall
vppon
the
contrary
shadowe
of
the
square
:
and
seeing
that
then
the
shadowes
of
all
bodies
perpendicularly
erected
are
longer
than
their
bodies
,
you
shall
multiplie
the
part
of
contrary
shadowe
touched
with
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
Index
in
the
length
of
the
shadowe
which
the
Tower
to
bee
measured
doth
make
,
and
hauing
diuided
the
product
thereof
by
all
the
partes
in
one
side
of
the
square
,
take
the
quotient
number
for
the
altitude
of
the
said
Tower.
depiction of the use of a gunner's semicircle
How
by
the
knowen
length
of
a
shadow
which
a
Halberte
or
staffe
perpendiculary
erected
doth
giue
in
a
Sunne
shining
day
,
you
may
know
the
heigth
of
any
Tower
or
other
thing
which
giueth
at
the
same
time
a
shadow
that
may
be
measured
.
IN
a
Sunne
shining
day
pitch
vpright
a
Halberte
of
a
knowne
length
by
the
Tower
or
other
thing
whose
Altitude
you
woulde
knowe
.
This
done
,
measure
the
length
of
the
Halberts
shadowe
,
and
also
the
length
of
the
shadow
which
the
said
Tower
doth
giue
.
For
as
the
altitude
of
the
erected
Halbert
is
in
proportion
to
his
shadowe
,
so
the
desired
altitude
of
the
Tower
is
in
proportion
to
his
shadowe
:
Therefore
multiply
the
length
of
the
Halbert
in
the
length
of
the
shadow
which
the
Tower
giueth
,
diuide
the
product
thereof
by
the
length
of
the
shadow
which
the
Halbert
doth
giue
,
and
take
the
quotient
number
for
the
Altitude
of
the
said
Tower.
Example
.
The
Tower
to
be
measured
giueth
a
shadowe
of
125
feete
in
length
,
&
the
erected
Halbert
of
eight
feete
in
length
doth
make
a
shadow
of
twelue
feete
in
length
,
therefore
multiplie
eight
in
125
,
and
the
product
therof
will
be
1000
,
which
diuided
by
twelue
yeeldeth
in
the
quotient
83
foote
and
foure
ynches
for
the
altitude
of
the
said
Tower.
Shadow
|
Altitude
.
|
12
|
8
|
125
|
83
and
●
.
|
The
114
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
with
your
Geometricall
square
at
one
station
any
approchable
altitutde
:
also
how
you
may
with
Arithmeticall
skill
measure
the
Hipothenusall
distance
betweene
your
said
station
and
the
top
of
the
said
altitude
.
SET
your
Geometricall
square
plumbe
vpright
vppon
his
side
or
ende
V
Z.
This
done
,
mooue
the
Index
of
the
square
vp
and
downe
,
till
you
may
see
through
his
two
sightes
,
the
top
of
the
altitude
to
be
measured
:
then
noting
well
what
equall
part
in
the
side
of
the
square
is
touched
with
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
said
Index
,
looke
whether
the
saide
part
is
in
the
side
of
right
shadow
,
or
in
the
side
of
contrary
shadowe
.
For
if
the
said
equall
part
be
in
the
side
of
right
shadowe
(
which
happeneth
when
the
space
betweene
the
base
of
the
altitude
to
be
measured
and
your
standing
is
shorter
than
the
said
altitude
)
you
must
multiplie
the
measure
of
the
space
betweene
your
standing
,
and
the
base
of
the
said
altitude
,
in
all
the
partes
that
are
in
one
side
of
the
square
,
and
diuide
the
product
by
the
equal
part
touched
with
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
Index
in
the
side
of
right
shadowe
,
and
then
adding
the
heigth
of
the
center
of
your
square
aboue
the
base
of
the
thing
to
be
measured
,
vnto
the
quotient
thereof
,
take
the
totall
summe
of
that
addition
for
the
measure
of
the
said
approchable
altitude
.
Example
.
S
T
is
a
Tower
whose
altitude
I
will
measure
,
R
T
is
the
space
betweene
the
approchable
base
of
the
said
tower
&
my
standing
,
which
space
is
40
feete
.
Q
or
V
the
heigth
of
the
center
of
my
square
aboue
the
said
base
is
5
feet
.
V
Z
X
Y
is
the
square
set
plumbe
vpright
vpon
his
side
V
Z
,
and
V
P
is
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
Index
which
pointing
directlie
from
mine
eie
at
the
center
of
the
square
,
to
the
top
of
the
saide
Tower
,
toucheth
the
800
parte
in
the
right
shadow
,
therefore
I
multiple
40
feete
the
space
betweene
R
and
T
,
in
1200
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
the
whole
side
of
the
square
and
thereof
commeth
48000
which
diuided
by
800
the
part
touched
with
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
Index
in
the
right
shadow
,
yeeldeth
sixtie
feeete
:
then
adding
fiue
feete
for
the
heigth
of
the
center
of
my
square
aboue
the
saide
base
vnto
the
said
number
of
sixtie
,
I
take
the
totall
summe
thereof
which
is
65
feet
for
the
altitude
of
the
saide
Tower.
depiction of the use of a gunner's semicircle
If
in
this
worke
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
Index
shall
touche
a
part
of
contrary
shadowe
(
which
happeneth
when
the
space
betweene
the
base
of
the
altitude
to
be
measured
and
your
standing
,
is
longer
than
the
said
altitude
)
then
multiplie
that
parte
of
contrary
shadow
in
the
measure
of
the
space
betweene
the
saide
base
and
your
standing
,
and
after
you
haue
diuided
the
product
thereof
by
all
the
partes
in
one
side
of
the
square
,
adde
to
the
quotient
the
heigth
of
the
center
of
your
square
aboue
the
saide
base
,
and
take
the
totall
summe
thereof
for
the
altitude
of
the
said
Tower.
But
if
in
this
worke
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
Index
shall
fall
betweene
the
right
and
contrarie
shadowes
vppon
the
line
V
Y
,
then
adding
the
heigth
of
the
center
of
your
square
aboue
the
said
base
,
to
the
measure
of
the
space
betweene
your
standing
and
the
said
base
,
take
the
totall
summe
or
length
thereof
for
the
altitude
of
the
said
Tower.
Now
by
knowing
the
heigth
of
the
saide
Tower
,
and
the
measure
of
the
distance
betweene
your
standing
and
the
base
of
the
said
Tower
,
you
may
by
the
art
of
numbring
tell
the
true
measure
of
the
Hipothenusall
distance
betweene
your
station
and
the
toppe
of
the
said
Tower
:
a
thing
needfull
to
bee
knowne
,
and
of
great
account
in
making
sealing
ladders
for
militarie
seruice
.
Therefore
to
doe
this
thing
,
square
the
distance
betweene
your
standing
and
the
base
of
the
Tower.
Likewise
square
the
heigth
of
the
said
Tower
,
and
ioyning
their
squares
togeather
,
take
the
square
roote
of
the
totall
summe
for
the
Hipothenusall
distance
betweene
your
standing
and
the
top
of
the
said
Tower.
Example
.
Square
foure
pearches
the
measure
of
the
distance
betweene
R
your
station
and
T
the
base
of
the
Tower
,
and
the
square
number
therof
will
be
sixteene
.
Also
square
three
pearches
the
heigth
of
the
Tower
T
S
,
and
the
square
number
thereof
will
be
nine
.
Now
adde
both
those
squares
togeather
and
thereof
will
come
twentie
fiue
,
whose
square
roote
being
fiue
is
the
measure
of
pearches
in
the
Hipothenusall
distance
betweene
R
your
standing
,
and
S
the
toppe
of
the
said
Tower.
depiction of the use of a scaling ladder
The
115
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
with
your
Geometricall
square
an
Hipothenusall
distance
,
and
an
altitude
of
a
Tower
or
any
other
thing
perpendicularlie
erected
.
IF
the
distance
from
your
station
vnto
the
altitude
of
the
Tower
which
shall
be
measured
be
lesse
than
the
same
altitude
,
as
for
example
if
your
station
bee
at
A
,
and
M
N
bee
the
altitude
of
a
Tower
which
shall
bee
measured
,
set
your
square
vpright
so
as
his
angle
X
may
stand
vppon
A
,
and
his
angle
Y
,
may
lie
directly
betweene
the
saide
angle
A
,
and
N
the
toppe
of
the
saide
Tower.
This
done
,
lift
vp
the
Index
of
your
square
till
you
may
see
through
his
sights
N
the
toppe
of
the
said
Tower
,
and
then
noting
what
parte
in
Y
Z
(
the
side
of
your
square
)
is
touched
with
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
saide
Index
,
which
here
for
example
I
will
suppose
to
be
twelue
,
multiplie
1200
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
one
side
of
your
square
by
one
foote
the
distance
betweene
the
center
of
your
square
and
the
peece
of
grounde
at
the
said
A
and
so
the
quotient
thereof
will
be
1200
which
being
diuided
by
twelue
the
number
of
partes
touched
with
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
saide
Index
will
yeeld
in
the
quotient
100
feete
for
the
measure
of
the
Hipothenusall
distance
between
A
your
station
,
and
N
the
toppe
of
the
Tower.
depiction of the use of a gunner's semicircle
After
you
haue
in
this
maner
founde
out
the
said
hipothenusall
distance
set
your
square
vpright
at
A
vppon
his
side
V
X
,
and
moouing
the
Index
of
your
square
vp
or
downe
till
you
shall
see
through
his
sightes
N
the
top
of
the
said
Tower
,
note
what
part
of
the
Index
is
touched
with
Z
Y
the
side
of
your
square
,
which
here
for
example
I
will
admitte
to
bee
1360
:
then
working
by
the
rule
of
proportion
multiplie
1200
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
one
side
of
your
square
by
100
the
measure
of
the
saide
hipothenusall
distance
,
and
thereof
will
come
120000
,
which
diuided
by
1360
the
part
of
the
Index
touched
with
Z
Y
the
side
of
the
square
,
yeeldeth
in
the
quotient
88
feete
and
4/17
of
a
foote
for
the
altitude
of
the
said
Tower
N
M.
The
116
Chapter
.
How
you
may
artificially
measure
with
a
Gunners
quadrant
,
and
also
with
a
gunners
Semicircle
,
the
altitude
of
any
thing
perpendicularly
erected
,
although
you
may
not
goe
to
it
,
nor
see
the
base
thereof
:
and
how
you
may
measure
with
the
same
instruments
the
Hipothenusall
distance
,
and
Horizontall
distance
of
that
altitude
.
PVt
your
gunners
quadrant
to
your
eye
or
hang
your
said
quadrant
vppon
a
staffe
fast
fixed
in
the
ground
,
so
that
you
may
at
your
pleasure
without
stirring
of
the
said
staffe
,
lift
vp
or
put
downe
the
quadrant
till
you
haue
espied
through
his
two
sights
A
the
toppe
of
that
altitude
.
In
the
scale
of
the
quadrant
the
72
partes
which
shall
be
next
vnto
your
sights
are
called
the
partes
of
right
shadow
and
the
72
parts
which
shall
be
on
the
other
side
of
that
scale
are
called
the
partes
of
contrary
shadowe
.
Then
note
vppon
what
side
of
the
scale
,
the
line
and
plummet
of
the
quadrant
doth
fall
.
If
the
said
line
shall
happen
to
fall
vppon
the
partes
of
contrary
shadow
(
as
most
commonly
it
doth
in
such
kinde
of
mensurations
)
note
the
partes
of
that
shadowe
touched
with
the
said
line
,
and
by
the
number
of
those
partes
diuide
72
(
the
whole
number
of
partes
of
one
side
of
the
scale
)
and
reserue
the
quotient
thereof
.
As
for
example
,
if
the
line
shall
fall
vppon
twelue
partes
,
diuide
72
by
twelue
,
and
the
quotient
to
bee
reserued
will
be
sixe
.
Afterwards
remoouing
your
quadrant
,
marke
the
place
of
your
standing
,
and
goe
so
farre
as
you
list
directly
forwardes
towardes
the
desired
altitude
,
or
directlie
backwardes
from
the
same
.
Then
putting
your
instrument
to
your
eie
or
hanging
your
instrument
again
vpon
a
staffe
as
you
did
before
,
lift
vp
,
or
put
downe
your
quadrant
til
you
may
espie
againe
through
his
said
sights
A
the
top
of
the
said
altitud
,
&
note
aduisedly
vpon
how
many
partes
of
contrary
shadowe
the
said
line
fell
:
by
which
number
of
partes
diuide
againe
72
,
and
subtract
the
quotient
thereof
from
the
first
reserued
quotient
,
and
keepe
the
remainder
thereof
.
As
for
an
example
,
if
at
the
second
standing
the
saide
line
shall
fall
vppon
36
partes
of
contrary
shadowe
,
diuide
72
(
the
whole
number
of
partes
of
one
side
of
the
scale
)
by
the
said
number
of
36
,
and
the
quotient
thereof
will
bee
two
.
This
number
of
two
you
must
subtract
from
the
other
reserued
quotient
which
was
sixe
,
and
the
remainder
therof
will
be
foure
:
this
remainder
of
foure
must
also
be
reserued
.
Then
measure
the
space
betweene
the
first
and
seconde
standing
with
what
kinde
of
measure
you
wil
,
and
the
number
of
that
measure
diuide
by
foure
the
remainder
which
you
did
last
reserue
,
and
to
the
quotient
thereof
,
adde
the
heigth
of
your
eie
from
the
grounde
,
and
so
you
may
conclude
that
the
totall
summe
thereof
is
the
altitude
of
the
thing
seene
:
as
for
example
suppose
the
space
betweene
your
two
standings
to
be
156
paces
,
then
diuide
156
by
foure
,
and
thereof
commeth
thirtie
nine
,
to
this
thirtie
nine
adde
the
heigth
of
your
eie
from
the
grounde
(
which
you
shall
also
suppose
to
be
two
paces
)
and
so
the
total
summe
being
fortie
one
sheweth
the
heigth
of
A
B.
But
to
the
end
this
kinde
of
mensuration
may
be
the
better
vnderstood
,
I
will
giue
you
an
other
example
thereof
which
shall
differ
from
the
aforesayde
example
,
and
in
this
example
following
I
will
suppose
the
side
of
the
square
to
be
diuided
only
into
twelue
partes
.
Suppose
againe
that
your
first
standing
is
in
the
place
marked
with
C
,
and
that
at
the
same
standing
the
said
line
doth
fall
vppon
the
tenth
parte
of
contrarie
shadowe
(
as
it
doth
in
the
figure
following
)
and
that
at
your
second
standing
in
the
place
marked
with
V
,
the
said
line
falleth
vppon
the
eight
part
of
contrary
shadowe
(
as
likewise
it
appeareth
to
doe
in
the
said
figure
)
and
that
the
space
betweene
C
and
V
containes
285
feete
,
and
that
from
your
eye
to
the
grounde
,
that
is
to
say
from
E
to
C
or
from
X
to
V
there
are
foure
feete
.
Now
diuide
twelue
(
the
whole
number
of
partes
of
one
side
of
the
scale
)
by
10
the
part
of
contrarie
shadowe
touched
with
the
said
line
at
the
first
station
and
the
quotient
will
be
one
and
⅕
the
which
you
must
reserue
.
Then
diuide
againe
the
saide
number
of
twelue
by
eight
the
part
of
contrary
shadowe
touched
with
the
said
line
at
the
seconde
station
,
and
the
quotient
will
be
one
and
½
.
Out
of
this
one
and
½
subtract
that
one
and
⅕
which
was
reserued
,
and
so
there
will
remaine
3/20.
By
this
3/20
diuide
285
which
is
the
number
of
feete
in
the
distance
betweene
C
and
V
,
and
the
quotient
thereof
will
bee
950.
To
this
950
adde
foure
feete
for
the
heigth
of
your
eie
from
the
ground
,
or
for
the
heigth
of
E
aboue
C
,
or
for
the
heigth
of
X
aboue
V
,
and
so
the
totall
summe
thereof
being
954
feete
is
the
true
measure
of
the
altitude
A
:
that
is
to
say
of
the
line
betweene
A
and
B
which
B
is
an
inuisible
point
by
imagination
conceiued
directly
vnder
the
said
A
within
the
ground
T.
depiction of the use of a gunner's semicircle
To
make
a
demonstration
hereof
,
from
your
eye
at
the
second
station
,
that
is
to
say
from
X
to
your
eye
at
the
first
station
,
that
is
to
say
to
E
,
drawe
the
line
X
E
,
and
produce
the
same
line
in
your
imagination
till
it
meete
with
the
said
line
A
B
within
the
grounde
T
,
in
the
point
F
,
which
is
also
an
inuisible
point
conceiued
by
imagination
to
bee
within
the
said
ground
,
and
leuell
with
your
eie
,
I
meane
with
X
and
E
,
And
because
the
triangle
A
E
F
,
is
like
vnto
the
triangle
L
P
Q
of
the
first
station
,
such
proportion
as
the
line
or
side
A
F
hath
vnto
the
line
or
side
E
F
,
the
same
proportion
hath
the
side
P
Q
to
the
side
Q
L.
Wherefor
(
by
the
13
and
21
definition
of
the
seuenth
booke
of
Euclide
)
so
many
times
as
the
said
P
Q
is
contained
in
the
side
Q
L
,
so
many
times
the
side
A
F
is
contained
in
the
side
E
F.
And
because
the
side
P
Q
containes
ten
partes
of
the
one
side
of
the
scale
,
and
the
side
L
Q
containes
twelue
of
those
partes
,
therefore
the
side
L
Q
containes
the
side
P
Q
once
and
⅕
part
thereof
,
and
so
it
followeth
that
the
side
E
F
containes
the
side
A
F
once
and
⅕
part
thereof
.
And
now
although
you
be
ignorant
of
the
altitude
of
A
F
,
&
of
the
distance
betweene
E
and
F
,
yet
you
know
that
the
said
distance
E
F
containes
the
heigth
A
F
once
and
⅕
part
thereof
.
Then
reseruing
this
1
and
⅕
,
go
to
your
second
standing
where
you
shall
finde
the
triangle
X
F
A
,
to
be
like
vnto
the
triangle
L
P
Q
of
the
seconde
standing
,
and
that
so
many
times
as
the
side
P
Q
(
which
is
eight
partes
of
the
scale
of
contrarie
shadowe
)
is
in
the
side
L
Q
(
which
is
12
,
the
whole
number
of
partes
of
one
side
of
the
scale
)
so
many
times
the
heigth
A
F
is
contained
in
the
distance
X
F
,
and
because
the
side
P
Q
(
that
is
to
say
8
parts
)
is
contained
once
and
½
in
the
side
L
Q
(
that
is
to
say
in
12
partes
)
therefore
the
heigth
A
F
is
likewise
contained
once
and
½
in
the
distance
X
F.
Therfore
subtracting
the
distance
E
F
from
the
distance
X
F
(
that
is
to
say
1
and
⅕
from
1
and
½
)
there
will
remaine
3/10
for
the
difference
E
X
,
so
as
the
said
difference
E
X
wil
be
3/10
of
the
said
heigth
A
F.
And
because
the
said
difference
E
X
is
such
as
is
the
line
V
C
(
by
the
34
proposition
of
the
first
booke
of
Euclide
)
and
that
the
said
line
V
C
is
supposed
to
containe
285
feete
,
therefore
it
followeth
that
there
are
285
feete
in
3/10
of
the
heigth
A
F.
By
reason
whereof
the
whole
heigth
of
A
F
should
be
950
feete
,
as
before
hath
been
sayd
.
Then
ioyn
4
feete
which
is
supposed
to
be
the
heigth
of
E
C
and
of
X
V
vnto
the
said
number
of
950
feete
,
and
so
the
totall
summe
thereof
will
be
954
feete
which
is
the
whole
heigth
of
A
B
,
because
the
heigth
of
F
B
doth
likewise
containe
4
feete
.
And
therefore
as
the
side
P
Q
of
the
first
standing
is
in
proportion
to
the
side
or
Hipothenusal
line
L
P
,
so
is
the
heigth
A
F
to
the
Hipothenusall
distance
A
E.
And
because
the
side
P
Q
is
in
proportion
to
the
side
or
Hipothenusall
line
L
P
(
by
the
47
proposition
of
the
first
booke
of
Euclide
)
as
10
is
to
the
nighest
square
roote
of
244
(
which
number
of
244
is
the
summe
that
came
by
adding
the
square
of
10
to
the
square
of
12
)
therefore
multiplie
950
feete
by
15
and
19/30
which
is
the
nighest
square
roote
of
244
and
diuide
the
product
thereof
by
10
,
and
the
quotient
wil
yeeld
1485
feete
&
two
ynches
for
the
Hipothenusall
distance
A
E.
And
forsomuch
as
the
distance
betweene
E
and
F
is
so
much
as
the
heigth
of
A
F
and
⅕
parte
more
(
as
before
hath
been
prooued
)
therefore
take
⅕
of
the
heigth
A
F
that
is
to
say
⅕
parte
of
950
feete
which
is
190
and
adde
the
same
summe
of
190
to
the
summe
of
950
feete
the
heigth
of
A
F
and
thereof
will
come
1140
feet
which
sheweth
what
number
of
feete
are
in
the
Horizontall
distance
that
is
to
say
betweene
E
and
F
and
betweene
C
and
B.
And
in
like
sort
you
must
proceede
to
finde
out
at
the
second
standing
the
Hipothenusall
distance
betweene
X
and
A
,
An
admonition
.
and
the
Horizontall
distance
betweene
X
F
,
but
it
behooueth
you
to
note
in
this
kinde
of
mensurations
by
two
standinges
,
that
sometimes
your
eye
in
one
standing
will
not
be
so
high
from
the
grounde
as
it
will
be
in
the
other
standing
,
especially
when
your
Instrument
hangs
vpon
a
thing
that
standes
fast
in
the
ground
.
And
although
that
difference
is
but
little
,
yet
many
times
the
same
will
breede
great
errors
,
and
therefore
to
auoyd
the
occasion
of
such
errors
,
I
exhort
you
to
prouide
a
line
and
plummet
which
may
reache
from
the
center
of
the
quadrant
to
the
grounde
,
and
direct
you
at
your
first
standing
and
also
at
your
second
standing
.
Moreouer
to
auoyde
errors
,
I
counsell
you
to
hang
your
Quadrant
so
as
it
may
turne
vppon
no
other
part
thereof
then
vppon
his
center
,
but
nowe
to
returne
vnto
our
purpose
,
if
by
chaunce
you
shall
stande
so
neare
vnto
the
altitude
as
that
the
line
and
plummet
of
the
quadrant
falleth
vppon
the
right
shadow
,
you
must
work
otherwise
than
you
did
before
,
I
meane
you
must
diuide
those
parts
cut
with
the
said
line
by
12
,
&
in
this
case
the
quotient
must
alwaies
bee
set
downe
like
a
fraction
,
the
which
fraction
you
must
reserue
,
and
after
you
haue
marked
the
place
where
you
stoode
,
goe
from
thence
so
farre
as
you
list
in
a
right
line
forwardes
or
backewardes
,
and
then
placing
your
saide
Instrument
againe
as
you
did
at
your
first
standing
,
lift
the
said
Instrument
vppe
or
put
it
down
,
till
you
may
through
his
sights
see
A
the
top
of
the
altitude
.
This
done
,
note
aduisedly
vppon
what
part
of
right
shadowe
the
saide
line
and
plummet
falleth
,
and
that
part
diuide
by
twelue
(
the
whole
number
of
partes
of
one
side
of
the
scale
)
and
the
quotient
thereof
must
of
necessitie
bee
set
downe
like
a
fraction
:
This
fraction
subtract
from
the
other
fraction
first
reserued
,
or
in
plainer
words
,
subtract
the
lesser
of
those
two
fractions
from
the
greater
,
and
reserue
the
remainder
thereof
.
Then
measure
the
space
between
your
first
and
second
standing
by
feete
,
paces
,
or
any
other
kind
of
measure
that
you
will
,
and
diuide
the
number
of
that
measure
by
the
remainder
which
was
before
reserued
,
and
adde
vnto
the
quotient
of
the
saide
diuision
the
heigth
betweene
the
center
of
the
said
Instrument
and
the
ground
,
and
by
so
doing
you
may
conclude
that
the
totall
summe
thereof
is
the
altitude
of
the
thing
seene
.
For
an
example
hereof
,
if
at
the
first
standing
the
sayd
line
and
plummet
shall
fall
vppon
the
thirde
parte
of
right
shadowe
,
diuide
that
number
of
three
by
twelue
(
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
one
side
of
the
scale
)
and
the
quotient
thereof
will
bee
in
a
fraction
¼
.
Reserue
this
fraction
of
¼
,
and
then
marke
your
first
standing
with
a
staffe
set
vpright
vnder
the
center
of
your
Instrument
and
then
goe
from
thence
backwardes
in
a
right
line
so
farre
as
you
list
,
and
placing
there
your
Instrument
as
you
did
at
your
first
standing
,
mooue
it
vp
or
down
till
you
shall
againe
espie
through
the
said
sightes
A
the
toppe
of
the
said
altitude
.
Then
looke
vppon
what
part
of
right
shadowe
the
said
line
and
plummet
falleth
,
as
if
by
chaunce
it
fell
vppon
the
fourth
part
,
diuide
that
fourth
by
twelue
,
and
the
quotient
wil
be
in
a
fraction
⅓
.
Nowe
out
of
¼
the
fraction
which
was
before
reserued
,
subtract
the
last
quotient
which
was
⅓
and
so
●/12
will
remaine
:
then
hauing
likewise
marked
your
seconde
standing
with
a
staffe
set
vpright
vnder
the
center
of
your
Instrument
,
measure
the
space
betweene
the
staffe
at
your
first
standing
,
and
the
staffe
at
your
second
standing
:
which
space
in
this
example
I
suppose
to
be
eight
paces
.
Now
diuide
this
eight
by
1/1●
the
remainder
last
mentioned
,
and
the
quotient
thereof
will
be
ninetie
sixe
,
and
adde
vnto
the
saide
number
of
ninetie
sixe
the
heigth
betweene
the
center
of
the
Instrument
and
the
grounde
(
which
in
this
example
I
will
suppose
to
bee
one
pase
)
and
so
the
totall
summe
amounting
to
ninetie
seuen
paces
sheweth
the
heigth
of
A
B.
The
demonstration
of
this
worke
is
to
be
made
by
the
similitude
of
triangles
and
their
proportionall
sides
as
before
the
other
demonstration
hath
been
made
.
In
this
kinde
of
mensurations
by
two
standings
,
you
must
be
very
circumspect
that
the
staffe
vppon
which
your
quadrant
shall
hang
doe
stande
plumbe
vpright
both
at
your
first
standing
,
and
also
at
your
seconde
standing
.
For
otherwise
it
will
make
you
not
a
little
to
erre
:
which
thing
may
be
easily
done
by
the
helpe
of
your
said
quadrant
,
or
by
letting
fall
a
line
and
plummet
close
by
the
side
of
that
staffe
.
The
117
Chapter
.
To
know
by
the
helpe
of
a
Gunners
Semicircle
how
many
miles
,
paces
,
yardes
,
or
feete
,
any
shippe
lying
at
Rode
in
the
Sea
,
or
Tower
,
or
any
other
marke
vppon
the
land
in
sight
,
is
from
you
.
To
measure
lengthes
some
say
we
should
auoid
hilles
and
desire
plaines
,
for
that
otherwise
great
errors
will
insue
.
But
in
this
kinde
of
mensuration
no
such
matter
is
required
,
for
here
it
shall
bee
onely
needefull
at
the
time
of
your
measuring
to
haue
ground
enough
to
go
directly
backwardes
&
sidewise
from
your
first
standing
.
This
commodititie
of
ground
enough
had
,
whether
that
grounde
be
leuell
or
otherwise
,
worke
thus
.
Lay
your
Semicircle
flat
and
leuell
vppon
a
stoole
,
or
some
other
such
thing
,
and
mooue
the
same
about
till
you
shal
espie
through
D
E
the
channell
in
the
ruler
A
B
the
ship
or
other
thing
to
which
you
will
me●sure
,
&
(
your
Semicircle
so
remaining
vnmooueable
)
looke
through
the
saide
channel
E
D
at
some
other
thing
lying
directly
in
a
right
line
200
yardes
or
feete
more
or
lesse
at
your
pleasure
,
behinde
your
standing
,
which
thing
so
espied
shall
here
for
an
example
be
marked
with
the
figure
of
3.
Then
(
the
Semicircle
remaining
still
vnmooueable
)
look
through
the
channel
F
G
in
the
ruler
B
C
,
at
some
other
thing
lying
sidewise
in
a
right
angle
100
yards
or
feete
more
or
lesse
from
your
first
standing
noted
for
an
example
with
the
figure
of
1
,
&
that
thing
so
espied
shall
in
this
place
be
noted
with
the
figure
of
2.
After
this
conuey
your selfe
and
your
Semicircle
from
your
first
standing
vnto
the
said
thing
which
hath
here
been
marked
with
the
figure
of
3
,
and
lay
your
Semicircle
there
flat
and
leuell
as
you
did
before
,
but
so
as
the
end
of
that
channell
which
is
marked
with
E
do
lie
right
ouer
the
point
here
marked
as
aforesaid
with
the
figure
of
3
,
and
that
by
moouing
the
Semicircle
about
,
you
may
at
the
last
perceiue
through
the
said
channell
D
E
,
that
1
the
mark
at
your
first
standing
doth
lie
right
between
you
and
the
thing
to
which
you
measure
.
Now
without
moouing
of
your
Semicircle
looke
agayne
through
the
said
channel
F
G
at
some
other
thing
lying
sidewise
in
a
right
angle
from
3
the
mark
of
your
2
standing
,
and
goe
in
a
right
line
towards
the
same
thing
last
espied
,
till
the
saide
marke
which
hath
here
bin
noted
with
the
figure
of
2
shall
stand
right
betweene
you
and
the
thing
to
which
you
measure
,
and
there
make
a
marke
which
in
this
example
shal
be
the
figure
of
4.
This
done
,
measure
exactly
the
distance
betweene
the
marke
1
,
and
the
mark
2
,
&
cal
it
the
first
distance
:
also
measure
exactly
the
distance
betweene
the
marke
1
and
the
marke
3
,
&
call
it
the
2
distance
.
Finally
,
measure
the
distance
between
the
mark
3
&
the
mark
4
&
call
it
the
3
distance
.
Now
subtract
the
first
distance
from
the
third
,
and
reserue
the
remainder
for
your
diuisor
,
then
multiplie
the
3
distance
by
the
second
distance
,
&
diuide
the
product
by
your
reserued
diuisor
,
and
so
the
quotient
wil
shew
the
true
length
from
the
marke
3
vnto
the
ship
,
tower
,
or
other
thing
to
which
you
did
measure
.
depiction of the use of a gunner's semicircle
At
the
figure
of
fiue
there
is
a
shippe
lying
at
Rode
in
the
Sea
,
and
from
6
,
7
,
8
,
and
9
,
a
platfourme
with
ordinance
vppon
the
lande
,
I
am
required
to
measure
vnto
the
said
ship
,
wherefore
making
my
first
standing
at
the
place
1
,
I
measure
from
thence
vnto
the
place
2
which
lyeth
sidewise
200
yardes
in
a
right
angle
from
1.
Againe
I
measure
from
the
saide
place
1
,
vnto
3
the
place
of
my
seconde
standing
which
lyeth
300
yardes
in
aright
line
with
the
said
shippe
behind
my
first
standing
.
Also
I
measure
from
the
saide
place
marked
with
the
figure
of
3
vnto
the
place
4
lying
240
yardes
sidewise
in
a
right
angle
from
3
,
and
scituated
so
as
the
said
place
2
doth
lie
in
a
right
line
betweene
it
and
the
said
ship
:
then
subducing
200
from
240
I
keepe
the
remainder
which
is
40
for
my
diuisor
,
and
after
this
I
multiplie
300
by
240
whereof
commeth
72000
which
diuided
by
40
my
said
reserued
diuisor
yeeldeth
in
the
quotient
1800
yardes
for
the
longitude
betweene
3
the
place
of
my
second
standing
and
the
said
shippe
.
The
118
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
a
short
distance
as
the
breadth
of
a
towne
ditch
,
or
narrow
riuer
,
without
any
Geometricall
Instrument
,
or
arithmeticall
knowledge
.
STanding
right
vp
with
your
bodie
and
necke
vppon
the
side
of
a
towne
ditch
,
or
narrow
riuer
,
put
your
feete
close
together
,
and
behold
with
one
eie
a
grasse
leafe
,
stone
,
or
other
marke
in
the
opposite
side
of
the
same
ditch
or
riuer
,
and
in
so
doing
pull
down
your
hat
or
cap
ouer
your
eie
till
you
may
see
no
other
thing
beyond
the
marke
so
espied
.
After
this
keeping
still
your
body
and
necke
vpright
,
your
feete
ioyned
together
,
and
your
one
eie
fast
shut
,
turne
your selfe
towards
the
plainest
peece
of
ground
that
is
about
you
,
and
marke
well
that
part
of
ground
which
you
shall
espie
vnder
your
hat
or
cap
most
farthest
from
your
station
,
for
the
distance
betweene
the
middest
of
your
feete
and
the
said
farthest
part
of
ground
,
is
equall
to
the
breadth
of
the
said
riuer
.
The
119
Chapter
.
How
you
may
at
one
station
measure
vppon
an
heigth
with
a
Geometricall
square
a
longitude
vppon
plaine
.
SEt
your
Geometricall
square
very
vpright
vppon
his
side
or
ende
X
Y
ouer
the
plaine
where
you
will
measure
an
vnknowne
longitude
.
This
done
,
mooue
the
Index
of
your
said
square
vp
or
downe
till
you
may
espie
through
his
sights
the
farthest
ende
of
the
desired
longitude
.
Then
note
diligently
the
partes
of
the
square
cut
with
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
Index
.
And
if
the
partes
so
cut
be
in
the
contrary
shadow
,
multiplie
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
one
side
of
the
square
,
by
the
number
of
feet
or
yards
which
are
in
the
heigth
betweene
the
center
of
your
Instrument
and
that
part
of
the
plaine
which
lieth
directly
vnder
the
same
center
,
and
diuide
the
product
thereof
by
the
partes
cut
in
the
side
of
your
square
,
and
note
the
quotient
for
the
true
measure
of
the
desired
longitude
.
When
the
partes
so
cut
shall
be
in
the
right
shadow
,
multiplie
the
partes
so
cut
in
the
heigth
between
the
center
of
your
Instrument
&
that
part
of
the
plaine
which
lieth
directly
vnder
the
same
center
and
hauing
diuided
the
product
thereof
by
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
one
side
of
the
square
,
note
the
quotient
for
the
true
measure
of
the
desired
longitude
.
But
if
the
fiducial
line
of
the
said
Index
shall
lie
directly
betweene
the
right
shadow
and
the
contrary
shadowe
when
you
espie
through
the
said
sights
the
farthest
end
of
the
desired
longltude
,
then
the
heigth
betweene
the
center
of
your
Instrument
and
the
part
of
the
plaine
which
lyeth
vnder
the
same
center
,
is
equall
to
the
desired
longitude
.
Example
.
Admit
that
B
C
is
an
vnkowne
longitude
between
a
ship
&
a
gallie
tying
at
Rode
in
the
Sea
,
&
that
to
measure
the
same
longitude
I
haue
set
my
Geometricall
square
plumbe
vpright
vppon
his
side
or
end
X
Y
in
A
the
maine
top
of
the
ship
directlie
ouer
B
one
ende
of
the
said
longitude
,
and
that
when
I
saw
through
the
sights
vppon
the
Index
the
gallie
at
C
the
farthest
end
of
the
desired
longitude
,
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
saide
Index
did
cut
fortie
partes
of
contrary
shadowe
,
and
that
the
center
of
my
square
is
tenne
yardes
aboue
the
said
B
,
therefore
I
multiplie
1200
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
one
side
of
the
square
by
tenne
the
measure
of
the
heigth
betweene
the
center
of
my
square
and
B
,
and
the
product
thereof
being
12000
I
diuide
by
fortie
the
partes
cut
in
contrary
shadowe
,
and
so
the
quotient
yeeldeth
three
hundred
for
the
number
of
yardes
in
the
measure
of
the
saide
longitude
.
This
one
example
geueth
light
to
the
ingenious
Reader
to
worke
in
mensurations
of
longitudes
when
the
fiduciall
line
of
the
index
shall
cut
partes
in
the
right
shadowe
of
the
square
,
and
also
when
the
same
fiduciall
line
shall
lie
vppon
the
square
directly
betweene
the
right
shadowe
and
the
contrary
shadowe
,
wherefore
I
doe
omit
to
set
downe
here
more
examples
in
so
plaine
a
matter
.
depiction of the use of a geometrical square
The
120
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
with
a
Geometricall
square
at
two
stations
any
longitude
in
sight
.
TO
measure
at
two
stations
an
vnknowne
longitude
which
here
shal
be
supposed
to
be
A
B
,
lay
your
Geometricall
square
flat
and
leuell
vppon
a
stoole
,
or
vppon
a
foote
made
of
purpose
to
holde
it
vp
.
Then
setting
the
fiduciall
edge
of
his
Index
vppon
the
line
H
I
which
passeth
directly
from
H
to
the
beginning
of
the
equal
parts
marked
vpon
X
Y
a
side
of
the
square
turne
the
square
vpon
the
stoole
or
foote
(
his
Index
remaining
stedfast
vpon
the
said
line
H
I
)
till
you
may
espie
through
the
sights
vppon
the
saide
Index
,
B
the
farthest
ende
of
the
said
vnknowne
longitude
.
This
done
,
the
square
remaining
vnmooueable
turne
the
fiduciall
edge
of
his
Index
to
the
line
V
Z
which
passeth
directly
from
V
to
the
beginning
of
the
equall
partes
marked
vppon
Y
Z
an
other
side
of
the
said
square
,
&
then
looking
againe
through
the
said
sights
,
note
some
mark
a
good
space
from
you
:
the
farther
this
mark
is
from
you
,
the
better
it
is
for
your
purpose
:
then
pitchinge
vp
a
staffe
right
vnder
the
center
of
your
square
in
A
,
conueye
your
square
vnto
the
saide
marke
which
heere
I
will
call
C
,
and
recon
to
be
40
yardes
from
A
,
now
the
square
being
layde
againe
flat
and
leuell
vppon
a
stoole
,
or
vppon
a
foote
,
right
ouer
C
as
it
was
before
at
A
,
put
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
Index
vppon
the
saide
line
H
I
,
and
turne
the
square
vppon
the
stoole
(
the
Index
remayning
vnmouable
vppon
the
saide
line
H
I
)
till
you
may
see
through
the
sights
vppon
the
same
Index
the
staffe
in
A.
After
this
the
square
remayning
vnmouable
,
turne
the
saide
Index
to
and
fro
till
you
may
see
through
his
sights
B
the
extreame
parte
of
the
desired
longitude
,
and
note
diligently
what
parte
of
contrary
shadowe
is
then
touched
with
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
Index
,
for
if
you
will
multiplie
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
one
side
of
the
square
by
the
number
of
yards
betweene
A
and
C
your
two
stations
,
and
diuide
the
product
thereof
by
the
parte
of
contrarie
shadowe
touched
with
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
saide
Index
,
the
quotient
will
shewe
you
the
true
measure
of
the
saide
longitude
.
Example
.
Admitte
that
at
C
your
seconde
station
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
Index
did
touche
the
100
parte
of
contrary
shadowe
,
and
that
you
did
then
see
through
the
sightes
vppon
the
same
Index
B
the
extreame
parte
of
the
desired
longitude
.
Then
multiplie
1200
the
whole
number
of
partes
in
one
side
of
the
square
by
40
the
number
of
yardes
betweene
A
and
C
your
two
stations
,
and
diuide
the
product
thereof
which
is
48000
by
100
the
parte
of
contrary
shadowe
touched
with
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
Index
at
C
your
seconde
station
,
and
so
the
quotient
will
yeelde
480
yardes
for
the
desired
measure
of
the
sayde
longitude
A
B.
depiction of the use of a geometrical square
The
121
Chapter
.
How
you
may
measure
with
a
Geometricall
Square
,
any
distance
or
breadth
lying
in
a
plaine
&
leuel
grounde
,
with
your
eye
or
station
how
so
euer
the
same
breadth
or
distance
is
scituated
.
BEing
required
to
tell
the
distance
or
breadth
betweene
two
Towers
which
for
example
may
here
be
named
Q
and
R
,
measure
first
how
farre
either
Tower
is
from
you
,
which
you
may
doe
by
sundrie
wayes
before
taught
,
and
then
laying
your
Geometricall
Square
flatte
and
leuell
vppon
a
stoole
,
or
vppon
a
foote
made
of
purpose
to
beare
it
vp
,
turne
the
Square
about
till
you
haue
set
H
I
a
line
vppon
one
side
of
the
saide
Square
right
against
Q
the
Tower
next
vnto
you
.
For
if
R
the
other
Tower
were
nearer
to
you
than
the
Tower
Q
,
you
shoulde
first
lay
the
line
H
K
right
against
the
same
Tower
R.
This
done
(
the
Square
not
being
remooued
)
turne
the
Index
to
and
fro
till
you
may
see
through
his
sightes
the
saide
Tower
R
,
which
in
this
example
(
as
before
I
haue
tolde
you
)
is
the
fardest
Tower
from
you
.
Then
opening
your
compasse
to
so
many
equall
partes
in
the
side
of
the
Square
as
there
are
yards
betweene
the
center
of
the
Square
&
the
tower
Q.
which
I
will
here
suppose
to
be
an
hundred
yardes
,
set
one
foote
of
your
compasse
in
the
center
of
your
Square
,
and
with
the
other
foote
of
your
compasse
make
a
fine
visible
mark
at
M
vppon
the
line
H
I
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
open
your
compasse
againe
to
so
many
partes
in
the
side
of
the
Square
as
there
are
yardes
betweene
the
center
of
your
Instrument
and
the
saide
Tower
R
,
which
I
will
likewise
suppose
to
be
an
hundred
and
fiftie
yardes
,
and
putting
one
foote
of
your
compasse
in
the
saide
center
,
make
an
other
fine
visible
marke
vppon
the
face
of
the
Square
with
the
other
foote
of
your
compasse
at
N
,
close
by
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
saide
Index
,
which
ought
now
to
lie
in
that
place
where
it
stoode
when
you
did
last
see
through
his
sightes
the
sayde
Tower
R.
Moreouer
,
open
your
compasse
to
the
space
betweene
those
two
markes
M
and
N
,
and
lay
your
compasse
so
opened
vppon
the
partes
in
the
side
of
your
Square
,
and
so
you
shall
perceaue
how
many
yardes
are
betweene
the
Tower
Q
and
the
Tower
R.
For
looke
how
many
equall
partes
are
beetweene
the
two
feete
of
your
compasse
,
so
many
yardes
are
beetweene
the
Tower
Q
and
the
Tower
R
,
and
therefore
if
sixty
one
partes
shall
bee
betweene
the
two
feete
of
your
compasse
,
you
may
boldly
affyrme
that
the
distance
or
breadth
betweene
the
Tower
Q
and
the
Towre
R
doth
containe
sixty
and
one
yardes
.
●…derstande
●…teous
rea●…
,
that
M
●…ght
to
stand
〈◊〉
this
picture
〈◊〉
the
ende
of
〈◊〉
line
which
●…tendeth
〈◊〉
the
side
〈◊〉
the
square
〈◊〉
the
fiducial
●…ge
of
the
●…ex
,
and
N
●…ght
to
stand
〈◊〉
that
end
of
〈◊〉
sayde
line
●…ch
adioy●…th
to
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
index
,
H
ought
to
stand
at
the
center
of
the
square
,
and
I
ought
to
stand
at
the
lowest
●…de
of
the
square
where
the
equall
partes
begin
,
and
that
betweene
H
M
are
100
equall
partes
,
betweene
M
N
61
●…uall
partes
,
and
betweene
H
N
150
equall
partes
.
depiction of the use of a geometrical square
The
122
Chapter
.
How
you
standing
vppon
the
toppe
of
a
hill
or
drie
ditch
may
measure
with
a
Geometricall
Square
the
deepenesse
of
the
same
hill
or
ditch
,
and
the
breadth
of
any
drie
ditch
or
valley
.
TO
measure
the
deepenesse
and
breadth
of
M
N
O
a
ditch
or
valley
,
measure
first
his
breadth
MN
as
you
may
doe
by
sundrie
wayes
before
taught
,
which
breadth
shall
here
be
supposed
to
be
eighteene
yardes
.
Likewise
measure
by
the
precepts
before
geuen
,
the
length
or
depth
of
M
O
,
which
here
shall
be
supposed
to
be
fifteene
yardes
,
this
done
,
square
15
the
measure
of
the
depth
M
O
,
and
the
product
thereof
will
bee
225.
Likewise
square
9
which
is
½
of
the
measure
of
the
breadth
M
N
,
and
the
product
thereof
will
be
81.
Then
subduce
the
square
81
from
the
saide
square
225
,
and
out
of
the
remainder
which
is
144
extract
the
Square
root
,
which
being
12
sheweth
the
number
of
yardes
that
are
in
P
O
the
depth
of
the
ditch
or
valley
.
Also
in
this
manner
if
you
stande
vppon
the
toppe
of
a
hill
,
you
may
measure
the
heigth
of
the
same
hill
.
depiction of the use of a geometrical square
The
123
Chapter
.
How
you
may
drawe
a
platte
of
any
peece
of
grounde
which
shall
containe
the
true
proportion
and
Symetrie
thereof
,
in
such
sorte
that
you
may
tel
how
farre
any
place
in
the
platte
is
distante
from
other
.
TO
drawe
a
platte
of
any
peece
of
ground
,
prepare
an
Instrument
made
of
mettall
,
or
of
Cypresse
wood
like
vnto
the
Figure
following
.
And
after
you
haue
set
it
flatte
and
leuel
vppon
a
foote
,
or
vpon
a
stoole
in
an
high
place
from
whence
you
may
see
round
about
many
other
notable
places
,
Note
that
the
variation
of
euery
compasse
in
England
is
11
degrees
&
¼
of
a
degree
,
and
that
for
the
same
cause
in
euery
compasse
within
England
,
the
North
poynte
lyeth
directly
against
the
North
pole
,
&
the
South
poynt
lieth
directly
against
the
South
pole
,
when
the
needle
of
the
compasse
doth
stande
directly
ouer
the
north
and
by
East
,
&
South
and
by
West
points
in
the
compasse
.
turne
this
Instrument
named
a
Geographicall
playne
Sphere
to
and
fro
vppon
his
foote
,
or
for
lacke
of
a
foote
,
vppon
a
stoole
,
till
by
the
ayde
of
his
needle
you
haue
made
all
his
Semidiameters
to
pointe
vnto
their
proper
quarters
.
This
done
,
the
Instrument
remayning
stedfast
,
direct
the
Index
with
his
two
sights
to
euery
place
that
shall
be
set
foorth
in
your
platte
,
taking
your
markes
through
the
said
sights
in
the
middest
of
euery
of
them
,
and
note
in
a
Table
by
it selfe
the
degrees
cutte
with
the
said
Index
in
the
Circle
,
which
may
be
called
the
Angles
of
position
,
or
Angles
of
sight
,
and
so
make
a
table
of
your
first
station
.
Then
remoouing
your
Instrument
to
one
of
the
highest
places
noted
in
your
saide
Table
,
pitch
your
Instrument
in
the
high
place
which
you
haue
chosen
for
your
seconde
station
in
all
respects
as
you
did
at
your
first
station
,
and
turning
the
saide
Index
so
as
you
may
see
through
his
sightes
all
the
places
which
you
did
see
before
at
your
first
station
,
Note
againe
in
an
other
Table
the
Angles
of
position
,
or
Angles
of
sightes
,
writing
the
name
of
euery
place
and
his
Angle
of
sight
by
it
.
After
this
,
at
your
comming
home
lay
a
protractor
(
which
is
a
circle
made
of
wood
or
mettalle
,
diuided
into
360
equall
partes
like
vnto
C
D
the
Figure
following
)
vppon
a
sheete
of
paper
,
and
making
a
prick
thoroe
the
center
of
the
saide
protractor
in
the
saide
paper
,
which
prick
shall
represent
the
place
of
your
first
station
,
write
with
a
cole
at
the
edge
of
the
protractor
by
euery
degree
or
Angle
of
sight
his
place
,
and
then
laying
your
protractor
aside
,
drawe
with
a
cole
straight
lines
from
the
saide
prick
which
representeth
your
first
station
vnto
the
places
so
noted
.
Againe
putting
the
center
of
your
protractor
right
ouer
the
line
which
pointeth
from
your
first
station
vnto
your
second
station
,
and
hauing
regard
to
place
the
prick
of
your
second
station
from
the
prick
of
the
first
station
,
so
as
the
crossing
of
like
lines
may
be
within
the
compasse
of
your
said
paper
,
turne
the
protractor
to
and
fro
keeping
his
center
vppon
the
said
line
,
till
it
doe
lie
in
euery
respect
as
it
did
vppon
the
pricke
of
your
first
station
,
and
when
you
haue
so
done
,
make
thoroe
the
center
of
the
protractor
in
the
said
line
a
prick
,
which
must
represent
the
place
of
your
second
station
,
&
write
with
a
cole
as
you
did
before
at
the
edge
of
the
protractor
by
euery
degree
or
Angle
of
sight
his
place
.
After
this
taking
vp
the
protractor
from
the
paper
,
draw
with
a
cole
straight
lines
from
the
pricke
of
your
seconde
station
vnto
the
noted
places
,
and
looking
diligently
vppon
the
crossing
of
euery
two
like
lines
,
write
thereon
a
figure
,
starre
,
or
other
signe
,
and
the
name
of
his
place
.
Now
to
know
how
farre
euery
place
is
distant
from
other
,
measure
by
your
Instrument
,
or
by
a
wier
line
the
distance
betweene
your
two
stations
,
and
diuide
the
right
line
in
your
paper
betweene
the
pricke
of
your
first
station
and
the
prick
of
your
second
station
,
into
so
many
equall
partes
as
there
are
feete
,
yardes
,
pases
,
or
perches
betweene
your
two
stations
,
and
then
opening
your
compasse
to
one
of
those
partes
,
you
may
measure
from
place
to
place
,
and
say
that
there
are
so
many
feete
,
yardes
,
pases
,
or
perches
(
according
to
the
denomination
of
that
one
parte
whereunto
you
open
your
Compasse
)
as
you
finde
partes
.
Example
.
Purposing
to
drawe
the
platte
of
a
peece
of
ground
which
hath
vppon
it
a
Beacon
,
a
Tower
,
a
house
,
a
church
,
a
windmill
,
a
hill
and
a
mount
,
I
doe
first
set
my
Geographicall
plaine
Sphere
in
all
respectes
according
to
the
precepts
before
declared
vpon
the
hill
from
whence
I
may
see
al
the
aforesaide
places
,
and
then
by
turning
the
Index
of
my
Instrument
to
euery
of
those
places
,
I
finde
that
it
cutteh
at
the
middell
parte
of
the
Beacon
,
80
degrees
,
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
Tower
95
degrees
,
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
house
110
degrees
,
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
church
130
degrees
and
⅔
of
a
degree
,
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
windemill
155
degrees
and
½
of
a
degree
,
and
at
that
parte
of
the
mount
where
I
will
make
my
second
station
180
degrees
,
whereuppon
I
make
a
table
of
my
first
station
after
this
manner
.
The
Table
of
my
first
station
.
The
Beacon
|
80
degrees
|
The
tower
|
95
degrees
|
The
house
|
110
degrees
|
The
church
|
130
degrees
⅔
|
The
windemill
|
155
degrees
½
|
The
mount
|
180
degrees
|
This
done
,
I
transporte
my
saide
Instrument
vnto
that
parte
of
the
mount
which
I
haue
noted
for
my
second
station
,
and
placing
it
there
in
euery
respecte
according
to
the
precepts
before
declared
,
I
turne
againe
the
saide
Index
vnto
euery
of
the
saide
noted
places
,
and
by
so
doing
see
that
it
cutteth
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
said
beacon
40
degrees
,
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
tower
65
degrees
,
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
house
80
degrees
,
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
church
100
degrees
,
at
the
middle
parte
of
the
windemill
120
degrees
and
¼
,
wherefore
after
I
haue
measured
the
space
betweene
my
two
stations
,
I
make
an
other
table
of
my
second
station
thus
.
The
table
of
my
seconde
station
.
The
Beacon
|
40
degrees
|
The
tower
|
65
degrees
|
The
house
|
80
degrees
|
The
Church
|
100
degrees
|
The
windemill
|
120
degrees
●
|
The
space
betweene
my
two
stations
is
in
measure
200
yardes
.
diagram of the use of a protractor
Moreouer
,
I
doe
lay
my
portractor
vppon
a
sheete
of
paper
,
and
hauing
made
a
pricke
in
the
same
paper
with
the
poynt
of
a
needle
thrust
thorow
a
little
hole
in
the
center
of
the
same
protractor
,
I
make
a
poynte
with
a
cole
in
the
edge
of
the
protractor
at
euery
degree
and
parte
of
a
degree
noted
in
the
table
of
my
first
station
,
and
then
taking
my
protractor
vp
from
the
paper
,
doe
drawe
straight
lines
vnto
euery
of
those
points
,
&
write
with
a
cole
their
names
.
After
all
this
I
doe
put
the
center
of
my
protractor
right
vppon
the
line
which
pointeth
from
my
first
station
vnto
my
second
station
,
in
a
reasonable
distance
from
the
prick
that
representeth
in
the
paper
my
first
station
,
and
making
an
other
pricke
in
the
saide
line
with
the
pointe
of
a
needle
thrust
thorow
the
hole
in
the
center
of
the
protractor
,
I
doe
turne
the
protractor
to
and
fro
keeping
his
center
ouer
the
prick
last
made
,
till
I
haue
set
it
in
euery
respect
as
it
did
lie
before
vpon
the
prick
of
my
first
station
,
and
hauing
made
a
pointe
with
a
cole
in
the
edge
of
the
protractor
at
euery
degree
and
parte
of
a
degree
noted
in
the
table
of
my
second
station
,
I
put
the
protractor
aside
,
and
drawe
straight
lines
from
the
prick
made
for
the
place
of
my
second
station
vnto
euery
of
those
pointes
,
noting
well
the
crossing
of
like
lines
.
That
is
to
say
,
where
the
line
of
the
Beacon
drawne
from
the
pricke
of
my
first
station
meeteth
with
the
line
of
the
Beacon
drawne
from
the
prick
of
my
second
station
,
and
where
the
line
of
the
Tower
drawen
from
the
prick
of
my
first
station
meeteth
with
the
line
of
the
Tower
drawen
from
the
prick
of
my
second
station
,
and
so
of
the
rest
:
for
other
intersections
or
crossinges
in
this
woorke
are
not
to
be
regarded
.
Also
to
know
how
farre
euery
place
in
this
plat
is
from
other
,
I
diuide
the
space
before
the
prick
of
my
first
station
,
and
the
prick
of
my
seconde
station
into
so
many
equall
parts
as
there
are
yardes
,
which
for
example
I
here
suppose
to
be
200
,
&
then
drawing
straight
lines
from
euery
one
of
these
noted
places
vnto
other
,
and
opening
my
compasse
to
one
of
the
said
equall
partes
,
I
measure
how
many
times
it
is
contayned
in
euery
of
the
sayde
lines
,
and
say
that
the
number
of
yardes
in
the
length
of
them
is
as
this
Table
following
doth
shewe
.
A
Table
shewing
the
distance
of
euery
place
from
the
two
stations
,
and
also
the
distance
of
euery
place
from
other
:
and
therein
this
is
to
be
noted
that
1
signifieth
the
first
station
,
2
the
seconde
station
,
3
the
Beacon
,
4
the
Towre
,
5
the
house
,
6
the
Church
,
and
7
the
Windemill
.
-
FRom
1
to
2
,
200
yardes
.
-
From
1
to
3
,
193
yardes
and
¼
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
1
to
4
,
350
yardes
.
-
From
1
to
5
,
375
yardes
.
-
From
1
to
6
,
425
yardes
.
-
From
1
to
7
,
395
yardes
and
●
of
a
yarde
:
-
From
2
to
3
,
300
yardes
.
-
From
2
to
4
,
391
yardes
and
⅔
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
2
to
5
,
362
yardes
and
½
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
2
to
6
,
358
yardes
and
⅓
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
2
to
7
,
283
yardes
and
●
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
3
to
4
,
166
yardes
and
⅔
of
a
yarde
,
-
From
3
to
5
,
218
yardes
and
2/11
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
3
to
6
,
316
yardes
and
●
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
3
to
7
,
340
yardes
.
-
From
4
to
5
,
88
yardes
and
●
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
4
to
6
,
208
yardes
and
●
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
4
to
7
,
275
yardes
.
-
From
5
to
6
,
120
yardes
.
-
From
5
to
7
,
195
yardes
and
⅚
of
a
yarde
.
-
From
6
to
7
,
107
yardes
and
¾
of
a
yarde
.
In
this
manner
by
changing
my
stations
I
may
make
diuers
plattes
expressing
the
true
proportion
and
distances
of
Cities
,
Townes
,
Hauens
,
Castles
,
Fortes
,
Campes
,
Mynes
,
Hilles
,
and
all
other
notable
places
within
a
whole
Region
.